A TREATISE OF English Particles SHEWING How to render them according to the Proprietie and Elegancie of the Latine: with A PRAXIS upon the same.

Whereunto is Affix't IDIOMATOLOGIAE Anglo-latinae Specimen OR, A Taste of an English-latine PHRASEOLOGIE.

At first intended for the private benefit of Louth-School but now published for the Common good By W. W. Master of the Free Grammar-School of K. EDWARD the VI, in LOƲTH in Lincolnshire.

LONDON Printed by R. & W. L. for T. GARTHWAIT at the Little North-door of St. Pauls Church, 1655.

A. Gellius Noct. Att. l. 11. c. 3. Quando ab arbitris negotiis (que) otium est, & motandi corporis gratia aut spatiamur aut vectamur, quaerere nonnunquam apud meipsum soleo res ejusmodi, parvas quidem minutásque & hominibus non bene eruditis aspernabiles: sed ad veterum scripta penitus noscenda & ad scientiam linguae Latinae cumprimis ne­cessarias; velut est, quod forte nuper in Praenestino reces­su verspertina ambulatione solus. ambulans considerabam, qualis quantáque esset PARTICULARUM qua­rundam in Oratione Latina varietas, &c.

To the right Worshipfull, the ornament of Learning, and Encourager of the Learned Mr. PETER BRADLY Warden of the Schoole of King EDWARD the Sixth in LOUTH. And to the Worshipfull Mr. John North Justice of the Peace for the said Town. Together with the rest of the Venerable Company of Assistants. His singular good Friends and Patrons W. W. wisheth a blessed accomplishment of grace on Earth, and glory in Heaven.

Gentlemen.

SInce your first most gracious reception of me, into so calm a harbour as Louth hath prov'd in the midst of the late so stormy times, you have still to this day, so conti­nually [Page] with your favours, honoured and encouraged me in my endeavours, that I have ever held my self in duty bound both by private service, and publick acknowledgment, to make you, what possible returns of thanks I should by Providence be empow'red to. And this is the ground of this present con­secration of this Treatise to your Names; for whose nume­rous favours towards me, I have designed it as a monument of my thankefulness: which to express, this is the best, and indeed the only way that I have, or can hope for. And truly were it better, (even so good, as to seem worthy of your ac­ceptance) you should have the best. And the best you well deserve to have, whose merits justly claim the all, of what is possible in any way of gratitude to be ever done by

Your Worships most humble and most thankeful servant, William Walker.
Louth Schoole April 25th 1655

Eximio Viro Dno Johanni Clarke sacrae Theologiae Baccalaureo, Scholae Lin colniensis nuper Moderatori, Suóque in perpetuum summè colendo Praeceptori, Guilielmus Walker S. P. D.

PRaeter communes observantiae nexus, quibus, unà cum reliquis omnibus discipulis tuis, clarisssimis plerisque viris, obstrictus teneor, ipse certè peculiari quâdam, u­nique propriâ mihi ratione, aeternùm tibi devinctus sum: ut qui non modò artificem pollice sub tuo vultum puer duxerim, verùm jam inde à meo ex ephebis egressu, omnibus à te mo­dis usque auctus fuerim, & honestatus. Ac p [...]oinde, quod di­vino jam tandem numine consecutus s [...]m, id mihi in primis semper votis fuit, nempe ut nomini dicatum tuo existerct per me olim monumentum, quà tuorum erga me sun-morum cer­tè beneficiorum, quà meae item quàm debitissimae in te obser­vantiae atque gratitudinis. Hasce itaque qual [...]s quales si udio­rum meorum primitias tibi jam hercle pridem, Vir [...]raestantis­sime, devotas sereno precor vultu excipias: nec tam respicias quantum sit cultoris munus, quàm qui in te colentis animus: [Page] qui si ingratus apud te minùs audiet, cùm gratias tua meas beneficiae superent, triumphabo. Quanquam vel ipsum planè hoc, quod tenuissimi ego censùs homo tibi offero, tantùm non est totum tuum: tuo quippe inprimis concinnatum consilio, tuo saepiùs limatum stylo, tuo denique solius quasi obstetrican­tis excusum, seu, ut veriùs dicam, exclusum auxilio: ut nihil interim dicam, quantum id demum fit, quod meo huic asci­tum, atque insertum operi, tuis acceptum studiis referre de­beam. Foetum itaque hunc meum, (vel veriùs tuum, cujus quippe meum vix est quicquam, praeterquam quod in eo est peccatum) foràs jam reptantem quidem at suis nondum sa­tis valentem viribus, tuis dignare, quaeso, auspiciis emittere, tutelâ protegere, auctoritate defendere. Sic utique fiet, ut laudes qui in praesentiâ tuas vix balbutire queat, eas in po­sterum, si minùs exornare, saltem effari valeat. Vivas proin, ac salvus precor, quàm diutissimè fis, Ornatissime Domine, Honoratissime Praeceptor, & ipsius usque studiis favere per­gas, qui charius sibi nihil unquam, aut antiquius duxit, quàm ut à Magistro te quondam suo agnosceretur

Discipulus semper tuus humillimus, gratissimus, Tuique observantissimus, quoad vixerit, servus Guilielmus Walker.
Ludae octavo Calend. Maii, Anno Dom. 1655.

The Preface to the Reader.

Courteous Reader,

THe publick good being the principal aime of this Treatise, and so the publication thereof justifiable upon that ground, I shall forbear to trouble thee with any impertinent relation either of its first birth or after growth Being at first a naked collecti­on of observations for my private use out of the Writings of several English Authors, viz. Master Danes, Master Poole, Mr. Brinsley, Master Clark, the Author of the Supplementa ad Grāmaticam Or­dinariam, &c. and after brought to this bigness and form by fur­ther consultation with other Grammarians and Writers of Particles, viz. Jul. Scaliger, Joh. Ger. Vossius, Augustinus Saturnius, Godeschalcus Stewichius, Adam Durrerus, Horat. Tursellinus, Lau­rent. Valla, Philip. Pareus, Master Farnabic, Doctor Hawkins, the Dictionary Latine and English in 12mo, &c but such as it is present thee with it, after I shall have first pre­mised some few things need­ful to be known touching the Use and designe of the Book.

To make it appear that the Book is useful, I shall not be so injurious to thy patience, as to say much: there being nothing even to common ap­prehensions more evident, than that much, if not the most, of that quaintness, that any language can boast of, consists in the elegant use of the Particles thereof, which, [Page] like the Arteries in the body, running through the whole, add life and motion, strength and grace to every part. So that to clear the way to so useful a skill from those so many errours, and difficulties, which it is obnoxious to, and ob­structed with, through the great variety of use, that is made of our English Particles (the ignorance whereof is the cause of those many gross and ridiculous Barbarismes com­mitted daily by young Learners, for whose use chiefly this work is designed) will be conceived, as I have great hopes, a work of equal use and need.

Now as to the way of Using it, I conceive the first and fullest use of it may be this, viz. for the Learner to commit all or the most material Rules unto memory having had the force thereof made clear unto him by the Examples. After which I could wish him so perfected in the Praxis, as to be able to give the Latine for the English without Book: and then of himself, or at least by the help of the directive fi­gures, to finde out and give the Rule for every Particle, why it is, or ought to be so rendred into Latine.

But if this course (which I onely propound, not prescribe) seem either too tedious or laborious to be taken, then may the Learner be put to the Praxis at the first, and caused to learn so much thereof at a time, as he can by the help of the Directions there given finde out, and examine the Rules for, till the whole be gone over twice or thrice. After which the Industrious Teacher may be pleased to compose new Englishes of his own for his Scholars, either in the method of the Chapters, or promiscuously as he shall think fit. And the better to furnish him with matter for that purpose, I have to most of the Rules in the Treatise added Supernumerary troops of Examples prest as auxiliaries for that service [Page] Although they are brought in for other ends also; as, viz. to justifie some Examples, which otherwise perhaps, might by some be suspected as not warrantable; To be a fuller e­vidence and exemplification to the Rule; And besides, that the learners observation may hereby be exercifed by try­ing how he can construe them according to the Idiome of the English observable in the Rule.

But then a third use of this Book may be for those who desire rather to deal with Examples than with Rules: for even to such the Book may be very profitable, if by reading, hear­ing read, and examining, they become well vers'd in the rendring of the Examples (which for that purpose are so di­stinguisht by Letter and Column, that they may be obvious to the eye on a suddain): for besides the learning of so ma­ny elegant Phrases they will by degrees be enabled of themselves to make others by Analogie: especially if they now and then reflect somewhat upon the Rule, and take some notice of the sense of it in general: which often some emphatical word therein will suggest to them, as the words, place, time and number in the three first Rules of the first Chapter. And indeed the benefit of Rules is more than to be wholly neglected by any: For Proficients e­specially will upon experience finde some assistance thereby both to judgement and memory. Nor is every young Scho­lar able to guide himself by mere Examples (which often are seemingly alike, but really different) to a proper and distinct imitation of them. And therefore should we teach by mere example, we should finde our selves ever and anon driven to interpose Rules occasionally: which if not written down, are apt to be forgotten. And therefore for help in such cases, here are Rules in readiness to be consult­ed upon occasion.

Yet again the Book may be useful in a fourth way: for the Scholar, having by him this Treatise (which is as it were a Dictionary of Particles) may often help himself very much in many difficulties, that he shall meet withall in almost e­very Exercise, by having recourse to this Book, wherein en­deavour hath been made, that there might be some directi­on for him in such exigencies.

Fifthly, there may be made of it an Use not inconsidera­ble, by exercising the Learners thereof in rending vice ver­sa the Latine Examples into English, which will help some­what, not Forreigners only, but our own Countreymen al­so to a proper Idiome in our English phrase, wherein ma­ny are deficient, and therefore the more regarded all along this Book.

Sixthly and lastly, I might add that there are here and there scattered up and down diverse Critical ohservations, which may be of use or delight even to those Scholars which have attained to some degree of proficiency.

Now for the Method of the Book, I have endeavoured to contrive it into the most commodious way, placing the Particles treated of therein according to the order of the Alphabet, so that every thing might be in as much readiness as I could. And yet notwithstanding the great distance that I live at from London, hath been the cause that some Additi­ons, & some few alterations in the Book have come too late to the Press, and so are not in that order wherein otherwise they should have been. But being that it is better that they should come in so, then not at all, especially since they may be readily found by the Index, be pleased therefore, where any of them relates to any particular Rule, &c. to set with [Page] thy pen over against that Rule, &c. an Asterisk or some such mark, together with the number of the page where that Addition is to be found: and that will intimate, that there is something further concerning that place to be found in the Additions.

Some words and observables are here inserted, which perhaps may be thought by some not to come so properly under the name of Particles; but being but few and very useful I would not omit them.

And now wishing thee as much both pleasure and pro­fit by the reading of this Book, as I have had trouble and pains in the writing of it, I shal here below for a conclusion give thee a taste of some of those Barbarismes mentioned in the former part of this Preface, which are those Diseases that my chief Design in this Book is to prevent or cure; The first Columne conteining some Englishes; the second such childish and bald Latines, as we often find them turn'd in­to; which in the third are corrected according to the Rules there specified.

But for you I had died.Sed pro te periissem.Absque te essetperiis­sem, c. 13. r. 2.
I am glad that you are well.Gaudeo ut tu bene va­les.Quod tu bene vales gaudeo, &c. c. 41. r. 6.
We were scarcely set at Table but-Vix eramus sesse ad Mensam sedAd mensam vix con­sederamus quin—c. 52. r. 1. c. 13. r. 4.
He is so far from gaping after it.Est tam procul ab osci­tatione post id.Tantum abest ut illi inhiet; adeo illi non inhiat: c. 34. r. 8. c. 3. r. 4.
He was angry at me for it.Irascebatur apud me nam id.Eâ de cause [propte­rea] mihi succen­suit, c. 8. r. 11. c. 15. r. 2.
You are not to be blamed for not thinking so.Nones culpari pro non cogitante sic.Non es culpandus quod non sic judi­ces, c. 44. Note 1. c. 34. r. 4.
I will lend it you but for a moneth.Commodabo tibi sed enim mensem.Commodabo tibi tan­tum in mensem, c. 13. r. 8. c. 1 [...]. r. 7.
He cannot learn without he be taught.Non potest discere ex­tra doceatur.Discere non potest nisi doceatur, c. 48. r. 3.
There is little hope of it for all that.Est p [...]rva spes ejus Pro omni eo.Attamen, [tamen, ni­hilominus] exigua­spes est, c. 15. r. 11.
I make no question butNon facio quaestionem sed.Nihil dubito quin­c. 13. r. 7.
It becomes not a man to scold like a woman.Non fit homo jurgare similis mulieri.Virum non decet mu­liebriter rixari, c. 9. r. 3.
It shall not be long of me.Non erit longum mei.Per me non stabit quo minus [non ero in causâ] &c. c. 21. r. 2.

Ad AƲCTOREM.

REmitto Tibi, Vir Doctissime Opusculum tuum, maximâ sane cum gratulatione existere etiamnum è nobis aliquem, qui in mediâ Saeculi barbarie veram & nativam Latini Sermonis pu­ritatem, etiam in optimis temporibus vix satis vel intellectam vel a­nimadversam, & exerceat & doceat. In quo, sicut Rem tolam vehe­menter probo, ità Materiae ipsius delectu valde capior, qui in eo ver­satur doctrinae genere, in quo maxim a existat & Elegantia & Difficul­tas. Caetera quod attinet, nolo importunis laudibus vel aliorum judicio praescribere, vel nomini tuo invidiam facete; id certè, (siquid Ego ex hâc parte intelligo) ausim promittere, non Tyrocinia tantùm, quorum in gratiam potissimùm haec scripta sunt, expectatos fructus abunde perceptura, sed eos etiam qui multò majores in litteris hu­manioribus progressus fecerint, haud contemnenda exinde operae­pretia facturos. Vale, Vir amicissime; & elegantissimos hosce labores tuos Amicis Reique Publicae litterariae fac quam primum impertias. Id impatienter expectat

Addictissimè Tuus J. Nicholas Med. D.

In eruditiss. amici mei D. G. Walker, de vario Particula­rum usu Opus Anglo-latinum, magni & usûs & la­boris, pueriles versionum ineptias è Scholis foeliciter eliminans.

Romanos rerum Dominos, Orbisque Britanni
Vicisti; ferulaeque facis submittere fasces:
Roma caput mundi, facta est Provincia; oujus
Linguam etiam nobis subigis conferre tributa.
Quantus (Io!) plausus, captivum tradere nostris
Vel pueris Latium, totum quod vicerat Orbem!
In tenui labor; at tenuis non est labor; unum
Omnes evolvisse libros, veterique subactâ
Italiâ, doctas calam [...] circundare Athenas.
Atreum, & Alciden alii, titulosque superbos
Ponant; ex minimis tibi surgit gloria major.
Ille Tarentinus volucrem struxisse columbam
Quem referunt, artisque, operisque, peritior exit,
Quàm quos ingentem dicunt conflâsse Colossum.
Arte, usuque valent libri; sic ergo capacem
Sic placet angustis animum summittere curis,
Exigua ut magnum tibi dent monosyllaba nomen,
Quale nec, immeritas quamvis nive conspuat Alpes,
Furius, aut fumos populo, nugasque sonoras
Quisquam alius, qui vendit, habet. Sit gloria rara
Haec tua; at, impensis an par sit quaero; nec aequum est
Haereat in parvis, qui in magnos sufficit usus.
Dic Musae Genioque tuo, majora canamus;
Aude aliquid magnum, tenuesque relinquito curas
His quibus ingenium tenue est; Quin ponis ayenam?
Arma virumque cane; & Linguarum retia blanda
Ab [...]umpens, tu res, non tantum scribito verba;
Ascende, & certam per te dent pulpita vocem;
Ut capita abscondant audax inscitia, & error;
Impia nec piet as imponat imagine falsâ,
Tramite q [...] [...]ngusto miseros deducit ad Orcum.
Ludis adhuc cernens incenc [...]ia? diripit hostis
Urbem, & tu vacuus numeros in pulvere ducis?
Quin cicus arma cape, & Satyrâ transfige nocentes,
Quos infame maner lignumq [...]e & debitus Orcus,
Ficta licet pietas, rabies & credula vulgi
Ad coelum evexit, superosque lacesscre fecit.
Vel tu intende lyra [...] sylvasque, ferasque sequentes
Detonde, & demulce, & reddas carmine mentem.
Vel prelum percurre oculo, subtilia solvens
Bella Scholae, & tenui deducta sopbismata filo;
Sat ludo, puerisque datum; te magna morantur;
Incumbas, & scribe viris, & consule famae.
Jo. Callcroft Art. Mag. Coll. Regin. Cant.
A TREATISE OF Engliſ …

A TREATISE OF English Particles.

CHAP. 1. Of the Particle About.

1. ABout) Joyned with a word of Place, is made in La­tine, I. by Circum or Circa: as,

Comander about the shoresErrare circum littora. Virg.
He took the Towns tound about Capua.Urbes circa Capuam occupa­vit. Cic.

¶ Namque videbat uti bellantes Pergama circum hac fuge­rent Graii. Aen. 1. Circum Aquileiam hyemabant. Caes. Com. 1. Visâ circa caput flammâ. Flor. 1. 6. Capillus passus, pro­lixus, circum caput rejectus negligentèr. Ter. Heaut. A. 2. Sc. 3.

2. (About) Joyned with a word of Time, and signifying at, II. or almost, is made by quasi, circiter, ferè, circa, sub, ad, and plus minus: as,

And it was about the sixth hour.Erat autem ferè hora sexta [quasi sexta.]
About noon.Circa meridiem.
About eight a clock.Octavam circiter horam. Hor
About the same time.Sub id tempus.
About sixteen years old.Annos ad sedecim natus.
About thirty dayes.Dies plus minus triginta.

¶ Quantulus vobis videtur? mihi quidem quasi pedalis. Cic. Quasi quadraginta minas, Plaut. Mostell. 3. 1. Circi­ter horam decimam noctis, Cic. 4. Ep. 12. Hora ferè nona, Cic. Sub lucem exportant calathis, Virg. Sub noctem dix­ere vale, Ovid. Sub ortum [occasum] solis, Liv [...]. 30. Po­stero igitur die quàm illa erant acta, horâ ferè secund â, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Ad quae tempora te expectem, facias me certio­rem velim, Cic. Ad 16 Calend. Feb. Cic. Quos ad me venturos [id temporis] esse praedixeram, Cic. Cat. 1.

3. (About) Joyned with words of Number, is made by circi­ter, III. plus minus, or ad: as,

They marched about fifteen dayes.Dies circiter quindecim ite [...] fecerunt, Caes.
About thirty thousand men.Hominum plus minus triginta millia.
About fifteen did agree to Curto.Homines ad quindecim Curi­oni assensorunt, Cic.

¶ Frequentes fuimus ad ducentos, Turselinus, c. 1. n. 5. Ad hominum millia decem undique coegit, Caes.

4. (About) Signifying of, or concerning, is made by de, super, IV. or circa: as,

I came yesterday to you a­bout your daughter.Adii te heri, de filiâ, Ter.
About these things be di­verse opinions.Varia circa haec opinio, Plin.
I will write to thee about this matter.Hâc super re scribam ad te, Cic.
To strive about a triste.De re nihili contendere.

¶ Mirificè sum solicitus quidnam de provinciis decernatur, C. F. 2. 11. Ad cum de civitate impetrandâ convenerunt, V. Max. 3. 1. Super câ re Graeci nostrique qui de officiis scripserū [...], [Page 3] tres sententias esse tradiderunt, A. Gell. 2. 7. Super aetate Home­ri, atque Hesiodi, non consentitur, A. Gell. li. 3. cap. 11. Circa ver­ba occupatus es? Sen. Ep. 75. Teneo quid animi vostri super hac re siet, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Praecipuè circa partis hujus praecepta elaboravit. Quintil. Prooem. l. 8.

5. (About) signifying ready, is a sign of the Participle of the V. Future in rus: as

About to love.Amaturus.
Being about to fight his last battel.Ultimum praelium initurus, Val. Max.

¶ Vulnifico fue­rat fixurus pectora telo, Ovid. Met. 2. Quod ipse civitatis suae imperium obtenturus esset, Caes. Aemilium circa Iudum Faber imus, &c. Hor. de Arte Poet.

6. (About) signifying in some part, or place, of the whole, is VI. made by circa or quasi: as

About the market-place.Circa forum.
About the last side.Quasi in extremâ paginâ, Cic.

7. (About) is sometimes part of the signification of the fore­going VII Verb: as

To go about a thing.Conari. Moliri, &c.
To bring a thing about.Efficere. Effectum dare, &c.
To go about from place to place.Hue illuc errare. [Circum­venire,] &c.

¶ Siqua cona­buntur agere, Cic. Spemque suam motis avidus circumvolat alis, Ovid. Met. 2. 721.

Other Phrases.
You are long about it.Diu es in hoc negotio.

[...]; Luc. 2. 49.

To go about the bush.Circuitione uti.
A place fenced round aboue.Locus undique [circumcirca.] Septus

¶ Densi circum­stant sacra ministri, Ovid. Met. 2. 719.

They that were about him.Qui circa illum erant.

¶ Multa sibi opus esse, multa canibus suis, quos circa se habe­ret. Cic. 3. Ver. Quae sit me circum copia lustro. Aen. 2.

He came from about Bome.Venit à Româ.
He turnes round about.Flectitur in gyrum, Ovid. Met. 2. 720.

CHAP. II. Of Adjectives and Adverbs compounded with Dis, In, or Vn.

1. ADjectives and Adverbs compounded with Dis, In, or I. Un (if they have no note of intension, or aggravation going before them) may be expressed by Minus, or Parum: as

Vnfit.Minùs aptus
Indiscreet.Parùm prudens.
A dishonest man.Parùm probus.

¶ In unâ re paulo minùs consideratus, Cic. pro Quint. Neque parùm fa­cetus scurra, nec inhumanus praeco est unquam existimatus, ib. Homo in re ramiliari non parùm diligens, Cic. 6. Fam. 19. Ep.

2. But if any note of intension or aggravation go before, then II. may the Phrase be changed: as

A very dishonest man.Homo omni probitate vacuus.

CHAP. III. Of the Particle After.

1. AFter) Coming before a Noun, is made by post, à, ab: as I.

After his departure.Post ejus discessum.
After dinner.A prandio.
Camels milk next after wo­mans is sweetest.Dulciffimum ab hominis lac Camelinum, Plin.

¶ Post [Page 5] ejus mortem, Caes. Hoc erit post me, quod ante me fuit, Sen. Ep. 54. A coena ortus est sermo varius. Apud Farn. Syst. Gram. Pag. 87.

2. (After) Coming before a Verb, is made by postquam, ubi, II. cùm, and ut: as

After I heard it,Postquam audivi.
After he perceived he was in a strait.Ubi vidit se in angustias re­dactum.
After thou a [...]t once out.Cùm semel exieris
After I departed from you.Ut abii abs te, Ter.

Sometimes by an Ablative case absolute: as

After the Kings were dri­ven out of the city.Pulsis ex urbe regibus. Flor. 1. 10.

¶ Postea voro quam re­spicere coepistis, Cic. Quae postquam sensêre, Ovid. Met. 2. Ut ab urbe discessi, nullum praetermisi diem, quin aliquid ad te li­terarum dedi, Cic. Ut lea saeva sitim multâ compescuit undâ, Ovid. Met. 4. 102.

3. (After) Coming after a Noun, is made by post, postridie, III. inde, exinde: as

Fifteen years after Consuls were made.Annum post quintum decimum creati Consules, Liv.
The next day after that.Postridie ejus diei, Caes.
The next day after the games of Apollo.Postridie Ludos Apollinares.

¶ Te expectabo postridie, Cic. ad Att. 12. 5.

4. (After) Comming after a Verb, is often part of the Signi­fication IV. of the Verb, and included in the Latine of it: as

To gape after wealth.Inhiare divitiis.
He looks not after any thing to finde fault withall.Non inquirit, quod reprehen­dat, Cic. Or.
Other Phrases.
The next day after he had killed him.Proximo die, quo eum intere­merat.

¶ Cum esset mihi ex­ploratissimum cum proximo anno Consulem futurum, Cic. ad Quir. post Red.

Not long after.Non ità multo post.
Haud multis interjectis diebus

¶ Neque enim sunt aut obscura, aut non multo pòst commissa, Cic. Cat. 1.

He attributed most unto them next after his Brother.Secundum fratrem illis plu­rimum tribuebat, Cic.

¶ Se­cundum vocem plurimum potest, Cic.

After this manner, [fashion, or sort.]Hoc modo. Ad morem.
Adhunc modum.
In

¶ Ad fimilitudinem coelestium Syderum, Flor. 1. 2. Servilem in mo­dum cruciari, Cic.

After what manner?Quomodo. Quemadmodū, Cic.
He calls him after his own name.De suo dicit nomine, Virg.

¶ Humeris de more habilem suspenderat arcum, Virg. Roma­nosque suo de nomine dicit, Aeneid. 1.

CHAP. IV. Of the Particle All.

ALL) signifying whole, is made by integer, totus, and cun­ctus: I. as

I have not seen him all [i. e. this whole] day.Hodie toto non vidi die, Tor.
All [i. e. the whole] the City.Cuncta civitas.
Keep all to your self.Integtum tibi reserves. Coel.

¶ Totum hunc locum accuratiùs explicemus, Cic. Senatus haberi non potest mense, Feb. toto, Cic. Pulchrior in totâ, quam Larissaea Coronis, non fuit Aemoniâ, Ovid. Cùm & cunctus ordo, & multi cum summi viri orarent, Cic. ad Quirit.

2. (All) In other significations is rendred by omnis and uni­versus: II. as

All men do speak all good things.Omnes omnia bona dicunt.
Let the profit of every man in particular, and of all in general be all one.Eadem sit utilitas uniuscujus (que) & univerforum, Cic.

¶ Reliqui Magistratus penè omnes fuerunt defensores salutis meae, Cic. ad Quir. Praeclara est aequabilitas in omni vit [...] Cic. Off. 1.

3. (All) Joyned with Long, vide Long; with For, vide III. For, Chap. 15. Rule 11.

Other Phrases.
It is all one [i. e. even so] as it.Perinde est, ac si.
It comes all to a thing, [matter or purpose.]Eodèm recidit.

¶ Cùm eò jam processissem, ut meâ nihil interesset utrum irem, an redirem, Sen. Ep. 53.

All the iudgement I had.Quicquid habuerim judicii, Cic. 6. Fam. 19. Ep.
All one [i. e. the same.]Idem, eadem, idem, supra Reg. 2.
Nothing at all.Nihil prorsus [omnino.]

¶ Rumor, est, Pompeium non in Balearibus omnino fuisse, Cic. ad Att. 12. 2.

He is all for himself.Sibi duntaxat prospicit [soli cavet.]
All alone.Persolus
By all means.Quoquo pacto.
Without all doubt.Sine ullâ dubitatione, Cic.
I could not be here & there, and all at once.Ego hîc esse, & illîc simul haud potui, Plaut. Mostel. 3. 2.

CHAP. V. Of the Particle Along.

1. ALong) having with joyned to it, is made by unà: as I.

Thou maiest go along with me.Unà mecum eas, Ter.

¶ Per­suadent ut unà cum his profi­ciscantur, Caes.

2. (Along) When it hath not with coming after it, either is II. made by per, as

The fire ranne along the ground.Obibat ignis per terram.

¶ E­quidem per littora certos di­mittam, Virg. Aeneid. 1. Fugiens per gramina rivus, Virg. Georg. 4. Huic cervi [...] comaeque trahuntur per terram, Virg. Aeneid. 1.

Or by the Ablative case of the following Substantive, govern­ed of in understood: as

I was going along the high way.Publicâ ibam viâ.

¶ I­bam fortè viâ sacrâ sicut meus est mos.

Or else it is included in the fignification of the foregoing word: as

To lie along.Recubo.

¶ Tityre tu patulae recubans sub tegmine fagi—meditaris, Virg. Ecl. 1.

CHAP. VI. Of the Particle And.

1. ANd) coming next before Not, prohibiting an act following, I. is made by autem: as

You should relieve him, and not tation him.Oportet te hominem sublevare, non autem jurgiis adoriri.

2. (And) Parted from his Negative following is expressed by II. nec, neque, and tamen: as

I am sued, and I cannot tell for what.In jus vocor, nec [neque] ta­men causam scio.

¶ Juss [...] venires, Nec prior huc veni, Met. 4. 112. Nec libidini potiùs quàm liberalitati pateat, Cic. Off. 1. † Hic si sibi ipse consen­tiat, & non interdum naturae bonitate vincatur, Cic. 1. Off. 1.

3. (And) coming before Yet and Therefore, may in Latine be III. omitted: as

I brought him up of a child, and yet he useth me this.Eduxi hominem à puero, mihi tamen sic imposuit.
The Consul sees it, and yet he lives.Consul videt hic, tamen vi­vit, Cic. Cat. 1.
And therefore whilest you have time, think—Proin tu, dum est tempus co­gita—

¶ Proinde fac tan­tum animus habeas,—quanto opus est—Cic. 12. Ep. 6.

4. (And) Otherwise is to be translated by et, ae, que, quoque, IV. tum, verò, &c. as

Both this and that.Tum hoc, tum illud.

¶ Noc non & vario noctem sermone trahebat, Virg. Aen. 1. See Chap. 12. Rule 2.

Other Phrases.
And if I should do by you, as you do by me.Quod si ego tibi vicem repo­nerem.
I commend them, and that deservedly.Ego illos laudo, idque me­ritò.
And not fat from hence.Nec procl hinc, Aen.
Vp and down.Passim.

CHAP. VII. Of the Particle As.

1. AS) implying Time of Action, is made by in, inter, dum, cum, I. or a Participle of the present tense: for example,

As I went to London.In via Londinum versus.
As we were eating.Inter edendum.
As they were sitting.Dum sedebant [or sedebatur.]
As I was getting upon horseback.Cùm jam in equum ascende­rem.
As they were drinking.Bibentibus illis, &c.

¶ Muni­chiosque volans [as he flew] agros despiciebat, Ovid. Met. 2. 711. Cùm complicarem hanc epistolam ad me venit tabellarius, Cic. ad Att. li. 12. Ep. 1. In ipso discessu nostro, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 2. 13. Inter agendum occursare capro cave, Virg. Tribuni plebis vobis inspectantibus vulnerati, Cic. ad Quir.

2. (As) Implying Manner, Custom, or Proportion, may be ren­dered II. by pro, ut, uti, prout: for example,

As his fashion is.Pro more suo. [Ut solet.]
As you please.Pro tuo libitu. [Pro arbitrio tuo.]
As far as I am able.Ut possum. [Pro viribus.]
As is the beginning, so is the end.Ut initium, sic finis est, Sal.
As our duty bindeth.Prout officii ratio postulat.

¶ Nec me pro conjuge gessi, Ovid. Ep. 3. Ita ut aequum est, Plaut. Prout sequi poterant, Flor. A. 1. Cap. 3.

3. (As) Implying Quantity is made by quantus, &c. for in­stance, III.

As great honour as might be possible was given to the gods.Diis immortalibus quantus maximus poterat, habitus est honos, Liv.
Give her as much as I bade you.Quantum imperavi date, Ter.

¶ De cujus meritis tanta Senatus judicia fecisset, quanta de nullo, Cic.—So great, as—. Quàm maximum potest militum numerum impera [...], Caes. Com. Ut quàm primum & quàm mi­nlmâ cum molestiâ tota res transigeretur, Cic. pro Quint. Dig­nitatem meam quibus potuit, verbis amplissimis ornavit, Cic. ad Quir.

4. (As) Implying quality, is made by qualis: for example, IV.

Shew thy self now like a man, as thou hast done be­fore time.Praebe te talem hoc tempore, qual [...]m te jam antè praebu­isti, Cic.

¶—Daphnin Talis amor teneat qualis—Virg.—Such as— Qui si est talis, quam tibi videri scribis—Cic. 6. Ep. 19. Ut potestis optimè, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. Sc. 2.

5. (As) Answering to as, is made by aequè [or perindè] ac V. [or atque] tam, quàm, non minùs, quàm: as

I love thee as well as my self.Tam te diligo, quàm meip­sum.
What profit would there be, to speak of, in prosperity, without a man had some body, as will to reioyce at it, as himself?Quis esset tantus fructus in prosperis rebus, nisi haberes, qui illis aequè, ac tu ipse gauderet? Cic.

¶ Eam ha­buistis rempublicam ut aequè me, atque illam restituendam putaretis, Cic. ad Quir. Non minùs saepe ei venit in mentem potestatis, quàm aequitatis tuae, Cic. Tam ridiculè facio, quàm ille, quisquis—Sen. Ep. 54. Nec quiduam se aequè in temp [...]state aiebat timere quàm ter­ram, Sen. Ep. 53. Non minùs quàm vestrum quivis [as much as any of you] formidat malum, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Absentes viros perinde habetis, quasi praesentes sint, Plaul. Stich. Ac. 1. Sc. 2. Simul ac de solenni religione retulit, Cic. ad Quir.

6. (As) In other signisications, commonly is made by an Ad­verb of likenesse, viz. ut, sicut, velut, veluti, quemadmodum, VI. &c. for example,

As thou sowest, so thou shalt reap.Ut sementem feceris, ità metes.
As I wrote to you before.Ut scripsi ad te antea, Cic.

¶ Non ut justus hostis, sed ut percussor veneficus, Curt. Sed quemadmodum propinqui, mihi non affuerunt, sic—Cic. ad Quir. Sed ut patefactum est—Cic.

Other Phrases.
As for me.Me quod attinet.
Quantum ad me.

¶ Quod est ad [as to] severitatem lenius, ad communem salutem utilius, Cic. Cat. 1.

I have heard nothing as yet.Nihil dum audivi.
As soon as we set foot on land.Ubi primùm terram tetigimus, Plaut.

¶ Quò simul obver­tit saevam cum lumine mentem, Ovid.

As if there were any cer­tainty in humane affairs.Perinde quasi certi quicquam sit in rebus humanis.

¶ Quae cùm ità pugnaret, tanquam quae vincere nollet, Ovid. Am. 1. 5. Quasi verò novum nunc proferatur, Plaut. Amph. Prol.

As if he had been my bro­ther.Juxta ac si frater meus esset, Cic. post Redit.

¶ Ejus ne­gotium sic velim suscipias, ut si esset res mea, Cic. 2. Fam. 30. Ep.

As I ought.Pro eo, ac debui, Cic.
As it appeareth by their monuments.Id quod ex monumentis patet, Liv.

¶ Senatu [...] haberi id quod scis, non potest, Cic. Ut me primùm vidit, Cic.

As soon as ever he saw me.Statim ut—Cic.

¶ Ut haec audivit sic exarsit—

When the hearer is such a one, as—Cùm is est auditor, qui—Cic.

¶ Ea meditare, quae—Cic. Cùm praesertim is sit, qui vix se contineret, Cic. 8. Fam. 9. Ep.

They are as it were forced to yield to necess [...]ty.Quasi necessitati parere co­guntur, Cic.
Forasmuch as he enticeth my souldiers by letters to betray me.Cùm milites meos literis ad proditionem folicitet—Curt. lib. 4.
*Vide cap. 15. reg. 12 As to the keeping of our Liberty, I agree with you.De Libertate retinendâ tibi assentior, Cic. ad Att. li. 15. Ep. 13.

¶ Quod ad tuum discessum attinet—Cic. 8. Fam. 8. Ep. Quod ad Pomponiam:—Cic. 3. ad Q. Fr. 1. Ep.

As far as I am able.Quod qu [...]o—Ter. Ad. 3. 3.
You shall learn as long as you will.Disces quàm diu voles, Cic. Off. 1. 1.
As briefly as I could.Quàm brevissimè potui, Cic.

¶ Aves nidos construunt, eósque quàm possunt mollissimè sub­sternunt, Cic. 2. de Nat. Deor.

(As) after Not: See Not, Chap. 28. Rule 1.

CHAP. VIII. Of the Particle At.

1. AT) Before words of Time or Age, is a sign of an Ab­lative I. case; and sometimes is made by ad: as

As one a clock.Horâ primâ.
At this hour.Ad hanc horam.

¶ Hoc tem­pore abest. Praestituto die. Eo tempore principatum obtine­bat, Caes. Ad constitutam diem decedemus, Cic. Fam. 2. 11.

2. (At) before words of Price, is commonly signe of an Abla­tive II. case: as

He holds it at a shilling.Licetur solido.

¶ Cùm esset frumentum sestertiis binis autternis, Cic.

3. (At) before the proper name of a place of the first or se­cond III. declension, is signe of the Genitive case: as

He studied at Oxford.Studuit Oxoniae.

¶ Si Ro­mae fuissemus, Cic. Binas à te accepit literas Corcyrae datas, Cic. Pontem, qui erat ad Genevam, jubet rescindi, Caes. Com. 1.

4. (At) before the Proper name of a place of the third declen­sion, IV. or wanting the singular number is signe of an Ablative or Dative case: as

He was at Carthage.Fuit Carthagine, [or Cartha­gini.]
He was brought up at Thebes.Thebis nutritus est.

Quem Curibus Sabinis agentem ul­tro petivêre, Flor. 1. 2. Jam oracula Delphis non redduntur, Cic. l. 2. de Divinal. Vide Farnab. Syntax. Reg. 72.

5. (At) before a common Noun of place, signifying in, is V. made by in with an Ablative case: as

He played at [or in] the Church.Ludebat in templo.

¶ Alto corde uri, Stat.

6. (At) before a word of place, signifying neer, nigh, or close VI. by, is made by ad: as

At the table.Ad mensam.
They fought at [or hard by] the lake.Ad lacum pugnatum est, Caes.

¶ Conveniant ad busta Nini, Ovid. Met. 4. 88. Ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant, Caes. Cùm vir optimus ad pedes ejus flens jaceret, Cic. ad Quir. A­pud Regilli lacum dimicatur, Flor. lib. 2. Caesi apud Creme­ram trecenti & sex, Flor. 1. 12.

7. (At) before Home or House is made by the Genitive case do­mi: VII as

I will be at home, if you please to command me any service.Domi ero, si quid me voles, Ter.

¶ Nunc me oblectant domi, Cic. Qui istius domi e­rat educatus, Cic. pro Quint. Apud me domi est, Ter. Heaut.

8. (At) Implying Presence at an Action or Multitude, may be VIII translated by intersum with a Dative case: as

He was at the Se [...]mon.Concioni interfuit.

¶ Nostris tanquam melior interest, Sen. Ep. 41.

O [...] an Ablative with in: as

He was at the feast.In convivio interfuit, Cic.

9. (At) Noting the Cause, Occasion, or Degree of a thing, IX may be expressed by the Ablative case of the Substantive, with or without the Preposition in, and by the Accusative with ad: as

He gets much at game.Multum lusu lucratur.
At his coming.Ejus interventu.
At the very top of honour.In ipso summo dignitatis fasti­gio.
At the first sight they drew.Ad primum conspectum [or primo conspectu] gladios distringebant.

¶ Helvetii repentino ejus adventu commoti, Caes. Com. 1. Ad nomen Thisbes oculos erexit, Ovid. Met. 4. 145. Jussu Jovis venio, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Cogor nonnunquam homines non optimè de me meritos, rogatu eorum, qui bene meriti sunt defendere, Cic. 7. Ep. 1. Primo adspectu, Sen. Ep. 46.

10. (At) In the beginning of a sentence, and going before X. words of Action ending in ing, may be rendered by ad, [as be­fore] cùm, ubi, vix, or an Ablative Absolute: as

At the hearing of these words.Cum haec audiverat.
Ubi haec audita sunt.
Vix haec audierat.
Hisce auditis.

¶ Num du­bitas id, me imperante [at my bidding] facere—Cic. Cat. 1.

11. (At) Being part of the signification of the foregoing word, XI. is signe of such case as the word governs: as

He was angrie at the young man.Adolescenti succensuit.

¶ Gravitèr irascendum inimi­micis putant, Cic. Off. 1.

Other Phrases.
At home, at my house.Apud me, domi, Ter.

¶ Fuisti igitur apud Leccam, Cic. Cat. 1.

He Innes at the George.Ad [apud] insigne Georgii di­versatur [commoratur.]
At the first blush.Primâ fronte [facie.]

¶ Primò non adversante post etiam adjuvante collegâ ejus, Cic. ad Qu.

At our next meeting.Proximo congressu [conventu] nostro.
He began at us.Incepit a nobis

[...] Joh. 8. 9

Tolove at ones heart.Amare ex animo.
I am not at leasure.Non vacat mihi.
 Non est mihi otium
I do not in any wise at all agree.Nullo prorsus modo assentior, Cic.
At the last.Ad extremum. Tandem.

¶ Non trepidabo ad extrema, Sen. Ep. 54. Ipse ad extre­mum pro meâ vos salute rogavit, Cic. ad Quir.

At the most. [Vide Chap. 23.]Ad summum, Cic. F. 2. Ep. 1.

CHAP. IX. Of the Verb Becometh.

1. BEcometh) being a Verb impersonal, is made by decet: as I.

It becometh not any man to—Non decet quenquam—

¶ Qualem decet exulis esse, Ovid. Trist. 1. l. 1. Fortunae memorem te decet esse meae, ib.

2. (Becometh) signifying, To be made, or Come to be, is mad [...] II. by fio, or some other Verb of the like signification: as

A man that is evil by nature may become [i. e. be made, or come to be] good by nuture.Vir malus naturâ fit bonus cul­turâ.

¶ Quid restar, nisi ut porrò miser fiam? Ter.—become a miserable wretch. Evadit in­sanabile: [It becomes incurable.] Comen.

3. (Becometh) signifying to Adorn or Befit, is made by deceo: III. as

This garment becometh me.Decet me haec vestis, Plaut.

¶ Namque decent animos mollia regna tuos, Ovid. Ipse ti­mor decuit, Ovid. 4. Met. Unum hoc animal sentit, quid sit or­do, quid sit quod deceat in factis dictisque, Cic. 1. Off. c. 5.

Other Phrases.
What dost thou think will become of thee?Quid te futurum putas?

¶ Quid de me fiet? Tu for­tasse, quid me fiat, parvi curas, Ter. He. A. 4. Sc. 2.

What shall become of him afterward?Quid illi fiet postea?
What shall become of the money?Quid pecunia fiet?

CHAP. X. Of the Particle Before.

1. BEfore) coming before place, person, or thing, may be ren­dered by coram, apud, ante, pro, sub, ob, or in conspectu: I. as

The matter was pleaded before the Senate.Coram Senatu res acta est.
To speak for the defendan [...] before the Iudge.Apud Judicem pro reo dicere.
Set before your eyes.Ponite ante [or ob] oculos.
Is he sate before Castors temple.Sedens pro aede Castoris, Cic.
The matter is before the Iudge.Sub Judice lis est.
To stand before one.In alicujus conspectu astare, Cic.

¶ Ante domum, quon­damque suis erravit in agris, Ovid. Ante januam nostram ap­pone, Ter. And. Hastâ posita pro aede Jovis Statoris, Cic▪ Illa praesidia quae pro templis omnibus cernitis—Cic. Ut stetit ante oculos, posito velamine, nostros, Ovid. Am. 1. 5. Hoc [Page 18] erit post me, quod ante me fuit, Sen. Ep. 54. Ob oculos mihi saepe mors versata est, Cic. pro Rab.

2. (Before) following Substantives of time or Adverbs (if II.no action follow it) is made by antè: antehac, and pridie: as

An hour before.Ante horam.
Long before.Multò antè.
Never before this.Antehac nunquam.
He came the day before.Pridie ejus diei venit.

¶ Sen­tentiam Bibuli pridie ejus diei fregeramus, Cic. Id & paucis antè diebus, cùm posset è custodiâ educi noluit, Cic. Aliquot saeculis antè, A. Gell. 11. 5.

But if action follow it, then quàm is added to pridie: as

The day before he was killed.Pridie quàm occideretur.

¶ Pridie quàm haec scripsi, Cic.

And quàm is added to antè and antea also, if That be either expressed or understood as following Before. Chap 41. Rule. 9.

¶ Ut reus antè quàm verbum accusatoris audisset, causam di­cere cogeretur, Cic. Quae causae antè mortua est, quàm tu na­tus esses, Cic.—Te antea, quàm tibi successum esset, decessu­rum fore, Cic.

3. (Before) following a Verb, having reference to Order of III. time, space, place, or comparison, is made by prae, antè, suprà, or a Verb compounded with one of these Prepositions: as

Go you before, I will fol­low.I prae, sequar, Ter.
I rise before day.Ante lucem surgo.
Of which I spake before.De quibus dictum suprà.
I prefer the uniustest before the sustest war.Iniquissimam pacem justifsimo bello antefero.

¶ Sed ut an­tè dictum est, Cic. Etsi antea scripsi, quae existimavi scribi o­portere, Cic. Quae suprà dicta sunt, Cic. Alicui facem prae­ferre, Cic. Bis mille passus ante it, He is gone two miles before. Hoc illi praetulit autor opus, Ov. Am. 1. 1.

Note, When before is the same in sence with rather, it is to be rendered by antè, priùs, potiùs, or citiùs, with quam either joyned to them, or (which is more elegant) by other words di­vided from them: as

Before I pat up this wrong Ile endure any thing.Quidvis patiar antequam hoc impunè feram.
Before I take this at their hands.Ego vero potiùs quàm istuc patiar.
Ile run away before I en­dure it.Citiùs solum profugus mutabo quam—

¶ Antè leves ergo pascentur in aethere cervi, Quàm nostro ililus labatur pectore vultus, Virg. Omnia consilio priùs experiri, quam armis sa­pientem decet. Vox me citiù [...] defecerit quam nomina, Cic. Celeriùs aliquid de fugâ suâ quam de Syllae nece cogitâsset, Val. Max. 3. 1.

Other Phrases.
Before a man begin, he had need be well advised.Priusquam incipias consulto opus est.
There can be nothing said, that hath not been said before.Nihil dictum, quod non di­ctum fuit priùs.
Before any authority came from you.Nondum interpositâ vestrâ authoritate.

¶ Priusquam pabula gustassent Trojae, Aen. 1. 477. Priusquam hinc abiit. Plaut. Amph. Prol.

CHAP. XI. Of the Particle Being.

1. BEing) betwixt two words, neither of which are gover­ned of, or have relation to another word, hath nothing I. made for it: but both the words are put in the Abla­tive case: as

Christ being our Captain, we must not despair.Nil desperandum, Christo duce.

¶—Postea cognitâ facilitate, [the easiness of it being known] contemnitur, Cic.—Quo mortuo, in Galliam proficiscitur Quintius, Cic.

2. (Being) betwixt two words, the former whereof hath re­lation II. to some other word, or appeareth evidently not to be the Ablative case, is onely a signe of Apposition: as

My father, being a man loveth me being a childe.Pater meus vir amat me pu­erum

¶—Opes irritamenta malorum, Ovid. Met. Ignavum fucos pecus à praesepibus ar­cent, Virg. Ursaque conspectos in montibus horruit, ursos, Ovid. Nisi meis puer olim consiliis paruisses, Cic. 2. F. Ep. 1.

3. (Being) signifying [seeing that, or because that] is made III. by cùm, quoniam, quandoquidem, &c. as

Being that it fell out ill—Cùm istaee res malè evenit.
Being that I have under­taken it, I will not fail him.Quoniam quidem suscepi, non decro, Cic.
Being he is of a good dispo­sition.Quandoquidem ipse est inge­nio bono.

¶ Sed cùm hoc tantum sit, Cic. Cùm seirem ita majores locutos esse, Cic. Quandoquidem tu istos tantopere laudas, Cic. de Sen. apud Turs. Quoniam huc non venis, coenes apud nos utique—Cic. ad Att. 2. 2. Quippe qui intellexerat, Plaut. Amph. Prol.

4. (Being) signifying presence in a place, is made by praesen­tia: IV. as

Let not my being here be a­ny hinderance.Nè mea praesentia obstet. Ter. Hecyr. A. 4. So. 2.

¶ Ea fa­cere prohibet tua praesentia, Ter. Heaut. A. 3. Sc. 3.

5. (Being) Is sometimes to be expressed by an Adjective or V. a Participle, or a Verb with quod or ut: as

The Patriatchs being mo­hed with envy, fold Io­seph.Moti invidiâ Patriarchae Io­sephum vendiderunt.
It is so far from being new or Orange.Tantum abest ut vel sit vel rarum.
As to the businesse of your being surety for Pom­pey.De negotio tuo, quòd spon­sor es pro Pompeio, Cic. 6. Fam. 19. Ep.

¶ Ut ad quem summus moeror morte suâ veniebat: [As being one to whom—] Cic. pro Quint. Laetor quòd absens omnia cum maximâ dig­nitate es consecutus, Cic. 2. F. Ep. 1. Nunquam enim iratus qui accedet ad poenam mediocritatem tenebit, Cic. Offic. 1.

Other Phrases.
The winter kept it from be­ing bone.Hyems rem geri prohibuit, Cic.

CHAP. XII. Of the Particle Both.

1. BOth) spoken of two is made by ambo, or uterque: as I.

They both number their cattel twice a day.Bisque die numerant ambo pecus, Virg.
But both the Drators were undone by their wit.Ingenio sed uterque perit O­rator, Juven.

¶ Ambo florentes aetatibus, Arcades ambo, Virg. Ecl. 5.—boni quoni­am convenimus ambo—ib. Magna est vis conscientiae in u­tramque partem, Cic. In utroque frequentiores sunt Poetae, Cic. Or.

2. (Both) answered by and, is made by cùm, tum, &, vel, II. quà, &c. as,

I displease both my self and others.Ipse cùm mihi, tum caeteris dis­pliceo, Cic.
He was mightily tessed to and [...]ro, both by sea and land.Multùm ille & terris jactatus & alto, Virg.
To attend much both upon honour and upon danger.Multum vel honori, vel peri­culo inservire; Cic.
Famous both for his fathers glory, and for his own.Insignis, quà paternâ gloriâ, quà suâ, Liv.

¶ Transfe­runt verba cùm crebriùs, tum etiam audacius, Cic. Or. Nos àte amari tum volumus tum etiam confidimus, Cic. 7. Fam. 4. Ep. Scripsisti epistolam ad me plenam consilii, summaeque tum be­nevolentiae, tum etiam prudentiae, Cic. Solicitum autem te habebat cogitatio tum officii tum periculi mei, Cic. 7. Ep. 3. Hoc idem & sentit & praecipit, Cic. Et vincere & vinci lu­ctuosum reipublicae fore putavi, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. Tan­ta est expectatio vel animi, vel ingenii tui, ut, Cic. 2. F. Ep. 1. Vel iteratum pro tum, tum usitatissimum est, Tursel. cap. 213.

Note, If both be made by cùm, then and is made by tum.

He hates both learning and vertue.Odit cùm literas tum virtu­tem.

CHAP. XIII. Of the Particle But.

1. BUt) before that, is made by ni or nisi with quod, or ut: I. as

But that I fear my father.Ni metuam patrem, Plaut.
But that we use the words otherwise.Nisi quod verbis aliter uta­mur, Cic.
What remains, but that in the end I become a mise­rable wretch?Quid restat, nisi porro ut mi­ser fiam? Ter.

¶ Nisi quod versiculi sunt, Cic. Nisi quod rarò utimur, Cic. Nisi te satis incitatum esse confiderem, Cic.—Nisi cura te sepulturae ejus morar [...]tur, Curt. 4. Nisi quod etiam ubi causa sublata est, mentimur & consuetudinis causa, Sen. Ep. [...]6. Nipartem maximam existimarem scire vostrûm, id dicerem, Ter. Heaut. Prol. Messem lapis, ib. 5. 1.

2. (But) before for is (in some cases elegantly) made by absque: II. as

But for your oath, I would not have believed you.Absque juramento, tibi non credidissem.

¶ Absque co esset, rectè ego mihi vidissem, Ter. Phor. Act. 1. Sc. 4. Vide Farnab. in locum. Sic Plautus in Menaech. locutus est. Nam absque eo esset hodie, nunquam ad solem occasum viverem. Vide Durver. de Partic. pag. 13.

3. (But) with that after not, is made by quod non, or quin, III. as

Not but that I am happy e­nough.Non, quòd non satis sim foe­lix.
Not but that I did put trust in your diligence.Non, quin confiderem dili­gentiae tuae.

¶ Non quò ei deesset ingenium. [Not but that he had wit—] Cic. pro Quint. Non quin possint multi esse provinciales viri boni, sed hoc—Cic. ad Q. Fr. 1. 1.

4. (But) without that, coming after no, none, never, scarce, IV. or seldome, is expressed by quin, or qui non, as

I never was in any place, but I found very great love from all men.Nunquam fui usquam, quin me omnes amarent pluri­mùm.
There is no day almost, but he cometh to my house.Dies ferè nullus est, quin do­mum meam ventitet, Cic.
There is none of us but hath vowed.Nemo nostrûm est, quin vota fecerit, Cic.
I searce [or seldome] meet him, but he rails on me.Vix unquam illi obviam eo, quin in me invehitur.

Nemo est, quin existimet, Cic. Nunquam unum intermitttit diem, quin semper veniat, Ter. Ad. Act. 3. Sc. 1. Nemo est, qui nesciat, Cic. [There is none bus knowes.] Nemo illam ex­cussit, nisi qui—Sen. Ep. 75. Nemo est, qui te non metuat, Cic. Cat. 1. [...], Soph. in Ajace.—Quod neque unquā tempus, quin fuerit motus, &c.—Varro de Ling. Lat. li. 4. E­quidem neminem praetermisi—cui literas non dederim, Cic. 2. F. [Page 24] Ep. 1. Vix ea fatus erat, cùm circumfusa repentè Scindit se nu­bes, Virg. Aen. 1. Adhuc neminem novi Poctam, qui sibi non optimus videretur, Cic. 5. Tusc.

5. (But) After nothing, is made by quàm non, or nisi: as V.

I can do nothing, but weep.Nihil aliud possum quàm flere
She doth nothing but grieveNil aliud, quàm dolet, Ovid.
I saw nothing but it was commendable.Nil non laudabile vidi, Ovid. Am. 1. 5.
I aime at nothing but your safety.Nihil laboro, nisi ut salvus sis, Cis.

¶ Quod nihil est aliud nisi eloquentia ipsa, Cic. Nec aliud quicquam est dicere, nisi—Cic. Nisi quod ipse facit, nihil rectum putat, Ter. Ni­hil totâ viâ, quam essetne sibi salvum imperium requirens, Suet. Vide Godescalc. de Part. lib. 1. pag. 197, 198. Nihil nisi de inimicis ulciscendis agebat, Cic. Nihil est, quin malè narran­do possit depravarier, Ter. Phorm. [...], Soph. in Ajace.

6. (But) After cannot is made by non, with an Infinitive, o [...] VI. by quin with a Subjunctive mood: as

I cannot but wonder.Non possum non mirari.
I cannot chuse but cry out.Non possum quin exclamem, Plaut. Trinum.

¶ Non pos­sum ei non amicus esse, C. Fam. 9. 24. Non possum ejus ca­sum non dolere, C. Fam. 11. 6. Teneri non potui, quin decla­rarem, C. Fam. 9. 8. Non posse milites contineri, quin spe prae­dae in urbem irrumperent, Caes. 2. bel. Civ.

7. (But) After these words not doubting, not fearing, no [...] VII thinking, not making question, &c. is made by quin, ne non, or turning the Nominative into the Accusative case, and the Verb into the Infinitive mood: as

There is no doubt but—Non est dubium, quin—
I do not fear, but I shall cley you with letters.Non vereor, nè non scribendo te expleam.
I make no question, but he will do it.Non dubito eum facturum esse [quinfaciat, or facturus sit.]

¶ Quis unquam dubitavit, quin—Cic. Non quò verear, ne tua virtus opinioni hominum non respondeat, Cic. Nec dubi­tavi, quin—Cic. ad Quir. Sunt dicta de morte, quae qui re­cordetur, haud sanè periculum est, ne non mortem aut optan­dam, aut certè non timendam putet, Cic. 5. Tuscul.

8. (But) signifying onely, is made by tantum, unum, solum­modo, VIII duntaxat, non nisi, &c. as,

Thou hast but the name of vertue in thy mouth; what it self is, thou knowest not.Nomen tantùm virtutis usur­pas; quid ipsa valeat igno­ras, Cic.
Do but this one this one thing for me.Hoc unum m [...]hi expedi.
He hath but five sheep.Non nisi quinque oves habet.
Be but tuled by me.Mihi modò osculta, Plaut. Stich. A. 4.

¶ Erant omni­no Itinera duo, quibus exire possent, Caes. 1. bell. Gall. Tu tan­tum sida sorori esse velis, Ovid. Non ultra, quàm compedibus coercuit, Suet. [He did but lay him in irons] Hoc unum planè tibi approbare vellem, Sen. Ep. 75. Deos salutabo modò, po­stea ad te—Plaut. Stich. Vestibus hunc velant, quas non nisi tempore festo. Sternere consuêrant, Ovid. M. 8. 690.

9. (But) signifying saving or except, is made by nisi, praeter IX praeterquam, &c. as

Who, but a fool, would re­fuse offered gold?Quis nisi mentis inops, obla­tum respuat aurum?
He was condemned by all but one sentence.Omnibus sententiis, praeter unam, damnatus est.
No body said so but Cicero.Nemo id dixir, praeterquam Cicero.

¶—Quam nullis nisi mentis oculis videre possumus, Cic. Indicant omnes Poe­tae praeter eos, Cic. Ego, nisi ipsi Ballioni, nummum credam [...]emini, Plaut. Amicum ex consularibus neminem tibi esse vi­deo, [Page 26] praeter Hortensiū, Cic. Demonstrant sibi, praeter agri solum' nihil esse reliqui, Caes. Praeterquam quod sine te, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 2. 13. Extra unum te, mortalis nemo corpus corpore atti­git, Plaut. Ampb.

10. (But) In other significations is made by sed, at, vero, ve­rùm, X. autem, caeterum, quod si, atqui, sin, &c.

¶ Vir bonus, verùm tamen non ita institutus ut—Cic. Tum vero genitus e­didit, Ovid. Met. 2. 624. Atqui nullam sensimus tunc vexatio­nem, Sen. Ep. 54. Quod si pacem bonâ fide peteret, Curt. 4. Sin tu exiêris—Cic. In quo autem desiderare te significabis—Cic.

Note, Autem and Vero never begin a sentence, but Sed doth.

Other Phrases.
He came but yesterday.Herì primùm venit.
But a while since—Nuper admodum.
 Non ita pridem.
He is but iust now gone.Jam nuperest quod de­cessit.
Vel minimum

CHAP. XIV. Of the Particle By.

1. BY) Before the meanes whereby, instrument wherewith, or I. manner how a thing is done, is signe of the Ablative case: as

It can by no means be up­held.Nullo pacto sustineri potest, Cic.
Thou shalt be prohibited by thy Grandsires flames.Flammâ prohibebere avitâ, Ov.
You are a father to him by nature, I by counsels.Naturâ tu illi pater es, con­siliis ego, Ter.

¶ Meo be­neficio patriam se visurum esse dixit, Cic. Phil. 2. Ut, qui fran­gi [Page 27] virtute non poterat, comminueretur morâ, Flor. 2. 6. Fit via vi, Virg. Quo jure, quâve injuriâ, Ter. Dixit eperâ meâ rempublicam incolumem magistratibus deinceps traditam, Cic. ad Quir.

2. (By) before words of place, after verbs of motion, is signe II. of an Ablative case, or made by secundum, per, and praeter: as

I am to take my iourney by York.Eboraco [or per Eboracum] sum profecturus iter.
It runs by the very wals.Praeter moenia ipsa fluit, Liv.
To go by Sea to—Iter secundum mare facere ad­ Cic. apud Tursel. de Part. cap. 184. Ob. 1.
The way to Metronactes's house lies iust by the Theatre.Praeter ipsum Theatrum trans­eundem est, Metronactis petentibus domum, Sen. Ep. 76.

¶ Iter Laodiceâ fa­ciebam, Cic. ad Att. Provinciam Bethycam per Ticinum est petiturus, Plin. Ep. 7. Per Lycaoniam iter sum facturus. Prae­ter Euphratem. Juxta oppidum Juliopolim. Mileto transie­ [...]ant, &c. Vide Mercurii majoris Gram. Institutionum, lib. 2. cap. 17. Et Hawkins brief Introduction to Syntax. 43 Note Richerii Gram. Obstetric. part. 2. cap. 7. reg. 5. Si secundum mare ad me re coepisset, Cic. apud Turs.

3. (By) Before a word of place, intimating rest, or doing III. something neer that place, is made by prope, propter, juxta, se­cundum, secus, or ad: as

When the people were set down by the bank of [...] ­nien.Cùm plebs prope ripam Ani­enis consedisset, Cic.
By the rivers side.Propter aquae rivū, Virg. Ecl. 8.
He was buried by the Ap­pian way.Sepultus est juxta viam Ap­piam.
He received a wound in his head, hard by his ear.Vulnus accepit in capite se­cundum aurem, Cic. F. 4. Ep. 12.
The blinde man was hired to stand by the way.Conductus est caecus, secus vi­am stare, Quint.
He studieth by candie-light.Studet ad lucernam. Vide Chap. 8. Rule 6.

¶ Ut non modò prope me, sed plane mecum habitare posses, Cic. F. 7. Ep. 23. Ptopè est à te Deus, Sen. 41. Propter Platonis statuam consedimus, Cic. Turs. 156. Interdum proptèr dormiet, Ter. Eun. Etenim proptèr est spelunca quaedam, id. ib. Soph. in Ajace, [...]. Propter alios consiste. Furiarum maxima juxtà accubat, Virg. Aen. 6. Turs. 103. In a­perto loco secundùm flumen paucae stationes equitum videban­tur, Caes. Danes 1. Scholion. li. 1. cap. 31. Non solùm ad Aristo­phanis lucemam, sed etiam ad Clean this lucubravi, Varro d [...] Ling. Lat. l. 4. Ad (inquit Tursel) [...]efertur ad propinquitatem loci. Turs. de Partic. Cap. 4. Obs. 10. Thyrcid. li. 3. [...]. Peripolium cepe­runt; quod ad vel secus Halecem fluvium situm erat, Vig [...] de Idiotism. C. 9. S. 17. Monimenta, quae in Sepulchris, & se­cundùm viam, quo praetereuntes admoneant, Varro.

4. (By) before the English of the Participle of the presen: IV. Tense is made by the Gerund in do, or an Ablative case put ab­solutely: as

Cesat got glory by giving.Caesar dango gloriam adept [...] est, Sal.
The flame increases by mo­ving the torch.Motâ face crescit flamma, O [...] Am. 1. 2.

¶ Subitum lu­ctando accendimus ignem, Ovid. Ulciscar malos cives rem­publicam benè gerendo: perfidos amicos nihil credendo—Ci [...] ad Quir.

5. (By) After Verbs of taking, is signe of an Ablative case V. and after Passives, either of a Dative, or Ablative with a Pre position: as

He took him by the eares.Eum auribus prehendit.
He is not seen by any body.Nec cernitur ulli, Aen. 1.
He is praised by these, he is blamed by them.Laudatur ab his, culpatur ab illis, Hor.

¶ Nam si manu prehendissem—Cic. Or. Laudataque quondam Ora Jovi—Ov. Met. Id vitium nulli per secula longa notatum, Ovid. Met. Haec esse ab his praecepta nesciunt, Cic.

6. (By) After a Comparative degree is made by the Ablative VI. case of the word which signifies the measure of Excess: as

The Towers are higher by ten feet then the wall.Turres denis pedibus, quàm murus altiores sunt, Curt. 5. l. Vide Farnabii Syntax. Reg. 52.

¶ Sesqui pede est, quàm tu longior, Plaut. in Trinum. Quan­to diutius abest, magis cupio tanto, Ter. He [...] ut. Act. 3. Scen. 1. Quo difficilius, hoc praeclariu [...], Cic. Sed quo erant suavi [...] ­res, co majorem dolorem ille casus afferebat, Cic.

7. (BY) Signifying from, of, or out of is made by à, ab, è. VII ex, or de: as

There is danger like to come by (i. e. from) the nobility.A nobilitate periculum imp [...]n­det.
Learn by one offence.Crimine ab uno disce, V [...]g.
He shall perceive nothing by me.E me nihil sciet, Plaut.
I understood by his Letters.Ex literis ejus cognovi, Cic.
They do not yet know so much by themselves.Hoc illis de se nondum liquet, Sen. Ep. 75.

¶ Certior fa­ctus à Sabura de nocturno praelio, Caes. Ejus animum de no­stris factis noscimus, Plaut. Slich. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Ludi appa [...] ­tissimi, sed non tui stomachi: conjecturam enim facio de meo, Cic. Fam. 7. Ep. 1. Volebat me credere, tibi ab iis instare peri­culum, Cic. 11. Ep. 20. Ex decretis ejus poteritis cognoscere, Cic. pro Quint. Caetera cognosces ex aliis, Cic. Ex hoc in­telligas licet, Sen. Ep. 46.

8. (By) In swearing, beseeching, protesting, and conjuring; VIII and also signifying through, is made by per: as

I swear by the stars.Per Sidera juro.
I beseech you by these knees.Per ego te haec genua obtestor, Plaut.
It is no matter whether you do it by your Pr [...]ctor, or by your self.Nihil interest, utrùm per pro­curatorem agas, an per te­ipsum, Cic.
Cesar having intelligence by a Scout.Caesar per indicem certior fa­ctus, Hirt.
He will bring his father to beggery, by [or through] villanie.Per flagitium ad inopiam re­diget patrem, Ter. Heaut. 5. 1.

¶ Per caput hoc juro, Aen. 9. Incumbe per Deos immortales, in eam curam, Cic. Quod ego per'hanc te dextram oro, & genium tuum, Ter. And. A. 1. Sc. 5. Per ego te Deos oro, ut ne illis animum inducas credere, Ter. Per te parentis memoriam obtestor mei, Senec. Crebrò certior per me fias de omnibus rebus, Cic. Per flagi­tium famam perdidit, Plaut.—Ut omnium testimonio per me unum rempublicam conservatam esse constaret, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. [...]. [Per tuum te filium ac per Deos obtestor] Soph. in Ajace.

Nouns repeated with By betwixt them, Chap. 29.

Other Phrases.
I will be here
Statim Illico.
by and by.		Mox ego huc revertar, Ter.
Jam hi [...] adero.
By the hours end.Intra horam.
By this time twelve monethAnte annum elapsum.
By that [i. e. in the mean] time.Per id tempus [temporis.]

¶ Ego jam [by that time] an­nuum munus confecero, Cic. F. 2. Ep. 12.

By break of day.Primâ luce.

¶ Ut sibi assint horâ secundâ postridie—Cic. pro Quint.

By that he had ended his speech.Vix bene finierat.
Sermone vix dum finito.
He dwells hard by the School.Habitat in proximo Scholae, Lud. Viv. Exerc.

¶ In proximo divortitur apud hospitem paternum, Plaut. Mil. Arg. 2. Huic ego locum in proximo conduxi, Cic. 16. 21.

As if you had never been by.Quasi nunquam affueris, Ter.

Sophocl. in Ajace, [...], Praesens fui, I was by.

By turnes.In vices.

¶ Inque vices fu­ [...]rat captatus anheliltus oris, Ovid. Met. 4

By the by.Obiter
I have to but by hear-say.Nihil praeter auditum habeo.
Do, as you would be done by.Id alteri ne feceris, quod tibi fieri non vis.
Do by me, as you would have me do by you.Aequè te geras erga me atque ipse optares memet erga te.
If he will be ruled by me.Si me audiet.

¶ Mihi aus­culta modo, Plaut. Slich. A. 4. Sc. 2.

He hath money lying byNummos habet repositos—
Learning is little set by.Nihili habentur [or parvi pen­duntur] literae.

In these and such like phrases, by is part of the signification, [and made by the Latine of the foregoing word.

I will tell you a thing by which you may iudge—Rem dicam, ex quà aestimes—Sen. Ep. 43.

¶ Nisi illos tuo ex ingenio judicas, Ter. Heaut. 5. 1.

No agreement could be made, by reason that he was not content.Res convenire nullo modo poterat propterea quod ifte contentus non erat, Cic. pro Quint.

CHAP. XV. Of the Particle For.

1. FOr) In the beginning of a sentence, immediately before no. I. [Page 32] Case, or before a Nominative, is made by nam, namque, enim, &c. as

For, if any mischief be in this matter—Nam si hîc mali est quic­quam.
For I never gave my con­sent to—Nec enim unquam sum assen­sus.

¶ Nam de propriis nihil hoc loco dicimus, Cic. Si enim semper utare, Cic. Nam­ (que) decent animos mollia regna tuos, Ovid. Quippe iniqui jus ignorant—Plaut. Amph. Prol. Etenim quis est tam in scri­bendo impiger, quam ego? Cic. 2. Fam. Ep. 1.

2. (For) Before a word signifying the cause, or reason of a II. thing, is either made by the Ablative Case of that word, or else by one of these Prepositions, de, prae, ob, and propter: as

He let the reins go for fear.Formidine lora remisit, Ovid.
We are all the worse for li­berty.Deteriores omnes sumus licen­tiâ, Ter.
He would not have done it, but for a great cause.Id nisi gravi de causâ, non fe­cisset.
I cannot speak for weeping.Prae lachrymis loqui non pos­sum, Cic.
I am paid for my folly.Pretium ob stultitiam fero, Ter.
He obeys the lawes for feat.Legibus propter metum parer.

¶ Pallida morte futurâ, Virg. Non est habitabis aestu, Ovid. Quâ de causâ, Caes. Certà de causâ nondum adducor, ut fa­ciam, Cic. Nec [...]ocari prae curâ poteram, Cic. ad Att. 6. 5. Ut prae multitudine eorum, qui legunt transire nequeamus, Cic. ad Att. 2. 21. Ut prae laetitiâ lachrymae praesiliunt mihi? Plaut. Stich. A. 4. Ob inclytam viri religionem, Flor. li. 1 [...], [De nihilo irascens.] Soph. Propter rerum ignorationem ipsarum, Cic. Or. Perf. Propter angustias ire non poterant, Caes. Propter indulgentiam meam & prop­ter excellens eorum ingenium, Cic. ad Quir.

3. (For) Joyned to a Person (or thing under the notion of a III. Person) for whom the thing is done, is signe of a Dative Case, and may also be made by pro: as

Truly he does much for me.Multū verò mihi praestat, Curt.
This makes for me.Hoc pro me est.

¶ Tibi de­serit Hesperus Oetam, Virg. Ego tibi praestare nihil possum, Cic. Hic tibi bellum geret, Virg. Nimiae opes magnae jacturae locum faciunt, Curt. Consummatur ejus bonum, si id a dim­plevit, cui nascitur, Sen. E. p. 41. Quamdiu nobis populus me­tet? Sen. Ep. 60. Pro me Senatus, hominumque praeterea vi­ginti millia vestem mutaverunt, Cic. ad Quir.

4. (For) before words of Price is signe of an Ablative Case: IV. as

I sold it for gold.Vendidiauro.
He bought it for little or no­thing.Minimo [vili] emit.
How many pounds did he buy her for?Quot eam minis emit?
For fourty pounds.Quadraginta minis, Plaut. Epid. A. 1. Sc. 1.

¶ Exanimumque auro corpus vendebat Achil­les, Virg. Aen. 1. Nil cariùs emitur, quàm quod precibusemi­tur, Sen. Ea sola putamus emi, pro quibus pecuniam sol­vimus, Sen. Mandâsti, illud venire quam plurimo, Cic. Ep. 2.

5. (For) before so much, how much, more, lesse, &c, set a­lone V. without a Substantive, is signe of a Genitive Case: as

For how much didst thou buy this horse?Quanti mercatus es hunc e­quum?
For more truly then I wil­lingly would have given.Certè pluris, quàm vellem.

¶ Quaedam supervacua sunt, quaedam tanti non sunt, Sen. Ep. 42. Videamus, hoc quod concupiscemus, quanti deferatur, ib. Magis illa juvant, quae pluris emuntur, fuven. Non vendo pluris quam caereri, for­tasse etiam minoris, Cic. Off. lib. 2. Praefinisti, quò ne pluris e­merem—Cic. 7. Ep. 2. Licitatorem potius apponam, quàm illud minoris veneat, Cic. 7. Ep. 2.

6. (For) signifying as, or in the stead, place, or room, is made VI. by an Accusative case with in, or an Ablative case with pro: as

It shall be unto them for a tellimony.Erit iis in testimonium.
Confidence is taken for a wall.Audacia pro muro habetur.
They refused not to die, ei­ther for me or with me.Non recusârunt, quin pro me, vel mecum perirent, Cic.

¶ Quicquid inter Hellespontum & Euphratem est, in doten filiae offert. Curt. 4. Pro tribus corporibus 30 millia talentûm auri p [...]ecatur accipias, ib. Ut ego pro te molam, Ter. And. 1. 21. Pro me tenet altera coelum, Ovid. Met. 2. 514. E [...]certè fuit vis calamitatis, ut in experimentum illatam pute [...] divinitus, Flor. l. 1. c. 13. In causam belli Saguntus deleta est, Flor. 2. 6. [...] Rom. 2. 26. [...], Rom. 4. 22. In exemplum proponam, Quintil. apud Commissur. Gall. L [...] p. 129.

7. (For) Before words of Time, is made by ad or in, as VII

For a little time—Ad quoddam tempus—
They obtained ttuce for thirty years.Inducias in triginta annos im petrârunt, Liv.
For ever.In perpetuum, Cic. [In aeter­num, or aeternùm.]

¶ Nemini exploratum esse potest, quomodo sese habituru [...] sit corpus non dico ad annum, sed ad vesperum, Cic. 2. de fi [...] Videte ne censoribus in posterum potestatem regiam permitta tis, Cic. Monui paucos, quod prosit in horas, Ovid. Am. 1. 4. 7. Accipe per longos tibi qui deserviat annos, Ovid. [...] Sophocl. In perpetuum, Ter. He. A. 4. S. 4. In posterum, Cic. Ca [...] 4. Cogitationem sobrii hominis ad punctum temporis suscip [...] Cic. apud Pareum de Partic. p. 591. An id exploratum cuiqua [...] potest esse, quomodo sese habiturum sit corpus non dico ad an­num, sed ad vesperam? Id. apud eundom, ib.

8. (For) Importing the end, purpose, or use of a thing, VIII joyned to sake, is made by ob, ad, and propter, or by a Geni­tive case with ergô, gratiâ, and causâ: as

They speak it for some gain of their own.Ob aliquod emolumentum su­um dicunt, Cic.
All things are created for the use of men.Ad usum hominum omnia cre­antur.
Vertue is to be desired for it self, [or for its owne sake.]Virtus propter se expetenda est.
For example, [or for exam­ples sake.]Exempli causâ [or verbi gra­tiâ.]
For his sake.Illius ergô—Virg.
For my sake.Meâ causâ, Plaut.

¶ Poenas à populo Romano, ob aliquod delictum expetiverunt, Cic. pro Mar. Marcello. I am intelliges nullo me vigilare acriùs ad sa­lutem, quàm te ad perniciem reipublicae, Cic. Cat. 1. Ad tem­plum monumentumque pecuniam decrevêre, Cic. ad Q. Fr. 1. 1. Cùm adhuc ei propter vim adversariorum non magistratus ae­quus reperiri potuerit, Cic. pro Quint. Si quid contra alias leg [...] ejus legis ergô factum sit, Cic. Virtutis ergô donare­tur, Cic. Hominum gratiâ generatas bestias videmus, Cic. Hic nunc credit eâ me hîc restitisse gratiâ, Ter. Mitte hune meâ gratiâ, Plaut. Mentimur & consuetudinis causâ, Sen. Ep. 46. Aut suavitatis aut inopiae causâ, Cic. Orat. Perf. Consu­lum interficiendorum causâ manum paravit, Cic. Cat. 1. Quam ob rem venerim dicam, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Sin & ea, quae an­tè gesseram conservandae civitatis causâ gessissem; & illam miseram profectionem vestrae salutis gratiâ suscepissem, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. Vide Commissur. Gallico-Lat. p. 123. item p. 130. Ubi frequentes occurrunt hae dicendi formae—meâ causâ; tuâ causâ; hominum gratiâ; legis ergô, &c. Ad id, (ut scilice [...] viribus deficerent hostes) sedulò diem Scipio extraxerat, Liv. dec. 3. l 8. apud Pareum de Partic. p. 590. Eripiuntur è mani­bus ea, quibus ad res divinas uti consueverunt, Cic. Verr. 6. apud eund. p. 591.

9. (For) before the English of the Participle of the present IX tense, and signifying because that, is made by quod, or qui with a Subjunctive mood: as

Be not angry with me for doing of it.Nè irascaris mihi, quòd fece­rim.
You ate a fool for believing him.Stultus es, qui huic credas.

¶ Fuit in unâ re paulo mi­nùs consideratus qui societatem cum Sex. Nevio fecerit, Cic. Peccasse mihi videor, qui à te discesserim, Durrerus de Part. pag. 370.

10. (For) Before the English of the Infinitive mood, after X. another verb is superfluous, and included in the Latine of the following Infinitive: as

I go for to see, [i. e. I go to see.]Eo visere.

In which case the Infinitive may sometimes (viz. if the former verb be a verb of motion) be varied by a Gerund in di, or dum: as, Eo visendi causâ, or Ad visendum: Sometimes by Ut, and a Subjunctive mood: as, Eo ut visam: Sometimes by the first Supine, or by a Participle in rus, as Eo visum, or visurus, &c. Vide Chap. 44. Rule 3.

¶ Nisi is noctem sibi ad deliberandum postulâsset, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit. Pater huc me misit ad vos oratum—Plaut. Amph. Prol.

11. (For) with all, all that, all this, &c. signifying though, XI. although, albeit, nevertheless, or notwithstanding, is made by etsi, quanquam, quamvis, nihilominus, etiamsi, licet: as

I will go, for all [i. e. though] I have been al­ready oft deceived of my hope.Ibo, etsi hercle saepe jam me spes haec frustrata est.
I can bear that too, for all [i. e. although] it is iniu­rious.Id quoque possum ferre, quan­quam in jurium est.
I will do it yet for all this [i. e. nevertheless.]Nihilominus ego hoc faciam tamen.
For all [i. e. notwithstan [...] ­ing] I gave you notice.Licèt tibi significâram tamen.
I will not trust you, for all that you swear, [or for all your swearing.]Etiamsi juraveris [or tibi vel jurato] fidem non habeo.

¶ Tametsi majores, [For all you are my elder sister,] Plaut. Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Quanquam, [For all that] Terentianus ille Chremes, Humani nihil à se a­lienum putat, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Etiamsi ille his non eget, tamen ei potissimum inserviunt, Cic. 1. Off. 19. Nihilominus, ut ipsi luceat, cùm accenderit, E [...]n. Ap. Cic. 1. Off. 20.

12. (For) after as, signifying of, as to, or concerning, is made XII by de, or quod ad: for example,

As for other matters, what­ever shall be decreed, I will write to you.De caeteris rebus, quicquid erit actum scribam ad te, Cic 1. Fam. 2. Ep.
As for the money—Quod ad argentum attinet [or pertinet.]

¶ De pace, sen­tio simulationem esse apertam. Cic. ap. Tursel. c. 47. Obs. 11. De paupertate, securus sum, Curt. 4. De Alemenâ, ut rem te­neatìs, rectiùs, utrinque gravida est—Plaut. Amph. Prol. vers. 109. Quod ad popularem rationem attinet—Cic. 1. Fam. 2. Ep. Quod ad nominationum analogiam pertinet, Varro ap. Steuich. l. 1. p. 345. Quatenus de religione dicebat, Bibulo assensum est, Cic. 1. Fam. 2. Ep. Consule Parei Commentarios de Partic. L. L. p. 605. Item, pag. 112. Item, Turselini de Partic. cap. 167. Obs 4. 4.

13. (For) Importing leave to do a thing, or when it may be XIII varied by these words, by reason, or because of, is made by per: as

For me you may even sleep, till you sno [...]t again.Per me vel stertas licet.
Nor indeed could she for [or by reason of] her age.Ne (que) per aetatem etiam poterat Ter. Eun.

¶ Si esset licitum per nautas, Cic. 5. F. Ep. 4. Per aurium judicium licet, Cic. Or. Parere jamdiu haec per annos non potest, Ter. Ad. Cùm per aetatem po­tuisset, Val. Max. 3. 1. Per hanc tibi coenam incoenato Gelasime esse hodie licet, Plaut. Stich. A. 4. Sc. 2. Suum cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato apud Gell. 13. 22. Cùm per valetu­dinem [Page 38] posses, Cic. Fam. 7. Ep. 1. Vide Pareum de Partic L. L. p. 624, 625. & Tursel. de Partic. c. 139. Obs. 8.

14. (For) Implying defence, or favour, may be rendred by à XIV pro, or secundum: as

He stood for the Smate.A Senatu stetit.
Apollo stood for Croy.Pro Trojâ stabat Apollo.
He spake much for [i. e. in favour of] our side.Multa secundum causam no­stram disputavit, Cic. apud Danes, lib. 1. c. 31.

¶ Vide nè hoc totum Scaevola sit à me [i. e. pro me] Cic. 1. de Orat. Turs. c. 1. obs. 6. Ad dominam pro te verba tremente tuli, Ovid. Am. 1. 6. Pro patriâ cernit cum hostibus, Plaut. Amph. arg. 1. Se­cundum nos judicari volumus, Cic. Tursel. cap. 184. Obs. 5. Pro me Consules, ut referrent efflagitati sunt, Cic. ad Quir. De­certare pro meâ salute nolui, Cic. ib. Nemo contra perditos cives à Senatu, & à bonorum virorum causâ sterit constantiùs, Cic. de Cl. Orat. apud Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 585. Com­mune est, quod nihilo magis ab adversariis quàm à nobis facit, Id. apud eundem, ib.

15. (For) Som [...]times is part of the signification of the fore­going XV word: as

I have sought for him all the Town over.Per totum us (que) oppidum quae­sivi eum.
I look for guests.Opperior convivas.

¶ Una Elephantis pluribus sufficit, Sen. Ep. 60.

Particular Phrases.
He is beholden to you for his learning.Eruditionem suam tibi acce­ptam fert.

¶ Qui mihi vitam suam referret acceptam, Cic. Philip. 2.

I thank you for writing to me.Ago tibi gratias de literis tuis.
I dare not for angring him.Non ausim, nè illum commo­verem.
I would, but for hurting him.Vellem lubens, nisi foret ei damno.
It is for your good.In rem tuamest.
E re tuâ

¶ Si in rem est utrique—Sen. And. A. 3. Sc. 3. Quae maximè in rem vostram communem sient, Plaut. Amph. Prol.

Good for an ague.Efficaxfebri curandae.
 ad curandam fe­brem.

¶ Utile est ad firmitudinem vocis, Cic. ad Heren. lib. 3.

It is most fit for your age.Aetati tuae aptissimum est, Cic. 1. Off.
It is a shame for you to stay for it.Hoc te expectars tibi turpe est, Cic.

¶ Quod ipsi fuerit honestissimum dicere., Cic.

For the nonce.De industiâ
Datâ [deditâ] operâ.
I know it for a certain.Mihi est exploratissimum.

¶ Cùm mihi esset exploratissimum, Cic. ad Quir. Nos qui­dem pro certo habebamus, Cic. Att. 7. 12.

For all that he could say or do.Quantumcunque conatus est
What cause is there for you to despatr?Quid est, quare desperes? Sen. Ep. 44.
He hath paid for his fol­ly.Dedit poenas vecordiae, Flor. 3. 7.
For the present.In praesentiâ

¶ De utrâque re simul erit in praesentiâ dictum, Cic. ad Heren. 3.

But for, Chap. 13. Rule 2.

For the most part, Chap. 23. Phr. Append.

CHAP. XVI. Of the Particle From.

1. FRom) before a Noun or Name of Place, is signe of an I. Ablative case, most usually without, yet sometimes with a Preposition: as

He goes from Capua to Rome.Capuâ Romam petit, Hor. 1. I. 7. Ep.
He went from Brundus [...]um.Discessit Brundusio [or à Brun­dusio] Cic. Farnab. Gr. p. 86.
He is newly gone from homeNuper exiit domo.

¶ Multi principes civitatis Româ profugerunt, Cic. Cat. 1. A me cum Philone Pessinunte discessit, Cic. 2. Fam. 12. Ep. Ambraciâ ve­niunt huc legati publicè, Plaut. Stich. A. 3. Sc. 2. Domo du­dum huc accersita sum, Plaut. Video rure redeuntem senem, Ter. Eun. A Brundusio nulla adhuc fama venerat, Cic. ad Att. l. 9. Ep. 3. Vide Danes Paralip. l. 3. c. 13. Si quae forte navis ex Asiâ venerit, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. Sc. 2. Su [...]it humo pigrè, Ovid. Met. li. 2. vers. 773.

2. (From) before the English of the Participle of the present II. tense, is made by à or ab, with a Gerund in do: as

Idle boyes are soon discou­raged from learning.Ignavi à discendo citò deter­rentur.

And if a Verb of hindring or with-holding go before, it may also be rendered by nè, or quò minus, with a Subjunctive mood: as

Thou hast kept me from shedding of blood.Continuisti me nè in irem cae­des.
What keeps you from com­ming?Quid impedit quò minùs ve­nias?

¶ Dadas iis literas, per quas mecum agebas, nè eos impedirem, quò minùs ante hyemem aedificarent, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Abs te peto, ut mei existimes, [Page 41] humanitate esse prohibitum, ne contra amici existimationem venirem, Cic. Att. l. 1. Ep. 1. Si te infirmitas valetudinis tuae tenuit, quò minùs ad ludos venires—Cic. Fam. l. 7. Ep. 1. Per eos, nè causam diceret [...] eripuit, Cas. de bell. Gall. l. 1. Bene meritos quin colas, nec exorarifas est, neque—Cic. ad Quir. Virgil. tamen habet, [Georg. 4. v. 10.] nam pabula venti Ferre domum prohibent.

3. (From) after verbs of taking away, is signe either of a III. Dative, or Ablative with a Preposition: as

To take away ones life from him.Eripere alicui [or ab aliquo] vitam.

¶ Adimam tibi nam (que) figuram, Ovid. Met. 2. 475. Quid si praeripiat flavae Venus arma Minervae? Ovid. Am. 1. 1. Conscia de tergo pallia deme tuo, Id. ib. Eleg. 4. Id totum eripere vobis conatus est, Cic. de Leg. Agr.

4. (From) in other significations, is either included in the IV. Latine of the foregoing verb, or made by à, ab, è, ex, or de: as

Hidden vertue does but lit­tle differ from buried sloth.Paulum sepultae distat inertiae celata virtus, Hor. 4. l. Od. 9.
He received a Letter from Peter.Accepit literas à Petro.
The Emperour is a great way off from the City.Procul abest ab urbe Impera­tor.
To cast down from on high.E sublimi jacere, Plin.
I speak from my heart.Ex animo dico.
He goes from what he said.De sententiâ decedit.

¶ Viri nostri domo, ut abierunt hic tertius annus, Plaut. Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Cui cognomon superbo ex moribus datum, Flor. 1. 7. I have heard all from the beginning. A principio audivi om­nia, Ter. De cespite virgo se levat, Ovid. Genitus alto de corde Petitos edidit, Ovid. Met. 2. 624. Ex eo tempore, Cic. Nosque ab his abducere vult, Plaut. Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 1.

Certain particular Phrases.
Not far from hence.Haud procul hinc, Ovid.

¶ Hinc me depellite, ut Curt. l. 4 [...]

He went from thence.Indè abiit, Ter.

¶ Inde ex­pelli, unde invitus recedas, Sen. Ep. 54.

From our very childhood.Jam inde à puero, Ter.
He was so far from doing violence, that—Adeò ipse non violavit, ut—
So far is my Oration from being weakened, that.Tantum abest, ut enervetur oratio, ut—
I have used him not to hide ought from me.Nequid me celet, eum con­sueseci.

¶ Neque ego te celabo, neque tu me celâsses, quod scies, Plaut. Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 2.

CHAP. XVII. Of the Particles His, Of his, Her, Their, Its, &c.

1. HIs, Of his, Her, Their, Its) before I. How to rend [...] own, see Chap. 3 [...] Note 2. own, either expressed or under­stood, are made by suus: as

He paid the money with his own hand.Argentum ipse mihi adnume­ravit suâ manu, Plaut.
He must needs be a fool who soever is ashamed of his own kindred.Quemcunque suae? origin [...] poenitet, eum oportet, [...] ineptum, Scal. de Caus. Li [...] Lat. l. 6. cap. 130.
She has been so long with­out her husband.Tandiu viro suo caruit, Pla [...] Stich. Act. 1. Sc. 1.
They do not do their duty.Illi suum officium non colunt Plaut.
Of its own nature.Suopte ingenio.

¶ Quon­damque suis erravit in agris, Ovid. Met. Sponte suâ, Ovid. Met. 8. Suum omnes nationes tuentur morem, Scal. de Ling. Lat. li. 6. cap. 130. Suus omnibus Asiaticis dicendi mos est, Scal. ib. Quid dulcius hominum generi à naturâ datum est, quam sui cuique liberi? Cic. ad Quir. Res familiaris sua quemque delectat, Cic. ib. Nunquam nimis curare possunt parentem suum siliae, Plaut. Stich. Suam classem attentatam magno cum suo periculo penè sensit, Cic. ad Quir.

(His, Of his, Her, Their, Its) Without own, are made most usually by the Genitive Case of some of these Pronouns ille, ip­se, is, iste? as

She hath what was his.Quae illius fuerunt possidet, Ter. And.
This treachery of his.Haec ejus persidia.
Here were her armes.Hic illius arma—Virg. Aen. 1.
I did not so much regard my own businesse as their play.Postposui tamen illorum mea serio ludo, Virg. Eclog. 7.

¶ Propter eorum excellens in­genium, Cic. ad Quir. Collegâ ejus clementissimo primò non adversante, Cic. ad Quir. Illius aram saepe tener nostris ab ovilibus imbuet agnus, Virg. Ecl. 1. Adventus ipsius ad te sa­tìs cum commendabit, Cic. 12. Ep. 6.

2. (Himself, Her self, Themselves, It self) In the nominative II. Case are made by is, or ipse: as

And indeed it is he himself.Et certè is est.
Iupiter himself is my fa­ther.Pater est mihi Jupiter ipse, Ovid. Met. 2.
Since the Common wealth it self hatk brought me back into the City—Quoniam me in civitarem respublica ipsa reduxit, Cic. ad Quir.

¶ Denique ipse ad extremum pro meâ vos salute non rogavit solùm, verùm etiam obsecravit, Cic. ad Quir. Quibus ipse regna de­derat [Page 44] ad eos inops supplexque venit, Cic. ad Quir. Nunc ip­se Bruttius Romae mecum est, Cic. 13. F. 38. Ep. Aequitas enim lucet ipsa per se, Cic. 1. Offic. 12.

(Himself, Herself, Themselves, Itself) In the Oblique Cases, most usually made by sui, sibi, se; as

Not so much to save them­selves.Non tam sui conservandi cau­sâ, Cic.
He sets too much by him­self.Nimium tribuit sibi [or admi­ratur se.]
Fannius killed himself.Se Fannius ipse peremit, Ma [...]t.

¶ Eorum est haec quaerela, qui sibi chari sunt, seseque diligunt, Cic. 5. de Fin. Cùm privati se parietum praesidio, non legum tuerentur, Cic. ad Quir. Necesse est enim sibi nimium tribuat, qui se nemini comparat, Quintil. Inst. 1. 2.

Note 1. The Reciproque suus is sometimes * used for a Relative: as

I took the Pidgeon in her nest.Cepi columbam in nido suo [for ejus or ipsius.]

Cic. * pro Sextio, Qui autem ità se gerebant, ut sua [pro ipsorum] consilia optimo cuique probarentur, hi optimates ha­bebantur, Caesar. 1. bell. Gall. Helvetii Allobrogibus sese persua­sueros existimabant, ut per suos [pro ipsorum, vel eorum] si­nes eos ire paterentur, Cato in Re Rusticâ. Vinea, si macra e­rit, sarmenta sua [pro ejus] concidito, & ibidem inarato, Cic. 2. in Verr. Ut non modo in auribus vestris, sed in oculis omni­um sua [pro ejus vel ipsius] furta, atque flagitia desixurus sim, Ovid. 1. Epist. Respice Laerten, ut jam sua lumiha condas [ubi sua dixit, pro ejus vel ipsius.] Sed haec, ut inquit Dane­sius, [3 lib. Paralip. cap. 17.] in exemplum non temerè trahenda sunt: quippe quae malo, uti est Farnabio visum [System. Gram. pag. 53.] exemplo siant. Ali [...]s tamen haud infimi subsellii Grammaticis superiorum Latinae Linguae principium authorita­te fret [...]s, exemplo nixis, contrarium placet. Videantur, Scalig. de Caus. Ling. Latinae lib. 6. cap. 130. August. Saturn. Mercur. Major. li. 5. cap. 12. Hawkinsii Syntax. Not. 37.

Note 2. A Relarive is sometimes used for a Reciproque: as

Grammarians are at vari­ance among themselves.Grammaticis inter ipsos [for inter se] pugna est, Quint. li. 8. cap. 6.
The other became snrety for his appearance, so as that if he returned not, himself should di [...].Factus est alter ejus sistendi vas, ut si ille non revertis­set, moriendum esset ipsi [for sibi, i. e. vadi] Cic. Off. 3 Danes. Paralip. li. 3. cap. 7. Hawkins Syntax. 37. Not. Scal. de Ling. Lat. li. 6. cap. 130. Farnab. System. Gram. pag. 53. Aug. Saturn. Mercur. Major. li. 5. cap. 11. & 12.

Quintil. Non sic nuper repugnâsset, si illum [pro se] Tri­bunus voluisset occidere, Cic. Offi. 3. Perfuga Fabricco pollicitus est, si praemium ci [pro sibi] proposuisset, se Pyrrhum veneno necaturum, Cic. Quâ societas hominum inter ipsos [pro se] & vitae quasi communitas continetur.

Fit autem hoc vitandae plerumque ambiguitatis gratiâ: con­currentibus enim pluribus personis tertiis, nisi Relativo nonnun­quam pro Reciproco licere [...] uti, obscura admodum nostra per am­biguitatem oratio redderetur, ut videre est in illo vulgatissimo omnium exemplo— R [...]gavit Nero Epaphroditum, ut se occi­deret—ubi ignoratur uter duorum oocidendus intelligitur; Ne­rone? an Epaphróditus?

Note 3. These Reciproques Sui Sui enim pe­rinde ac Suus Relativè non­nunquam a­pud Classicos etiam Autho­res sumitur. & Suus, are not used after a Verb of the first, or second Person, (un­less it be when they are put for Relatives) as

I was with him.Cum ego fui [not se­cum.]
Knowest thou his bro­ther?Ejus nôstin' fratrem? [not suum.]

Farn. Syst. Gram. pag. 53. Danes. Paralip. li. 3. cap. 7. Supplem. ad Gram. Ordin.

Mart. li. 6. Ep. 52. Sis licet indè sibi [pro ipsi] tellus placata levisque. Senec. ad Albin. Puer ad tuum formetur arbitrium, multum sibi [pro illi] dabis, etiamsi nihil praeter exemplum dederis. Cic. 1. Philip. Si quid mihi huma­nitus accidisset, hujus dici vocem testem reipublicae relinqueremancae [Page 46] perpetuae erga se [pro ipsam] voluntatis. Cic. ad Quir. post Red. Qui statuerat Quirites; si vos me sibi [pro illi] non reddidissetis, eandem subire fortunam.

Hujusmodi autem exempla notanda ut sint, haud tamen temerè imitanda sunt.

CHAP. XVIII. Of the Particle How.

1. HOw) before an Adjective, or Adverb of Quality, is I. made by quàm: as

How acceptable dost thou think this present is!Quàm hoc munus gratum ar­bitrare esse!
How fain would I that he were bidden!Quàm vellem eum invita­tum!
It cannot be expressed, how greatly I reioyce.Non dici potest, quàm valdè gaudeam, Cic. 7. Fam. 15. Ep.

¶ Si privati tam ponderosa vox, quàm graves fasces Consulis extitissent! Val. Max. 6. 4. Hei mihi! quàm longè spem tulit aura meam! Ov. Am. 1. 6. Is eam rem quàm vehementèr vindicandam putârit, ex decretis ejus poteritis cognoscere, Cic. pro Quint. Quàm gaudeo! Ter. Ad. 3. [...]! [eheu quàm doleo!] Soph. in A [...]ace. Ah nescis, quàm doleam, Ter. He. Act. 5. Sc. 1.

2. (How) before words of time or number, is made by quot, II. quotus, or quandiu: as

How old is he?Quot annos natus est? [or Quotum annum agit?]
How long is it since it was done.Quandiu id factum est?

¶ Nunc quot modis mutentur dicendum est, Cic. Or. Perf. Vidcndum est, quandiu retinen­dum sit, Cic. Or. Perf.

3. (How) In Interrogation, is made by quid, quomodo, or III. ut: as

How think you?Quid tibi videtur? Ter.
How stands the case with you?Quomodo tibi res se habet?
How fare you?Ut vales?

¶ Ut illi efferentur laetitiâ, cùm vicerint? Cic.

4. (How) Vulgarly used for that, is expressed by quot, ut, IV. or an Infinitive Mood: as

He told his father how [or that] Anthony did beat him.Narravit patri, quòd Antoni­us eum verberavit.
You know how [i. e. that] I trust you with all my counsels.Scis, mea confilia ut tibi cre­dam omnia, Ter.

¶ Videsne, ut navigia, quae modum excedunt, regi nequeant, Quint. Curt. lib. 4.

5. (How) referring to the meanes, or manner of doing, may V. be expressed by quî, quomodo, quemadmodum, ut, uti, unde, quo pacto, quâ ratione, &c. as

How comes it to passe, that all men know what I am ignorant of?Quî sit, ut ego quod nesciam sciant omnes?
There is no rule given, how the truth may be found out, but onely how it may be iudged of.Nullum est praeceptum, quo­modo verum inveniatur, sed tantum quomodo judi­cetur, Cic.
I would have you study, how to make me a Libra­ry.Velim cogites quemadmodum Bibliothecam nobis consice­re possis, Cic.
I think you have heard how they stood about me.Credo te audîsse, ut me cir­cumsteterint, Cic.
And I cannot tell how to avoid it.Neque uti devi [...]em scio, Ter. Phorm.
How knowest thou that?Unde id scis? Ter.
He cannot tell how to give up his account.Non invenit quo pacto ratio­nem redderet, Val. Max. 3. 1

¶ At hoc demiror, quî tam facilè potueris persuadere illi, Ter Heaut. A. 2. S. 3. Somnum hercle ego hâc nocte oculis non vidi meis, Dum id quaero, tibi quî filium restituerem, Ter. He. Act. 3. Sc. 1. Haec negotia quo modo se habeant—Cic. 2. Fam. 5. Ep. Quomodo hoc etgo lues? Uno scilicet si mihi librum miseris, Cic. ad Att. li. 12. Ep. 6. A principio vi­dendum est, quemadmodum velis venire ad extremum, Cic. Or. Quaere potius quemadmodum rationem non reddas, Val. Max. li. 3. cap. 1. Memorat legiones hostium ut fugaverit, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Non tu ci dixistiut essem? Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Namque videbat uti bellantes Pergama circum hâc fugorent Graii, Virg. Aen. 1. Sed nescio quo pacto oratio mea de­fluxit—Cic. Quo autem pacto deceat dici—Cic.

Certain particular Phrases.
I asked how your son did.Quaesivi de filii tui valetudine
How long, I pray thee, wilt thou abuse our pa­tience?Quousque tandem abutêre patientiâ nostrâ, Cic.
How long is it ere you look for your old man?Quid? Senem quoad expecta­tis vestrum? Ter.
They cannot tell how to be angry.Omnino irasci nesciunt, Cic.
You see how all is with us.Vides quo in statu res nostrae sint.

¶ Cum attendo quâ prudentiâ sit Hortensius, Cic. pro Quint.

How great calamities hath he suffered?Quantas hausit calamitates? Cic.

¶ Heu! quanto me­lior sors tua sorte meâ est! Ovid. Am. 1. 6.

It is not to be said how greatly they reioyce.Dici non potest quantopere gaudeant, Cic.
We must consider how far—Videndum est quatenus—Cic.
How hast thou done this long time?Valuistin' usque? Plaut. Stich.

[...]; Aristoph.

How often [or how many times?]Quoties?

¶ Ah! quoties per saxa canum latratibus acta est! Ovid.

It shall not repent you how
See much Chap. 24. 2.
much you profit.		Quantùm proficias non poenitebit, Cic. 1. Off. 1.

CHAP. XIX. Of the Particle If.

1. IF) in the former clause of a conditional speech, is made I. by si; in the latter either by si, or sin: as

If Anthony shall come hither alone, I think I shall easily be able of my self to hold him up: but if he shall bring any forces with him, I shall do my best to prevent his doing of harm.Si nudus huc se Antonius con­feret, facilè mihi videor per me sustinere posse: si verò copiarum aliquid se­cum adducet, ne quid detri­menti fiat, dabitur opera à me, Cic. Fam. 10. 11.

¶ Si [...]e dolor aliquis tenuit quò minùs ad ludos ve­nires, fortunae magis tribuo, quàm sapientiae tuae: sin haec quae caeteri mirantur, contemnenda duxisti, laetor—Cic. Fam. 7. Ep. 1. Si qua laboriosa est, ad me curritur: Sin levis est, ad alium mox defertur gregem, Ter. Heaut. Prol. Si quid praeter spem erit, facies ut sciam, sin est (ut arbitror) nego [...]ium perditum, scribes tamen, Cic. Att. 15. 13.

2. (How) signifying whether, is made by num, or an, seldome II. * by si: as

Ask him if [i. e. whether] it be so.Ex illo quaeras, num [an] ita siet.
I will go see if [i. e. whe­ther] he [...] at home.Visam, si domi est, Ter.
I tried if the winde blew.Tentabam spirarent annon aurae, Plaut.

¶ Vide—si potes esse possessor, Cic. 2. de Orat. Dicito si pascuntur aves, Cic. 2. de Div. Illa si jam laverit, mihi nuntia, Ter. Heaut. A. 4. S. 1. Radiorum viribus artus, si queat, in vivum tentat re­vocare calorem, Ovid. 4. Met. v. 248.

* Si pro an rarum est, Tursel. cap. 186. Obser. 3. Nota (inquit Paraeus) si, verbis Quaero, scire velim, & id genus aliis non adjungi, nisi Praecedente Negatione: sed pro si, an, ne, u­trum, nunquid: Inepte igitur dixeris quaero, si tibi placeal; pro, quaero an placeat, Paraeus Com. de Partic. p. 542.

3. (If) Immediately before not, is usually made by sin, with aliter, III. secùs, or minùs; and sometimes by si non, or si minùs: as

If that be so, all will be the easier: but if not, it will be a hard task.Id si ita est, omnia faciliora: sin aliter, magnum negoti­um, Cic. Fam. 11. 14.
If that fall out, that we desire, we shall be glad: if not, we shall be con­tent.Si ilud quod volumus eveniet, gaudebimus: sin secùs pa­tiemur animis aequis, Plaut. Casin.
If I can finish it, accord­ing to my minde, my la­bour will be wel bestow­ed, but if not, I will throw it into the sea.Si ex sententiâ successerit, be­nè erit opera posita: sin minus, in ipsum mare deji­cimus, Cic. ad Qu. Fr.
He is a great Orator, if not the greatest.Is magnus est Orator, si non maximus, Cic. in Orat.
There will be somewhat here in some time; or if not.Erit hîc aliquid aliquando: aut si minùs, Cic. Fam. 7. 11.

¶ Si bonus es, obnoxius sum: sin secùs—Plaut. Trinum. Si uxorem velit, lege id licere fa­cere: sin aliter negat, Ter. Phorm. Act. 1. Sc. 2. Igitur S. C. si erit factum scribes ad me: sin minùs, rem tamen conficies, Cic. Att. 5. 4. Si perficiunt, optimè: sin minùs—Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 2. 8. Si non perfectio at conatus tamen, Cic. in Oratore. Si me putas te istîc visurum, expectes: si minùs, invisas, Cic. [Page 51] Att. 3. 19. Quae ut omnia concurrant optabile est: sin minùs, plures causae majoresque ponderis plus habebant, Cic. 1. Off. 16. Huic tu libro maximè velim ex aaimo, si minùs, gratiae causa suffragere, Cic. Fam. 12. 17. Velim antè possis si minùs, utique simul simus cùm Brutus veniet, Cic. Att. 13. 4.

4. (If) Parted from not, by other words, is made by ni, nisi, IV. sin; and sometimes by Si non, pro si minùs barbarum non est, si recté adhibeatur, Tursel. cap. 186. obs. 9. Operae hîc pretium erit [...], Parae [...] Commentar. de Partic. L. L. [p. 543. 545, 546] consulere. si non, and si minùs: as

If there were not that cause, thatNi esset ea causa, quam—Cic. Att. 12. 10.
If he had not dem [...]nded a nights time to consider on it.Nisi is noctem sibi ad delibe­randnm postulâsset, Cic. ad Quir.
But if you will not have me do it—Sin me id facere noles—Cic. Fam. 2. 1.
If thr great names of my Ancestors do not set me out.Si me non veterum commen­dant magna parentum No­mina—Ovid. Am. 1. 3.
I resolved to give you some small comfort, that might ease your grief, if not cure it.Statui adhibere aliquam mo­dicam consolationem, quae levare dolorem tuum posset, si minùs sanare potuisset, Cic. Fam. 5. 16.

¶ Nae ego essem hîc libentèr, ni esset ea causa, quàm tibi superioribus li­teris scripsi, Cic. ad Art. 12. Ep. 10. [...], [Et nisi Deorum aliquis hunc conatum re­stinxisset] Soph. Ajax. Nisi nota esse arbitrarer, Cic. Nisi moderationem animi tui notam haberem, Quint. Curt. l. 4. Domitius (nisi me omnia fallunt) de se incredibiliter timuit, Cic. Att. l. 1. Tursel. cap. 125. Obs. 1. Si mihi tecum non & mul­tae & justae causae amicitiae privatim essent, Cic. Fam. 6. 17.

5. (If) before any is made by si, either joyned to quis, &c. V. or pa [...]ted from it by other words: as

If you can by any means—Siquo pacto pores, Cic.
If there be any faith in me.Siqua fides, Mart. li. 1. Ep. 14.
If any man man bring yo [...] into question.Si re in judicium quis addu­cat, Cic.

¶ Siqua pios re­spectant numina: siquid usquam justitiae est, Virg. Aen. 1. Malè cum credo intollexisse, si quisquam malè intelligit, Cic. Att. 16. 14. Si forte armenta requiret Haec aliquis, vidisse ne­ga, Ovid. Met. 2. 699.

Certain particular Phrases.
As if [Vide As]Ac si, utsi, quasi, perinde qaasi, tanquam.

¶ Ejus negotium sic velim suscipi [...], ut si [...] res mea, Cic. Fam. 2. 14. Similiter fa [...]iunt, ut si—Cic. Offic. 1.

I do not speak it, as if I made any doubt of your honesty.Non eò dico, quò mihi veniat in dubium fides tua, Cic. pro Quint.

CHAP. XX. Of the Particle In.

1. IN) before the name, or Author of a Book, is made by I. apud: as

I had heard it, as it is in Brutus [i. e. the book so called.]Sic acceperam, ut apud Bru­tum est, Cic. Att. 12. 5.

¶ Translatio est apud cum multa, Cic. Est apud cundem, Cic. Or. Veteres id dicere solitos apparet apud Plautum, Va ro de Ling. Lat. lib. 4. De quâ praeclarè apud cundem est Platonem, Cic. Off. 1. Quod apud Platonem est in Philosophos dictum, Cic. 1. Offic. 12. Quod enim est apud Ennium—id latiùs patet, Cic. 1. Off. 10.

2. (In) before the names of Languages [as in English, in La­tine, II. &c.] is made by an Adverb: as

To speak in Greek.Graecè loqui, Cic. Or.

¶ Hoc loco continetur id quod dici Latinè decorum potest: Graecè e­nim [...] dicitur, Cic. Offic. 1. [...]; Acts 21. 37.

3. (In) before the English of the Participle of the III. present See the marginal notes to the fift Rule. Tense is made by in, or inter, with a Ge­rund or Gerundive Adjective: as

They spend the day in making ready.In apparando consumunt di­em—
It freezeth in the falling.Inter decidendum gelascit.
In the amplifying of a thing.In amplificandâ re, Cic. Or.

¶ Qui in ulciscendo remissi­or fuerit mox apertè laudatur: at qui in beneficiis romune­randis est tardior ingratus appelletur necesse est, Cic. ad Quir.

4. (In) before words of price, is signe of an Ablative case: IV. as

It stood me in three [...].Tribus mihi denariis stetit.

5. (In) Without to, is generally a signe of the V. Ablative After Ad­jectives importing skill or unskilfulness, the word fol­lowing in, is sometimes made by the Genitive case: sometimes by a Ge­rund in di: as, Skilful in the Lawes. Legum peritus, Hor. Skilfull in shooting. Peritus jaculandi. Ʋnskilful in Greek letters. Graeoarum literarum rudis, Cic. Off. 1. case: as

I came in time.In tempore veni.
Ignorant in the civil law.Rudis in jure civili, Cic. lib. 1. de Orat.

6. (In) with to, requireth an Accusative * case: as VI.

He came into the Senate.In Senatum venit, Cic.
She [...] into a cave.Fugit in antrum, Ovid.

* Est tamen ubi Authores, imitati Graecos [...] [...], [Page 54] & contrá, ut [...], Hom. [...], promiscuè vel Accusat. vel Ablativum huic Praepositioni sub­jiciunt. Sic Ovid. 2 Met. Utinamque oculos in pectore pos­ses inserere. Cic. pro Quint. Veni in Senatu. Sen. 3. de Ben. 6. 37. In ordine redigere. Vide Durrer. Danes. Farnab.

Note 1. There be many Latine phrases, in whose English in must be rendered without to, Sic, ad summum, [in brief] Cic. In medium, [in common] Virg. In orbem [In a ring] Ovid. In gyrum, Ovid. Ani­mi pendeo, Cael. Ciceroni. Desipiebam mentis, Plaut. In rem tuam erit. [It will stand you in stead.] Quid? quod a­pud Terentium legimus. Esse in magnum honorem, Eun. Act. 2. Sc. 2. Et apud Ciceronem—Esse in amicitiam populi Roma­ni, CIc. 1. Verr. Voss. Gram. p. 84. Durrer. de Parti [...]. p. 202. though the following Substantive be not of the Ablative case: as

I am troubled in minde.Discrucior animl, Plaut.
A gallant [...]vie in shew, but poor and weak.Praeclara classis in speciem, sed inops & infirma, Cic. 7. Verr.

Note 2. Into after a Latine Verb compounded with in, is often­timen part of the signification (and included in the Latine) of that verb: as

To enter into an house.Domum ingredi.

¶ Insilui campo, Claud. Insiluere vadis, Stat. Modo seriùs incidis undis, Ovid. Met. 4. v. 198.

Certain particular Phrases.
He came in the night.De nocte venit, Cic.
In the dark.Per tenebras, Ovid.

¶ At priùs Aeneas per noctem plurima volvens, Virg. Aen. 1. Cal­lida per tenebras versato cardine Thisbe egreditur, Ovid. Met. 4. Nec dubitavi quin per eos dies matutina tempora lecti­nnculis consumpseris, Cic. Fam. 7. 1. Quod si tu per eos dies operam dedisti Protogeni tuo—Id. ib.

In his sleep.Secundùm quie [...]em, Sen.
In the mean while.Interim
Inter haec
Interea loci, Ter. Eun. 1. 2.
In faith [troth.]Hercle. Mehercle.
You come in good time.Per tempus advenis, Ter.
In that place.Eò loci, Val. Max.
In word onely.Verbo tenus, Cic.
In comparison of whom—Prae quo—
In the Pulpit.Pro suggestu.
Pro rostris.
¶ Pro concione, Liv. 38.
Not well in his wits.Non est compos mentis.
Sui est inops animi
Get you in.Abi intrò. Ter. Heaut.
In time
  • past.
    Alium esse censes nunc me, atque olim quum dabam, Ter.
  • to come.
    Forson, & haec olim meminisse juvabit, Virg.
Olim.
It will stand you in some stead.In rem tuamerit.
E re tua

¶ Id fac, quod in rem sit tuam, Ter. Hec.

CHAP. XXI. Of the Particle Long.

1. LOng) Joyned with all, is made by omnis, or totus: as I.

I have not seen him all this day long.Hodie toto non vidi die, Ter.
All my life long.In omni vitâ, Cic.

¶ Nihi totâ viâ, quàm essetne sibi salvum imperium requirens, Suet. apud Steu [...]ch.

2. (Long of) denoting one to be the cause of, occasional to, II. or in fault for a thing, is made by in causa, in culpa, or else by some third person of sto or sio; thus,

It shall not be long of me—Ipse in culpâ non ero—
Per me non stabit, quo mi­nus—
It was long of you that he was condemned.Tu in causa damnationis fu­isti, Quint.
Per te factum est, ut condem­natur.

¶ Per eos factum est, quo minus, Cic. 1. Ep. 4.

3. (Long) signifying greatly to desire, is to be translated by III. a verb signifying so: viz. cupio, suspiro, glisco, ardeo, &c. as

He longs to see you.Cupit te videre.

¶ Aliquid immensum desiderant, Cic. Quae plerique vehementer expe­tunt, pro nihilo ducunt, Cic. 1. Off.

4. (Long) in other significations, is an Adverb, or an Ad­jective IV. either of Time or Measure: as

I am sorry you were so long away from us.Ego te abfuisse tamdiu à nobis doleo, Cic.
You have staid me long.Diu me estis demorati, Plaut.
So long as I shall live.Dum animâ spirabo meâ, Cic.
So long as you shall be in prosperity.Donec eris foelix.
I think good that you hide your self so long there, tillCenseo tibi latendum tantis­per ibidem, dum—
A long war.Bellum longum [diutinum, diuturnum.]
Seven foot long.Septem pedes longus.

¶ Haec autem forma retinenda non diu est, Cic. Or. Perf. Quam [...] [Page 57] quisquam erit, qui te defendere audeat, Cic. Quousque po­scimus aliquid Deos? Sen. Ep. 60. Tamdiu requiesco, quam­diu ad te scribo, Cic. Att. l. 9. Ep. 3.—quoad [so long as] te quantum proficias non poenitebit, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Herilli jam pridem [long ago] explosa sententia est, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Quoad quis (que) eorum vixerit [so long as] Cic. 1. Off. 15. Usque dum vi­vunt, Plaut. Trucul. A. 2. Sc. 3.

Certain particular Phrases.
It will come, ere it be longJam hîcader [...]t.
Brevi
It is not loug since.Haud diu est quum.
Not very long after.Haudità multò post.
Non
He staid longer then was expected.Ampliùs opinione morabatur Sal.

CHAP. XXII. Of the Particle Man.

MAn) If spoken by way of opposition, either to childe, or I. woman, is made by vir: as

When I was a child I spake as a childe: but when I became a man, I put away childish things.Quum essem infans, ut infans loquebar: postquam autem factus sum vir, abolevi quae insantis erant.
Neither do the Roman wo­men swear by Hercules, nor the men by Castor.Neque mulieres Romanae per Herculem dejurant, neque viri per Castorem.

¶ To­gatus à praetextato differt, ut privatus à magistratu, & vir à [Page 58] puero. Pellit. in Or. pro A. Caecin. Hinc ubi jam firmata vi­rum tc fecerit aetas, Virg. Ecl. 4. Qui conjectare quâ mares, quâ foeminas. Plaut. Mil. apud Paraeum de Partic. pag. 360. Eum oderunt quâ viri, quâ mulieres, Liv. apud eundem, ib. Sic quidem viri, sed ne qui sexus à laude cessaret, Ecce & vir­ginum virtus, Flor. 1. 10. Jusjurandum autem per Pollucem & viro & foeminae commune est, A. Gel. 4. 1.

2. (Man) Relating to the nature of man, without respect II. either to sex or age, is made by homo: as

Man is a mortall living creature, capable of rea­son and of knowledge.Homo est mortale animal ra­tionis & scientiae capiens, A. Gell.

¶ Est natura ho­minum novitatis avida, Plin. Ità est vita hominum quasi cùm ludas tesseris, Ter. Ad. Homo sum; humani nihil à me alienum puto, Ter.

3. (Man) If it be referred to the quality of any determinate III. Person, it is made by either vir, or homo: as

If we will shew our selves to be men, [i. e. stout men.]Si viri esse volumus, Cic.
Thou art a man [i. e. a stout man.]Homo
[...]
es, Plaut.
Good men do these things to the most estranged men.Haec in homines alienissimos viri boni faciunt, Cic.

¶ Virum res illa quaerebat, Cic. Ità est homo, Ter. Tulit dolorem ut vir; & ut homo majorem ferre sine causâ necessa­riâ noluit, Cic. Patre ejus claro homine, & forti viro plu­rimùm usi sumus, Cic. 6. F. 11. Ep.

4. (Man) spoken indefinitely, without respect to any deter­minate IV. person, is made by ullus, nullus, nemo, quis, or some compound thereof with homo [either expressed * or] under­stood: as

If any man call, I will come instantly.Si ullus vocabit, statim veni­am.
No man can do it better then you.Hoc melius, quam tu, facere nemo potest, Cic.
A man may ask, what had you to do with her?Roget quis, quid tibi cum il­lâ? Ter.
If any man bring you into question.Si te in judicium quis adducat, Cic.
And is there any man that knowing this, can suspect?Et est quisquam, qui cùm hoc cognôrit suspîcari possit?
Every man loves himself.Se quisque diligit.
Is any man alive more for­tunate then I am?Ecquis me vivit hodie fortu­natior? Ter.
If any man chance to ask for these cattel, say you saw them not.Si fortè armenta requiret haec aliquis, vidisse nega, Ov.

¶ * Sic semper dilexi, ut non ullo cum homine conjunctiùs viverem, Cic. 6. Fam. 11. Ep. Nullus frugi esse potest homo, nisi qui benè & malè facere te­net, Plaut. Neminem hominem pluris facio, Cic. Est e­nim vis tanta naturae, ut homo nemo velit, nisi hominis simi­lis esse, Cic. Nunquis hinc me sequitur? Nemo homo est, Ter. Ego formidolosus? Nemo est hominum, qui vivat mi­nus, Ter. De quo homine praeconis vox praedicat, & pretium conficit, huic acerbissimum vivo videntique fumus ducitur, Cic. pro Quint. An quisquam hominum est aequè miser ut ego? An hoc dubitavit quisquam omnium? Cic. Jugulari civem nè jure quidem quisquam bonus vult, Cic. Suam quisque ho­mo rem meminit, Plaut. Quisnam homo est, Ter. Cicero seems to use homo alone in this indefinite sense, Orat. pro Quint. Etsi homini nihil magìs est optandum quàm prospera fortuna, ib. Quid homini potest turpius usu venire?

5. (Man) Put for man-servant, in such like expressions as V. these [My man, yours, or his man] is made by servus or famu­lùs: as

I received your letters of your man.Redditae mihi sunt literae tuae famulo tuo.
He sent his footman to Rome.Servum à pedibus Romam misit, apud Durrer.

¶ Cúm ex eo curiose quaesisset servus noster, Cic. ad Att. 9. 3. Cicero uses homo in this sense too, Orat. pro Quint. Homi­nem [Page 60] P. Quintii deprehendis in publico [i. e. P. Quintius his man.]

Certain particular Phrases.
He plaid the man.Virum egit.
Se virum praestitit.
He is grown a man.Togam virilem sumpsit.
Ex ephebis excessit.

¶ Cùm sapimus patruos, Pers.

A manor a mouse.Aut Caesar aut nullus.

CHAP. XXIII. Of the Particle More.

1. MOre) before an Adverb or Adjective of quality, is I. made by their comparative degree; or by magìs, with their positive, especially if they form no regular com­parative: as

He is more greedy of plea­sure then of money.Cupidior est voluptatis, quàm pecuniae.
If I must speak more plainly.Si dicendum est apertiús.
More fit.Magis idoneus,
More fitly.Magis idoneé.

¶ Renovata illustriora videntur, quam si obscurata non essent, Cic. ad Quir. De quo est accuratius disputandum, Cic. Orat.

2. (More) When it referres to quantity, and when it may be varied by above, greater, or more greatly, is made by plus: as II.

There were more then [or above] fifty men slain.Plus quinquaginta hominum ceciderunt, Liv.
One hath more [or greater] strength then another.Plus habet virium alius alio.
I have no man, to whom I am more [or more great­ly] indebted, than to you.Ego habeo cui plus, quàm ti­bi debeam neminem, Cic.
I do not give you way to love him more [or great­lier] than I love him my self.Non concedo tibi, plus ut il­lum ames, quàm ipse amo, Cic. ad Qu. Fr.

¶ Fortunae meae recuperatae plus mihi nunc voluptatis afferunt, Cic. ad Quir. Plus trecen­ta vehicula amissa, Liv. Non habet plus sapientiae quàm la­pis, Plaut. Re plus quam opinione differens, Cic. Ex eâ re plus mali est, quam commodi utrique, Ter. And. Quae exi­stimas plus quam artem ipsam prodesse, Cic. de Orat. More greatly is sometimes the English of magis: as Deside­rata magis, quam percepta delectant, Cic. Sic fruebar, ut ne­mo magis, Cic. Me non magis liber ipse delectabit, quam tua admiratio delectavit, Cic. ad Att. 12. 6. Magis offendit nimium, quam parùm, Cic.

3. (More) When it is put for rather, is most usually made by III. magis: as

I knew it more [or rather] by what I tried, then by what I had learned.Experiendo magis, quam dis­cendo cognovi, Cic.
I attribute it more to for­tune, then to any wisdom of yours.Fortunae magis tribuo, quam sapientiae tuae, Cic. Fam. 7. Ep. 1.

¶ Carendo magis intellexi, quàm fruendo. Cic. Ut magìs vir­tute, quam dolo contenderent. Ces. Tursell. de Part. cap. 106. Non temere Magis pro Plus usurpandum est. Magis e­nim plerunque ad comparationem pertinet, & Potius significat. Plus autem saepe refertur ad magnitudinem, & contrarium ha­bet Minus, &c.

4. (More) In speeches of this kinde, [The more learned IV. thou art, the more humble be thou] in the first place is to be made by quo or quanto, in the second by eo or tanto, and in both is to have a Comparative degree after it: as Quanto doctior es, tanto submissior fueris.

¶ Quanto diutius abest, magis cupio tanto, & magis desidero, Ter. Heaut. Quanto spei est minus, tanto magis amo, Ter. Eun. Quanto plura parâsti, tanto plura cupis, Hor. Quanto splendidior—Tanto praestantior, Ovid. 2. 724. Quo difficilius hoc praeclarius, Cic. Quoque magis tegitur, tanto magis ae­stuat ignis, Ovid. Met. 2. Quae quo plura sunt, eo te meliori mente nostra verba audire oportebit, Cic. pro Quint. Quo plus propter virtutem possunt, eo minus quid possint debent ostendere, Cic. Etsi est eo laudabilior, Cic. Quo etiam sati­etas formidanda est magis, Cic. Quo gratior tua liberalitas nobis debet esse, Cic.

Note 1. In such like expressions as these [in Rule 4.] there is a defect of these words [by how much, or by so much] which are many times expressed.

Note 2. Magis * hath both the nature, and the regiment of a Comparative.

¶ * Saturnius distinguens inter elementum comparandi, & com­parativum, negat magis esse per se comparativum [l. 9. c. 6.] At non prudenter inquit Scaliger, [de caus. L. Lat. l. 4. c. 101.] qui a Positivo magnum, format comparativum magis. Cui assen­titur Laur. Valla. [l. 1. c. 12.] Nec diversum ab his sentire vide­tur, Farnab. qui [Syntax. Regim. Reg. 52.] comparativi regimen huic Adverbio tribuit, authoritate nixus Virgilii Aen. 1. Quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam coluisse.

Certain particular Phrases.
So as nothing can be more.Ut nihilultrapossit.
supra
More than once, or twice.Iterum, & saepius, Cic.
I desired nothing more.Nihil mihi potius fuit.
Nihil est quod malim quam—
We desire no more.Nihil [non] desideramus am­plius, Cic.
He did no more.Non ultra quam—

¶ Non ul­tra, quam compedibus coercuit, Sueton.

Nothing troubled me more.Nihil me magis sollicitabat, quam—Cic.

¶ Quo magis cavendum est ne-Cic. 1. Offic. 10.

He said there was one and no more.Unum aiebat, praeterea nemi­nem, Cic.
I take more care how to—than—Mihi majori curae est quemad­modum—quam—Cic.
I love him every day more and more.Quem me hercule plus plus (que) in dies diligo, Cic.

¶ Amor mihi crescit in horas, Virg.

I think every day more and more of—Quotidie magis, ac magis co­gito de—Cic.

¶ Quotidie augescit magis aegritudo, Ter. He. 3. 1.

I sell for no more then o­thers do.Non vendo pluris quam alii.
Moreover.Quin etiam. Atque etiam.
Appendix of Most.
So as they may most fitly hang together.Ita ut quam aptissimè cohae­reant, Cic.
As every one stands most in need of help.Ut quisque maximè opis indi­gear, Cic.
For the most pare.Magnam partem.
Magna ex parte.
Maxima parte.

¶ Maximam autem partem ad injuriam faciendam aggrediuntur, ut—Cic. 1. Off. 10.

As most of us speak.Ut plerique loquimur, Cic.
Most of all.Vel maxime, Cic.

¶ Maxi­me autem adducuntur plerique, ut Cic. 1. Off. 10.

At the most.Summum.
Ad summum.
Ut maxime.
As most an end it comes to passe.Quod plerunque fit.
Ut ferè fit.

¶ In splendidis­simis ingeniis plerunque existunt honoris imperii—cupiditates, Cic. 1. Off. 10.

All for the most part.Plerique omnes, Ter.

¶ Quod plerique omnes faciunt adolescentuli—Ter. And. 1. 1.

CHAP. XXIV. Of the Particle Much.

1. MUch) joyned to a Substantive expressed, is made by I. multus or plurimus: as

That is a matter of much difficultySudores multi est res illa.
In this kinde there is very little strength, yet much sweetnesse.Hoc in genere nervorum est vel minimum, suavitatis autem vel plurimum, Cic.

¶ Multo sanguine, ac vulneribus ea Poenis victoria stetit, Liv. Quantum quisque suâ nummorum servat in arcâ, Tantum habet & fidei, Juvenal.

2. (Much) Without a Substantive, and relating to price, II. value, or * concernment, is made respectively by some of these words, (a) quanti, (a) tanti, hujus, (b) magni, [or (b) mag­no] (b) permagni, maximi, plurimi, [or (c) plurimo:] as

Consider not how much the man is to be esteemed.Noli spectare quanti homo sit Cic.
Priamus was hardly worth so much.Vix Priamus tanti fuit, Ovid.
I value you not thus much.Non hujus re facio, Val. Max.
How much do you regard his authority in the Se­nate.Suam in Senatu authoritatem quam magni aestimans? Cic.
Vertue is much to be valued in every place.Magno ubique virtus aestiman­da est.
I have deservedly ever e­steemed you very much.Meritò te semper maximi fe­ci, Ter.
Money is every where very much esteemed.Plurimi passim fit pecunia

(a) Hoc si quanti tu aesti­mes sciam, tum—Cic. ad Att. 1. 6. Non tanti emo poenitere, A. Gell. (a) Pro Genitivis tanti & quantl junguntur nonnun­quam cum verbo interest Adverbia, tantum & quantum, Plin. l. 2. c. 16. Tantùm interest subeant radii, an superveniant, Cic. pro Muraena. Quantùm communis salutis intersit, Danes. Schol. l. 3. c. 9. (b) Magni interest ad decus, & laudem hujus civitatis ita fieri, Cic. Data magno aestimans, accepta par­vo, Sen. 3. de Ira. Non fames nobis ventris nostri magno con­stat, sed ambitio, Sen. 60. Ep. Permagni interest, quo tempo­re haec epistola tibi reddita sit, Cic. Illud permagni referre arbitror, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. (c) Farnab. ad Regim. Synt. reg. 48.

* Equidem ad nostram laudem non multùm video interesse, Cic. Plurimum refert compositionis, quae quibus antepo­nas, Quintil.

3. (Much) When it is joyned with a Verb, and may be ren­dered III. by far, or greatly, is made by multùm, quantùm, magno­pere, vehementer, longè, valde, &c. as

He is much [or greatly] deceivedMultum fallitur.
As much [or as far] as lies in me. *Quantum in me erit, Cic.
I do not much [or greatly] care.Non magnopere laboro, Cic.
He is much [or greatly] mi­staken.Vehementer errat, Cic.
It much [or far] excells all other Studies and Arts.Longè caeteris & Studiis & Artibus antecedit, Cic.
I am much [or greatly] a­fraid.Valde timeo, Cic.

¶ Mul­tum ille & terris jactatus & alto, Aen. 1.

* Quod potero, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Pro viri­bus. Pro virili meâ parte.

Te istam tam tenuem [...] tam valde admiratum esse gaudeo, Cic. Malè metuo, Plaut. Non mediocriter perti­mesco, Cic.

4. (Much) Sometimes is part of the signification of the im­mediatly IV. foregoing verb: as

You are a fine man, to think much, to send me a letter.Jam lautus es, qui gravere ad me literas dare, Cic.

5. (Much) before the Comparative and Superlative degree V. is made by tanto, quanto, multo, longe; and before the Com­parative also by quo, eo, hoc, and haud paulo: as

By how much the lesse hope there is, by so much the more am I in love.Quanto minus spei est, tanto magìs amo, Ter. Eun. Sc. ult.
You are by so much the worst Poet of sll, by how much you are the best Patron of all.Tanto tu pessimus omnium Poeta, quanto tu optimus omnium Patronus, Catull.
You are much more skilful, yet not much better then other men.Longè caeteris peritior es, sed non multo melior tamen.
I now think my self to be much the happiest man a­live.Multo omninm nunc me for­tunatissimum puto esse, Ter.
He is in so much the better state.Eo est meliore conditione, &c. *

¶ Quanto diutius abest, magis cupio tanto, & magìs desidero, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Hic mihi quanto plus sapit, quàm egomet mihi! Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Omne animi vitium tanto conspectius in se Crimen habet, quanto major qui peccat habetur, Juvenal. Quanto superiores simus, tanto nos summissiùs geramu [...], Cic. Off. 1. Haud scio an multo magis etiam despicientia adhibenda sit rerum humanarum, Cic. Off. Id quod multo magìs est admi­randum, Cic.

* Vir longè post homines natos improbissi­mus, Cic. in Brut. Hominem longè audacissimum nuper ha­buimus in civitate Fimbriam, Cic. pro Rosc. Am. Quarum re­rum [Page 67] eo gravior dolor, quo culpa major, Cic. ad Att. 11. 11. Arationes eo fructuosiores siunt, quo calidiore terra aratur, Varro de re rustie. l. 1. cap. 32. Quo difficilius, hoc praeclarius, Cic. Off. 1. Quo quisque ingenio minus valet, hoc se ma­gis attollere, & dilatare conatur, Quintil. 2. l. 1. [...]. 3. Nae tu haud paulo plus, quàm quisquam nostrûm delectationis ha­buisti, Cic. 7. lib. Fam. Ep. 1.

Certain particular Phrases.
Much good d'it you.Sit saluti. Prosi [...].
Bene sit tibi cum—
He is much a Scholar.Vir est haud vulgariter doctus.
Est homo non contemnendae doctrinae.
I understand as much.Tantundem intelligo, Plaut.

¶ Non recuso, quin, quantum de illo libro, tantundem de mei judicii famâ detrahatur, Cic. 6. Ep. 19.

He could not so † much as say, much * less could he sing.Ne loqui quidem potuit, ne­dum cantare.

¶ † Ne calamistri quidem adhibebuntur, Cic. Or. Ne epistola quidem narrare audeo ti­bi—Cic. l. 2. Fam. Ep. 5.

* Satrapes si siet amator, nunquam snfferre ejus sumptus queat, nedum tu possis, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1.

He is much in debt.Aere alieno obrutus est.
Ex aere alieno labora [...].
We had much ado to per­swade him.Difficulter ei persuasum est.
Not so much to perswade, as to delight.Non tam persuadere quàm delectare.

¶ Non tam ut te impedirent, quàm ut—Cic. Non tam sui conservandi cau­sâ, quam, Cic. Cat. 1.

They can do much with him.Plurimum apud eum possunt.
Between too much and too little.Inter nimium & parum—Cic. Off. 1.
So much as—i. e. onely.Tantum
I am not so mu [...]h a Tra­veller abroad, as I was wont to be.Non tam sum peregrinator jam, quam solebam, Cic. 6. Ep. 19.

CHAP. XXV. Of the Particles Must or Ought.

1. MUst or Ought) is generally made in Latine by oporter, I. debeo, or a Gerund in dum: as

He must [or ought to] have some iuice.Habeat succum aliquem o­portet, Cic.
He must [or ought to] be a man of great skill.Summae vir facultatis esse debebit, Cic.
But an Orator must [or ought to] consider.Est autem Oratori viden­dum, Cic.

¶ Multa o­portet discat, atque dediscat, Cic. pro Quint. Quod jam pri­dem factum esse oportuit, Cic. Cat. 1. Saepius cogitant quid possit, quam quid debeat facere, Cic. pro Quint. Si grati esse volunt, debebunt Pompeium hortari, ut—Cic. Att. 9. 8. O­randum est, ut sit mens sana in corpore sano, Juvenal. Ete­nim ex rerum cognitione e [...]lorescat, & redundet oportet ora­tio, Cic. l. 1. de Orat. apud Com. Gall. Lat. Sunt enim per mul­ta quibus erit medendum, Id. ib.

2. (Ought) signifying any thing is made by quid, ecquid, si­quid, II. aliquid, quicquam, or quidpiam: as

If you do ought alone.Si tecum agas quid, Cic. 1. Off.
He asked him if he saw ought, Mark 8. 23.Interrogavit eum ecquid [or siquid] videret, Bez. Hieron.
—If thou remembrest that thy brother hath ought a­gainst thee— Matth. 5. 23.Si memineris fratrem tuum habere aliquid contra te, Bez. Hieron.
Neither hast thou taken ought of any mans hand, 1. Sam. 12. 4.Neque accepisti quicquam [quippiam] è manu ullius, Jun. Hieron.

¶ Ecquid vi­des? Ecquid sentis? Cic. in Pison. Cave quicquam, nisi quod rogabo te, mihi responderis, Plaut. Amphit.

3. (Ought) Joyned with for is many times put for, as far as, III. and then is made by quantum: as

For ought [or as far as] I see.Quantum ego perspicio, Cic.

¶ Quantum ego intelligere potueram, Cic. apud Tursel. de Partic. c. 163. Obs. 1. Vide etiam Paraeum de Partic. p. 372.

Note. When the Gerund necessarily governs an Accusative case, it is then more elegant to turn that Accusative into a Nominative and the Gerund in dum into a Participial in dus, agreeing with that Nominative case: as, this English, I must [or ought to] love my father, is not so well rendered in Latine by Amandum * est mihi patrem, as by Amandus est mihi pater.

¶ * Sic ta­men locutus est, Varr [...] de R. R. l. 1. cap. 21. Canes potius cum dignitate & acres paucos habendum, quam multos. Sic Li­vius, l. 37. Conclamatum propè ab universo Senatu est, per­domandum feroces animos esse. Sic Lucretius, l. 1. Aeternas quoniam poenas in morte timendum. Quin & Virgilius semel, Aen. 11. Aut pacem Trojano à rege petendum. Disces­si ab eo bello, in quo aut in acie cadendum fuit, aut in aliquas insidias incidendum, aut deveniendum in victoris manus, aut capiendus tanquam exilio locus, aut consciscenda mors volun­taria, Cic. l. 7. Fam. Ep. 3. Contemnendus est omnis dolor. Id. apud Commissur. Gall. Lat. p. 131.

Imitati autem sunt hoc loquendi modo Graecorum constructionem.

Sic quippe Demosth. [...]. Latis legibus utendum, no­vae verò nou temerè ferendae: ad verbum; Novas verò non temerè ferendum. Sic Xenoph. [...]. Vide Danesii Scholien. li. 3. cap. 15. [...] [Page 70] [...]. Si ab amicis diligi vis, amici beneficiis afficiendi sunt: ad verbum; amicos beneficiis afficiendum. Plut. in Paedag. [...]—

Certain particular Phrases.
It must by all means be kept close.Quoquo pacto tacito est opus, Ter.
It must needs be so.Fieri a liter non potest, Ter.
I must take care it be not done.Id nè fiat mihi cautio est.

¶ Pisces ex sententiâ nactus sum: hi mihi nè corrumpantur, cautio est, Ter. Ad. A. 3. Sc. 3.

We see what ought to be.Quid doceat videmus, Cic. Or.
As it must needs be.Id quod necesse est, Cic.

¶ Impius appelletur necesse est, Cic. ad Quir.

If you do ought alone.Si tecum agas quid, Cic. Off. 1.

CHAP. XXVI. Of the Particle Never.

1. NEver) when it is put to signifie at no time, is made by I. nunquam or unquam, with some negative particle: as

I never [or at no time] thought on't before.Mihi ante hoc tempus nun­quam in mentem venit.
I am so troubled, as never [or at no time] any man was.Ità sum afflictus, ut nemo un­quam, Cic.

¶ Nunquam eosdem testes pertimescet, Cic. Nihil cuiquam fuit unquam jucundìus, Cic. Nemo is un­quam fuit, Cic. Nihil vidi unquam, quod minus explicari posset, Cic. Att. 7. Ep. 12. Neque potuisse eum unquam me ab hac expellere, Ter.

2. (Never) when it is put to signifie no, or not, is made by II. nullus or unus with some negative particle: as

There is never [no or not] a day almost, but he comes.Dies ferè nullus esl, quin ve­niat, Cic.
He gave him never [no or not] a word.Ne unum quidem verbum re­spondit.

¶ Nunquam u­num intermittit diem, quin semper veniat, Ter. De exclusione verbum nullum, Ter. Eun. 1. 2. [...], Matth. 27. 14. Ne una quidem navis amissa est, Flor. 3. 6.

3. (Never) being a note of Intension, is to be rendered by III. the Superlative degree of the Adjective, or Adverb following it, or by some cquipellent phrase: as

Though he be never so rich, yet he is not content.Etiamsi ditissimus [vel Crasso ditior) fuerit, sorte tamen suâ contentus non est.
Let him write never so well yet—Scripserit vel optimè, tamen—

¶ Sed quanti quanti [be the price never so great] bene emitur, quod necesse est, Cic. Ve­rum si cognata est maxime [never so much of kin] Ter.

Certain particular Phrases.
Never but once.Semel tantùm
Never themore.Nihiloplus. magìs.
bettermelior.
lesse.minùs. secius.
soonercitiùs or ocyùs.

¶ * Exprobrantibus Consulibus nihilo plus sanitatis in c [...]riâ, quam in foro esse, Liv. Ea sumitis, quibus concessis nihilo magìs efficitis, quod vultis, Cic. 2. de Div. [Page 72] Nihilominus Helvetii id facere conantur, Caes. Nihilo bea­tior Jupiter, quàm Epicurus, demptâ eternitate, Cic. 2. de Fin. Nihilo secius obsequiosus fuisti, Plaut.

Never at all.Ad Graecas Calendas.
Would I might never live, if I know.Ne vivam, si scio.
Never teach me—Ne me doce—
Never think to—Cave putes.
Noli putare.

CHAP. XXVII. Of the Particle No.

1. NO) without a Substantive, in Interrogative, Delibe­rative, I. and Negative, is made by ne, or non; in Ne­gative, by non or minime, &c. as

I ask whether he could look for his part or no?Quaero potueritne partem su­am quaerere, necne? Cic.
But whether is this he that I am seeking of, or no?Sed isne est quem quaero, an­non? Ter.
Should I return? no, though she should intreat me.Redeam? non, si me obsecret, Ter.
Would you have them let go then? No.Placet igitur eos dimitti? Mi­nime.

¶ Consultant, ad vitae commoditatem—conducat id necne, de quo deliberant, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Non tali auxilio, nec defensoribus istis Tempus eget: non si ipse meus nunc afforet Hector, Virg. Aen. 2.

2. (No) With a Substantive, is made by * nemo, * nullus, II. non, nihil, with a Genitive case, or by quis and ullus with some negative Particle: as

Whom no man would have to be his clients—Quos clientes nemo habere velit—Cic.
You shall receive no denial.Nullam patiere repulsam.
No man almost did bid this man to his house.Domum suam istum non fere quisquam vocabat, Cic.
Seeing he shall have no harm by telling it.Cum illi nihil pericli ex indi­cio siet, Ter. Heaut. 3. 1.
See that no wrong be done me.Efficias nequid mihi fiat in­juriae—Cic. Fam. 15. 12.
I will take no wrong.Nolo ullam pati injuriam.
I would refuse no pains.Non est labor ullus, quem de­trectem.

¶ * Nullus ac Nemo hoc inter se differunt, quòd illud generaliter ad omnia, hoc propriè ad homines tantùm refertur, Saturn. li. 5. cap. 30. Nemo tam improbus inveniri poterit, Cic. Nemo vir bonus cuiquam invidet, Plaut. Nemo enim orator tam multa scri­psit, Cic. Tuorum erga me meritorum nulla unquam delebit oblivio, Cic. F. 2. 1. Propterea quod iter haberent nullum aliud, Caes. Com. 1. Non parvam rem quaeris, A. Gell. Non ego sum classi sarcina magna tuae, Ov. Ep. 3. Prandium ab­stemium, in quo nihil vini potatur, Caninum dicitur, A. Gell. 13. 29. Nihil novi jamdiu ad nos afferebatur, Cic. In Pamphilo nihil sit morae, Ter. Justitiae primum munus est, ut ne cui quis noceat, Cic. Off. 1. His ne quam patiare injuri­am fieri, à te peto, Cic. l. 11. Ep. 19. Sophocl in Ajace, [...]. Nihil opus est haec luge­re frustra, Cic. ad Att. 1. Ep. 4. Accidit ut contentione nihil opus esset.

Certain particular Phrases.
To no end or purpose.Necquicquam.
Frustra. Incassum.
He is no where to be foundNusquam loci invenitur.
No marvel.Nec mirum, Cic. pro Quinr.
Minime mirnm.
I make no question, but—Non [nihil] dubito, quin—
There is no cause why—Nonestcur-
Nihilquod—

¶ Causa cur mentiretur non erat. Cic. pro Quint. Non est, quod te, ad hunc locum respiciens metiaris, Sen. Ep. 43.

To say no worse.UtMollissimèdicam.
Levissimè

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the Particle Not.

1. NOt) before as, being the same in sense with otherwise I. than, is made by aliter ac, or secus quam: as

May I perish, if I write not as [or otherwise than] I think.Ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio, Cic.
I am not as [or otherwise than] I would be.Secus sum, quàm vellem.

¶ Aliter atque ostenderam sacio, Cic. Si tu illam attigeris secus, quam dignum est, Ter. Phorm. Aliter de illis, ac de nobis judicamus, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Secus habui illam, ac si ex me esset nata, Ter. Hecyr. 2. 3.—Dixi secùs, ac sentiebam, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Nunquam se­cus habui illam ac si ex me esset nata, Ter. Hecyr. Si tu illam attigeris secus quam dignum est liberam, T. Phorm. Pareus de Partic. L. L. p. 410, 411.

2. (Not) With a Verb, is made by nec, neque, non, haud, II. nihil, or minus, placed before the Verb: as

Bibulus's letters were not come yet.Nec dum Bibuli erant allatae literae, Cic.
For I cannot deny this.Neque enim hoc negare pos­sum, Cic.
They doubt not, but—Illi non dubitant, quin—
I know not, whether—Haud scio, an—
I perceive not what thou intendest.Ego, quid agas, nihil intel­ligo, Ter.
Sometimes those things fall not out, which have been foretold.Nonnunquam quae praedicta sunt, minus eveniunt.

¶ Nolo, idem valet, quod non volo. Nec enim illa prima vera est, Cic. de Am. Ne­que enim sunt isti audiendi, qui—Cic. de Am. Non tam mihi molestum fuit, Cic. Haud impune feres, Ovid. Met. 2. Haud faciam, Ter. Si Parthi vos nihil calfaciunt, Cic. Fam. 8. 9. [...]. Si minus succedet, Cic. Minùs multi causâ cadent, Cic. Fam. 17. Ep. 14. Minus facile possunt, Caes. Si id mihi minus contingat, Cic. 2. de Oratore.

3. (Not) in praying, forbidding, and bewaring, is made by III. ne, or cave with a Subjuuctive, or noli with an Infinitive mood: as

I desire you not to ask that of me.Peto à te, ne id à me quaeras, Cic.
Do not intreat me.Ne me obsecra, Ter.
Do not think that any let­ters were ever more wel­come than yours.Cave putes ullas literas un­quam gratiores quam tuas fuisse, Cic.
Do not think that I had rather have had any thing, than—Noli putare me quicquam ma­luisse, quam—Cic.
We must beware, that the punishment be not greater then the fault.Cavendum est, ne major poe­na, quam culpa sit, Cic. Off.

¶ Hoc te primùm rogo, ne contrahas, ac demittas animum, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 2. 1. Peto à te, ne me putes oblivione tui rariùs ad te scribere, quam sole­bam, Cic. Fam. 6. 2. Ne sperne meae praesagia linguae, Ovid. Met. 2. 551. Ne hunc ornatum vos meum admiremini, Plaut. Ne me moneatis, memini ego officium meum, Plaut. Cave si me ames, existimes me—Cic. Cave sis audiam ego is­tuc posthac ex te, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. S. 1. Noli putare amabi­liora fieri posse, Cic. ad Att. 12. 10. Nolite existimare eos, Cic. [Page 76] Cavendum est, ne assentatoribus patefaciamus aures, Cic. Off. 1.

4. (Not) In Interrogations is made by non, or ne: as IV.

Speak I not? Watch I not?Non loquor? Non vigilo?
Did I not say it would fall out so?Annon dixi hoc esse futurum? Ter.
Ought I not to have known of it before?Nónne oportuit praescîsse me antea?

¶ Estne invoca­tum, annon est? Plaut. Captiv. 1. Sc. 1. Dixin' hoc fore?

Certain particular Phrases.
Not without cause.Nec injuriâ.
He cometh not at all.Is nullus venit.
Not that I know of.Non quod sciam.
Ne literae quidem meae impediuntur, Cic. 6. Ep. 19.
Not he himself could have perswaded me.		Ne ipse quidem mihi persua­sisset, Cic.

¶ Non modò C. Marius qui erat inimicus, sed nè is quidem qui secutus est—Cic. ad Quir.

That I say not.Ne dicam—
Not so of [...] as I used.Rariùs, quam solebam, Cic.
I fear I cannot.Vereor, ut possim, Cic.

¶ Ve­reor, ut satìs diligenter actum in Senatu sit de meis literis, Cic. ad Att. 6. 4.

Not but—See But, Chap. 13. Rule 6, 7.

Not so much as—Chap. Phr.

(Not) after If: See If, Chap. 19, Rule 3, & 4.

(Not) after And: See And, Chap. 6. Rule 2.

CHAP. XXIX. Of Nounes repeated with a Preposition be­twixt them.

WHen a Noun is repeated together with a Preposi­tion, it is generally made in Latine by an Adverb: as

One by one.
[...].
Sigillatim.
Man by man.Viritim.
From door to door.Ostiatim.
Word for word.Verbatim.
By litle and litle.Paulatim. [Pedentim.]
Face to face.* Coram.

1 Cor. 13. 12. [...]. Facie ad faci­em. 2 Joh. 12. [...]. Os ad os.

Quo mihi cùm coràm id non licet, nihil est jucundius, Cic. Att. 7. 15.

Certain particular Phrases.
He translated it word for word.Verbum de verbo expressum extulit, Ter.
To fight hand to hand.Manum conserere.
Comminus pugnare.

¶ Illum ego locum totidem verbis à Dicaearcho transtuli, Cic. Att. l. 6. Vide Tursell. cap. 208. obs. 5.

To wait day after day.Diem de die expectare, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. Cum is diem de die differret, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 5.

CHAP. XXX. Of the Particle Of.

1. OF) between two Substantives coming immediately toge­ther, I. is signe of a Genitive case: but if an Adjective denoting some quality in a person, orthing, be joyned to the latter Substantive, that Substantive is sometimes of the *Genitive, and sometimes of the* Ablative case: as

The love of money encrea­seth as much as the mo­ney it self.Crescit amor nummi, quan­tùm ipsa pecunia crescit, Juven.
A boy of an honest look.Ingenui vultûs puer, Juven.
A man of no credit.Vir nullâ fide.
Be of good chear.Bono animo esto, Ter. Ad.

¶ Mirum me tenet urbis desiderium, Cic. Quem neque for­tunae temeritas, neque inimicorum labefactaret injuria, Cic. Earum, quae supersunt, curam agis, Curt. l. 4.

* Neque enim indifferenter in alterutro casu efferuntur, Farn. Syst. Gram, pag. 56. Non multi cibi hospitem accipies, sed multi joci, Cic. Ep. ult. l. 9. Formâ praestante puellae, Ovid. Ep. 3. Sunt mihi bis septem praestanti corpore nymphae, Virg. Aen. 1. Homo antiquâ virtute ac fide, Ter. Adel. Act. 3. Sc. 3. Tam nulli consilii sum, Ter. And. A. 3. Sc. ult. Cibi erat mini­mi ac fere vulgaris, Suet. in Aug. Quam tenui fuit, aut nullâ potiùs valetudine, Ter. Ad. Ipse est ingenio bono, Ter. And. Non ità sunt dissimili argumento, Ter. And.

2. (Of) before the English of the Par­ticiple II. of the Present Tense, coming after certain Spes, tempus, cau­sa, occasio, oppor­tunit as, modus, ra­tio, consuetudo &c. Substantives, or after Adj­ctives governing a Genitive case, is gene­rally a signe of a Gerund in di: as

This is my way of living.Haec est ratio mea vivendi.
Destrous of seeing.Cupidus visendi.

¶ Quo facilius nos incensos studio dicendi à doctrinâ deter­rerent, Cic. de Orat. l. 2. Finem dicendi faciam, Cic. Amor urget habendi, Virg. Geor. 4. Aliquod fuit principium generan­di animalium, Varro de R R. l. 2. c. 1. Efficiet facilè hanc vi­am componendi, Cic. Reliquorum siderum quae causa collo­candi fuerit, Cic. de Ʋnivers. Novarum qui spectandi faciunt copiam, Ter. in Prol. Heaut. Homines bellandi cupidi, Caes. 1. bell. Gall.

3. (Of) before a Substantive signifying the matter whereof III. a thing is made, is usually translated by è, de, or ex; *yet. sometimes the Substantive is rendered by an Adjective materi­al: as

A cup of gold.Calix ex auro, [or Calix au­reus.]
A bed of soft fleggs.Torus de mollibus ulvis.

¶ * Nomen materiae, apud Poet as, vel in Genitive, vel in Ab­lativo cum Praepositione, nonnunquam etiam sine Praepositione usurpatur, Ovid. Met. 2. 683. Baculus silvestris olivae, Ovid. Met. 2. 555. Clauserat Actaeo textâ de vimine cistâ, Ovid. Met. 8. 657. In medio torus est de mollibns ulvis Impositus lecto spondâ pedibusque salignis, Id. Met. 2. 684. Septenis fistula cannis, Id. Met. 1. v. 176. Graciles ex aere catenas Eli­mat. Vas è gemmâ praegrandi, Cic. Ver. 6. Fabrè factum è ferro, Plaut. Rud. E saxo sculptus, è robore dolatus, Cic. Acad. l. 4. A pud Pareum de Partic. p. 608. Simulacrum ex aere, Cic. Verr. 6. Clypeus unus ex auro totus, Liv. apud Parei Com­de Partic. p. 609.

4. (Of) before mine, thine, ours, and yours, is a signe that IV the Latine Pronouns are to agree with the foregoing Substantive: as

I heard the orher day of a friend of mine.Accepl dudum à quodam fa­miliari meo.
That good will of thine to­wards me.Tuum istud erga me studium.
A neighbour of ours.Vicinus quidam noster.
This house of yours is like to fall.Vestra haec domus est ruitura.

But when his or hers, its or theirs followes of, the Latine Pro­nouns may then be put in the Genitive case: as

This book of his.Hic illius codex, Vide cap. 17.

¶ Multis meis, & firmis praesidiis obsessus, Cic. Cat. 1. Quam­diu nos furor iste tuus eludet? Cic. Cat. 1. Et tu occupatus in meo fortasse aliquo negotio, Cic. Att. 12. 6. Nam me haec tua Platanus admonuit, Cic. 1. de Orat. Est ille Cliniae ser­vus tardiusculus, idcirco huic nostro tradita est provincia, Ter. Heaut. Act. 3. Sc. 2.

5. (Of) After Adjectives signifying desire, knowledge, V carefulnesse, remembrance, fearfulnesse, and their contraries; likewise after the English of Verbals in ax, and Participials of the Present and Preterperfect tense, is signe of a Genitive case: as

Destrous of gold.Cupidus auri.
Expert of warfare.Peritus belli,
Ignorant of all things.Ignarus omnium.
Careful of what is to come.Futuri anxius.
Carelesse of what shall be hereafter.Futuri securus.
Mindful of that which is past.Memor praeteriti.
Do you think me so forget­ful of my constancy, so mindlesse of what things I performed?Adcóne vobis oblitus con­stantiae meae, adeò imme­mor rerum à me gestarum esse videor? Cic.
Fearful of the light.Timidus lucis.
A minde fearlesse of death.Mens interrita lethi, Ovid.
Capable of a noble minde.Altae capax mentis.
Bold of heart.Fidens animi.
Unskilful of the ball.Indoctus pilae.

¶ Quod cum cupidum rerum novatum, cupidum imperii cognoverat, Caes. 5. bell. Gall. Est natura hominum novitatis avida, Plin. [Page 81] Praeter laudem nullius avaris, Hor. de Art. Poet. Largus o­pum. Aen. 11. Munificus laudis, sed non es prodigus auri, Claud. Sic Graeci [...]. Juris, literarum, & antiquitatum peritus, Cic. in Bruto. [...]. Thucyd. Imprudens harum rerum ignarusque omnium, Ter. Eun. Nescia mens hominum fati sortisque futurae, Virg. [...]. Aristot. Calamitosus est ani­mus futuri anxius; & ante miserias miser, Sen. Ep. 98. [...], Xenoph. Sapiens vivit praesentibus laetus, futuri securus, Sen. de Vit. beat. Nolim caeterarum re­rum re socordem, Ter. Adelph. Vetera extollimus, recentium incuriosi, Tac. l. 2. [...], Lucian. Vive memor lethi, Pers. 5. Sat. [...]. Hom. Nolo me credi esse immemorem viri, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. Sc. 1. [...], Synes. Cautus nimiùm timidusque pro­cellae, Hor. de Art. Poet. Impavidus somni servat pecus, Sil. l. 7. Propositi tenax, Hor. 3. l. 3. Od. Alieni oppetens, sui profusus, Sal. Catil. Metuens alterius viri, Hor. 3. l. 24. Od. Servantissimus aequi, Virg Aen. 2.

6. (Of) after all Partitives and Adjectives put partitively, VI. Comparatives, Superlatives, Interrogatives, and Numerals, is signe of a Genitive * case: as

Whom I know shal be mar­ried to some of his ser­vants.Quam seio alicui servorum e­jus nupturam, Curt.
Many of those trees were set with my own hand.Multae istarum arborum me­manu sunt satae, Cic.
The elder of you.Major vestiûm.
The most elegant of all the Philosophers.Elegantissimus omnium Phi­losophorum, Cic. Tusc. 5.
Which of us think'st thou is ignorant of—Quem nostiûm ignorare arbi­traris? Cic. Cat. 1.
The eighth of the wise men.Sapientum octavus, Hor. Sal. 3. l. 2.

¶ Quorum alter [Page 82] te scientiâ augere potest, Cic. Off. 1. Nihil horum—Mart. l. 3. Ep. 72. Quisquis fuit ille Deorum, Ovid. Met. 1. Divûm pro­mittere nemo Auderet, Virg. Domus est, quae nulli villarum mearum cedat, Cic. 6. Ep. 19. [...], Plat. [...], Luc. 13. 15. Cum pancis amicorum ad Leo­natum pervenit, Curt. O major juvenum—Hor. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, Caes. de bell. Gall. 1. [...], 1 Cor. 15. 9. Quis omnium doctior? Cic. Quotusquisque Philosophorum invenitur? Cic. Octoginta Macedonum interfecerunt, Curt. 8. Infice tale tuâ naturum Cecropis unam, Ov. Met. 2. [...], Luc. 5. 3. Pompei meorū prime sodaliū, Hor. l. 2. Od. 7. Unus multorum, Hor. l. 1. S. 9. * This Genitive is somtimes varied by a Preposition: as, Est Deus è vobis alter, Ov. Solus de superis, Ov. Unus è Stoicis, Cic. l. 2. de Divin. Is enim unus fuit de magistratibus defensor salut is meae, Cic. pro Planco. Ex duabus tuis prior, Cic. ad Alt. l. 16. Ep. 13. In testamento Ptolemaei patris haere­des erant scripti. Ex duobus filiis major, & ex duabus, quae aetate antecedebat, Caes. l. 3. bel. Civil. Ego sum infelicior ex duobus parentibus, Quint. Dec. 19.

7. (Of) After the English of opus † or usus [signifying need] VII dignus, indignus, natus, satus, cretus, ortus, editus, &c. is signe of an Ablative † case: as

You have no need of a wise.Non opus est tibi conjuge, Ov.
I have need of your help.Usus est tuâ mihi operâ.
Worthy of praise.Laude dignus.

¶ Nil opus est bello, Ovid. Am. 1. 3. Non usus facto est mihi, Ter. Pecu­niam, quâ sibi nihil esset usus non accepit, Gel. Provenient causâ carmina digna suâ, Ovid. Am. 1. 3. Indignum sapientis gravitate, Cic. Non tu natus equo, Ovid. Am. 2. 3. Laerte satus, Ovid. Ep. 3. Quo sanguine cretus, Ovid. Venus orta mari—Maecenas atavis edite regibus, Hor. Et jam puer Ar­cas fuerat de pellice natus, Ov. Plato ait neminem regem non ex servis esse oriundum, Sen. Ep. 44. Bona bonis progna­ta parentibus, Ter. † Dixit tamen Ovidius, l. 2. de Arte [Page 83] Amandi,—Hic erit artis opus. Et Plancus apud Cic. l. 10. Ep. 8. Nagni laboris opus suit.

8. (Of) After Adjectives of fulness, or emptiness, is signe VIII either of a Genitive or Ablative case: as

A City full of Watlike stores.Apparatu bellico plena urbs, Liv.
Full of courtesse.Officii plenus, Cic.
A body bold of blood and life.Sanguinis atque animae cor­pus inane, Ov.
A letter bold of any useful or relightful matter.Epistola inanis aliquâ re uti­li & suavi.

¶ Vox plena terroris, Ovid. Plenus saevitiae, Claud. Sunt enim rationes & orationis expertes, Cic. 1. Off. 20. Opinio nobis fuit [eum] omnino omnis eruditionis expertem, atque ignarum fuisse, Cic. de Oratore 2. Vacui curâ atque labore, Cic. de Oratore 2.

9. (Of) After Verbs of accusing, Condemning, warning, or IX. absolving, is signe of a Genitive or Ablative case, with [and sometimes without] a Preposition: as

He accuseth another man of rishonesty.Alterum incusat probri.
He grievously accused his wife of unchastity.Uxorem de pudicitiâ graviter accusavit.
He condemns his son in law of wickednesse.Sceleris condemnat generum saum.
I will condemn thee of the same crime.Eodem ego te crimine con­demnabo.
Admonish him of his for­mer fortune.Admoneto illum pristinae for­tunae.
I thought you were to be admonished of that mat­ter.Putavi eâ de re admonendum essete.
He is acquitted of theft.Furti [or furto] absolutus est.

¶ Aliquot matronas a pud populum probri accusâ runt, Liv. 5. bell. Punic. Ut me accusare de epistolarum negligentiâ possis, Cic. ad Att. 1. [Page 84] Ego cert is propriisque criminibus accusabo, Cic. in Verr. 3. Ar­guitur lentae crimine avaritiae, Mart. l. 11. Ep. 80. Gracchus ejusdem criminis absolvitur, Tac. l. 4. Malè administratae pro­vinciae aliorumque criminum urgebatur. Tac. l. 5. Apud quos cùm potentissimi qui (que) rei ejus ipsius criminis postularemtur. Justin. l. 9. Otia delectent, admoneantque mei, Ov. Gramati­cos sui officii commonemus. Quint. l. 1. c. 5. Cùm ipse te vete­ris amicitiae commonefaceret, commotus es. Cic. ad Heren. De altero ei me purgavi, Cic. ad Att. l. 10. Quibus purgantibus cl­viratem omnis facti dictique hostilis adversus Remanos, Liv. l. 7. d. 4 Senatus nec liberavit ejus culpae regem, neque arguit, Liv. l. 1. d. 5. De prevaricatione à tribunis aerarii absolutus. Cic. 2. l. ad Q. Fr. Atque hunc ille vir summus scelere solutum periculo liberavit, Cic. pro Mil.

10. (Of) After the english of those Verbs, poenltet, pudet, X. taedet, miseret, miserescit, and Sum * signifying a property or duty is a signe of the Genitive case: as

It repents him of his old age.Senectutis eum suae poenitet.
I am ashamed of thee.Pudet me tui.
I am weary of my life.Taedet me vitae.
No man taketh pity of me.Mei miseret nemo, Plaut.
Dost thou not take pity of me?Nónne te miseret mei?
It is the property of a fool to say I had not thought.Insipientis est * dicere, non putâram.
It is the duty of a man that in saying his pray­ers to have minde on no­thing but heavenly thingsOrantis est * nihil nisi coele­stia cogitare.

¶ Ut eos partim scelerum, partim etiam ineptiarum poeniteret, Cic. Fam. 2. 9. Fratris me quadum pudet, p [...]getque, Ter. Ad. Taedet nos omnes vitae, Cic. ad Au l. 5. Neminis misereri certum est, quia mei mise­ret nemir [...]m, Plaut. Captiv. Arcadii miserescite regis, Virg. Aen. 8. Esse eloquentis puto, Cic. Non censerent ejus esse viri, Cic. Somnium narrare vigilantis est, Sen. Ep. 53. [Page 85] Boni pastoris est tendere pecus, non deglubere, Sueton. in Tib. cap. 31. * In hujusmodi constructione, munus, proprium, aut officium intelligitur, quod aliquando exprimitur, Cic. Tusc. 5. Sapientis est proprium—Cic. 1. Off. 1. Est oratoris proprium aptè, distinctè, ornatèque dicere, Cic. ib. Ejusque vir­tutis hoc munus est proprium.

11. (Of) Comming after a word of passive signification, is XI. signe of a Dative [or Ablative with a Preposition:] as

Honest not hidden things are sought for of [or by] good men.Honesta bonis viris non oc­culta petuntur.
He is praised of these, he is blamed of those.Laudatur ab his, culpatur ab illis.
None of thy sisters were heard or seen of [or by] me.Nulla tuarum est audita mihi nec visa sororum, Virg.
He is to be feared of [or by] his enemies.Formidandus [formidabilis] est hosti.

¶ Ab aliis idem pedes aliis nominantur vocabulis, Cic. Or. Perf. Non tam molestum mihi fuit accusari abs te officium meum, Cic. 2. Fam. Ep. 1. Nec cernitur ulli, Virg. Aen. 1. Nulli penetrabilis astro lucus erat, Stat. Non ulli pervia vento, Ovid. Met. 2. Semper in studiis laboribusque viventi non intelligitur, quan­do obrepat senectus, Cic. Sie Demosth.— [...].—acerbe inquirere quid ab ali­is factum sit. éque Deo corpus fies, Ovid.

12. (Of) After Verbs of unloading or depriving, is signe XII. of an Ablative case: as

I will ease thee of this bur­then.Ego hoc te fasce levabo, Virg.
He robbed me of all my goods.Spoliavit me bonis omnibus.

¶ Ut labore Crassum levem, Cic. Aegritudo me somno privat, Cic. Omni dignitate spoli­ari, Cic. Fraudat se victu suo, Liv. Se luce orbavit, Cic. Orni viduantur foliis, Hor. Emunxi argento senes, Ter.

13. (Of) After other verbs, is for the most part made by a XIII Preposition: as

I heard that long since of many men.Istue ex multis jampridem au­diveram.
He consisteth of soul and body.Ex animâ & corpore constar.

¶ Deque suo jussit secedere coetu, Ovid. Dicit se venisse quaesitum ab co, Sal. Jug. Quaeris ex me, quid acciderit, Cic. Quaererem de Philologis, è Niciâ, Cic. A testibus quaeretis ignotis, Cic.

14. (Of) Added to a word to compleat the sense of it, is in­cluded XIV in the Latine of that word: as

He asketh counsel of the master of the ship.Rectorem ratis consulit, Virg.
It smells of candle-grease.Olet lucernam.

15. (Of) In these or the like expressions, What kinde of? XV. What manner of? is made by qualis; and by qui or quis put for qualis: as

What kinde of dies keeps he?Quali utitur victu?
What manner of man he ought to be, we have de­scribed.Qualis esset, descripsimus. Cic.
He asks what kind of man he was?Rogitat qui vir esset, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 1.
But what a kinde of com­mendation is that?Tametsi quae est ista laudatio? Cic. Verr. 6.

¶ Nunc qua­les Diomed is equi—Aen. 1. Quale sit, etiam ab imperitis ag­noscitur, Cic. Or. Qualis esse debeat, Cic. Illi mihi fra­trem incognitum qualis futurus esset, dederunt, Cic. ad Quir. Quâ facie est tuus sodalis? Plaut. Capt. Genus hoc causae quod esset, non vidit, Cic. pro Lig. Quae vita, qui mores fu­erint, per quos viros, quibusque artibus partum & auctum im­perium sit, Liv. apud Pareum de Partic. p. 100, 101. Ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit pater meus, Plaut. Amph. Prol.

16. When it speaks of a subject matter, and may be varied by XVI concerning, is usually expressed by de: as

They discoursed of war.De bello erat sermo.

¶ De quo plura dicerem, Cic. Dicerem etiam de gestu, Cic. Locutus de imperatoris officio, & de omni re militari, Cic. de Orat. l. 2. Vide Pareum de Partic. p. 603.

17. (Of) When it is not expressed, but understood in his, or s, XVII entailed to a Substantive, is signe of the Genitive case: as

Virgil's [or Virgil his] works.Opera Virgilii.

¶ Ubi ad Dianae veneris, Ter. Jam me Pompeii totum esse scis, Cic. Ep. 13. l. 2. Cujum pe­cus? An Meliboei? Virg.

Certain particular Phrases.
Out of hand.Evestigio.
Of late.Dudum.
Of itsown accord.Suâ sponte, Cic.
self.Per se, Cic. Ultro, Cic.

¶ Cratera repleri sponte suâ per seque vident succrescere vi­na, Ovid. Met. 8. Aequitas enim lucet ipsa per se, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Ultro ab illo ad nos intolerabilia postulata retule­runt, Cic. Ep. 4. l. 12.

Dear of a peny.Asse carum est, Sen.
I never saw the like of him.Similem non vidi.

CHAP. XXXI. Of the Particle On or Vpon.

1. ON or Upon) Before a word of Place, After a word be­tokening I. resting upon, or neer that place, is made by à, * ab, ad, in, and super: as

He sitteth on the right handSedet à dextra, [or ad dex­tram.]
To sit on horse-back.In equo sedere, Cic.
To rest upon the greene grasse.Fronde super viridi † requi­escere, Virg.

¶ Quod in lecto illius considere soleret, Val. Max. 3. 1. Mite nec in rigi­do pectore pone caput, Ovid. Am. 1. 4. Constitit in terris, Ovid. Stans pede in uno, Hor. Dura super totâ limina nocte jace, Ovid. Am. 1. 6. Saeva sedens super arma, Virg. Diva solo fixos oculos aversa tenebat, Aen. 1. Summo sen­sere jacentia tergo, Ovid. Met. 2. * Equitatum Italicum ab dextro cornu, ab laevo Numidas opposuit, Liv. l. 30. Erat à Septemtrionibus collis, quem propter magnitudinem circui­tus opere circumplecti non potuerant, Caes. Bell. Gall. 7. † Dixit Cic. Humi jacere. Ovid. Terrae procumbere.

2. (On or Upon) Before a word of Place, after a word im­porting II. motion to that place, is made by in * or super, * with an Accusative case: as

He fell on the earth.In terram procidit.
He threw his cloak upon the bed.Injecit super lectum penulam.

¶ Quod super injecit textum rude sedula Baucis, Ovid. Met. 8. * Super non repetitur cum Ablative motus, Tursel. c. 196. Obs. 9. At in more Graecorum, & tum verbis quietis junctum, Accusativum postulat, ut Stare in pedes, [Turs. cap. 91. obs. 23.] & cum verbis motus Ablati­vum; ut, Fecit, ut abjiceret se in herba, Cic. 1. de Or. Dum pluit in terris, Aen. 6. Super ipsa Romani Scuta salierunt, Flor. 3. 10.

3. (On or Upon) After Verbs signifying to depend, beget, III. or the like, is made by à, ab, è, ex, or de, or an Ablative case without a Preposition: as

Our safeguard doth depend on yours.Pendet & â vestrâ nostra sa­lute salus, Ovid.
We both depend upon one chance.Casu pendemus ab uno, Luc.
The Common-wealth de­pends on Brutus.Respublica pendet è Bruto, Cic.
To beget children on a mans daughter.Liberos ex cujuspiam filiâ suscipere, Cic.

¶ De ali­quo pendere, Hor. Crede mihi totam istam cantilenam ex hoc pendere, Cic. 11. Ep. 20. Cùm admodum tenui filo sus­pensa reipublicae salus ex sociorum side penderet, Val. Max. 6. 4. Summo quae pendet atanea tigno, Ovid. Met. 4. Sordida terga suis nigro pendentia tigno, id. l. 8.

4. (On or Upon) Being part of the signification of the fore­going IV. Verb, is either included in the Latine of that Verb, or else is made by in, with an Accusative case: as

To think on [or upon] one thing after another.Cogitare aliam rem ex aliâ, Ter.
You have bestowed on [or upon] me a multitude of courtesles.Multitudinem beneficiorum in me contulistis, Cic.

¶ Eos impeditos & inopinan­tes aggressus, Caes. Incubuit ferro, Ovid. Met. 4. Ausa est tergo considere tauri, Ovid. Met. 2. Fretus tuâ humanitate, Cic. Consumprâque in id opus ingenti pecuniâ, Val. Max. 3. 1. Parce tuas in me perdere victor opes, Ovid. Am. 1. 2. Ti­biis canere, A. Gell. 15. 17. Disciplina tibiis canendi, ib. Citharâ crinitus Iopas Personat auratâ, Aen. 1. Egregiē illi imposuit, Cic. Mores ejus erunt spectandi, in quem bene­ficium conferetur, Cic. 1. Off. 16.

Note, If a word of time, follow on, it is made by the Ablative case: as

On what day.Quâ die, Cic.
On that day.Illo die [eo ipso die] Cic.
Certain particular Phrases.
I give iudgement on your side.Secundùm te litem do, [...].
To hold on ones side.Cumaliquo stare,Cic.
AbLiv.
On either side.Utrinque.
Ononeside.Ex unâ parte,Cic.
the otherAlterâ ex parte,
everyUndique,

¶ Ex quâ tu biberis hâc ego parte bibam, Ovid. Am. 1. 4.

Onthisside.Cis.
the farreTrans.

¶ Hostis cis Eu­phratem fuit, Cic. Citra flumen Ararim, Caes. Trans Rho­danum, Caes.

On both sides.In utramque partem.
Came you on foot or on horseback?Pedes venisti, an Eques?
Vpon my life.Emoriar nisi.
My minde was on my meatAnimus erat in patinis.

¶ Circa virentes est animus tuae campos jucencae, Hor. l. 2. Od. 5

On the contrary.E contrario.
In contrarium.
On, as you began.Quo pede coepisti, perge.

¶ Quod superest perge mi Brute, Cic. 11. Ep. 15.

On purpose to—Eo consilio.
Deditâ operâ.
He is on his way.In itinere est.

¶ Cùm essem in itinere, Cic. l. 16. Ep. 20. [...], Act. 8. 39.

He thanks me with letters upon letters.Gratias aliis super alias epi­stolis agit, Plin.
Vpon hard terms.Durâ [iniquâ] conditione.

CHAP. XXXII. Of the Particle Or.

1. OR) Answering to whether, is made by an, annon, ne, I. necne, seu, sive, vel: as

Whether shal I come to Rome, or stay here?Romámne venio, an hîc ma­neo? Cic.
But why do I ask whether you will, or no?Sed quid quaero, velisne? Cic.
Whether I hold my peace, or speak.Sive ego taceo, seu loquor, Plaut.
Whether you use a Physician or no, you shall not recover.Sive tu medicum adhibueris, sive non adhibueris, non convalesces, Cic. de Fat.
Whether he be hindred by the owner or by a stranger.Sive à domino prohibeatur, vel ab extraneo, Paulus apud Stewich. p. 350. l. 7.

¶ Nescio gratulérne tibl, an timeam, Cic. Hominesne, fe­raene, Virg. Viderint Athenae utrùm Alcibiaden lamenten­tur an glorientur, Val. Max. 3. 1. Id viso, túne, an illi insa­niant, Ter. Utrùm cùm sollicitudinis aliquîd haberes, an cùm ab omni molestiâ vacuus esses, Cic. 11. Ep. 16. Utrùm ea ve­stra, an nostra culpa est? Cic. Videndum est primùm, utrùm eae velint, an non velint? Plaut. Sed isne est, quem quaero, annon? Ter. Deliberent utrùm trajiciant legiones ex Africâ, nécne, Cic. Sitne autem excitata, nécne, tecum cognoscam, Cic. Seu rectè, seu perperam facere coeperunt, ita in utro­que excellunt, Cic. pro Quint. Seu stabit iners, seu profluit humor, Virg. Georg. 4. Ii, seu verè quam habuerunt opinio­nem perferunt, sive etiam auribus Vari serviunt, confirmant quidem, Caes. l. 2. de bell. civ. Sive habes aliquam spem de re publicâ sive desperas, Cic.

2. (Or) Answering to either is rendered by aut, or vel: as II.

Either let him drink, or be gone.Aut bibat aut abeat, Cic.
Either he is present or not.Vel adest, vel non, Plaut.

¶ Necessitas coget, aut novam facere, aut à simili mutuari, Cic. Or. Perf. Aut ego fallor, Hor. Vel quia non vides ea, quae nos, vel quòd, Cic. Dum vel casta fuit, vel inobserva­ta, Ovid. Met. 2. v. 545.

3. (Or) standing alone, in the latter clause of a sentence, is III. made by ve, seu, sive: as

Two or three friends.Amici duo, tresve, Cic.
What a fortunate man is he to have such messengers, or rather Posts!O fortunatum hominem, qui hujusmodi nuncios, seu po­tiùs Pegasos habet! Cic.
I require, or if it be reason, I desire thee.Postulo, sive aequum est, te o­ro, Ter.

¶ A te verò bis, terve ad summum, & eas perbreves [sc. literas] accepi, Cic. 2. Ep. 1. Duobus tribusve spatiis factis, Cic. de Or. l. 1.

Note, Aut is not set after ne signifying whether. but an: as Nescio gratulérne tibi, an [not aut] ti­meam, Cic.

Certain particular Phrases.
I will perswade him by some means or other.Aliquo modo exorabo, Plaut.
Whether you will or no.Velis, nolis.

¶ Illum vellet, nollet coegi, ut—Sen. Ep. 53. Num illa oppignorare filiam meam me invito potuit? Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 4.

A rag or two.Unus & alter pannus, Hor.

¶ Unus & item alter, Ter.

Or ever, [i. e. before that.]Priusquam, &c.
Or else.Aliter, alias.
Over or under.Plus minus.

CHAP. XXXIII. Of the Particle Over.

1. OVer) Signifying above, is made by suprà: Super. Sic super Actaeas agilis Cyllenius arces, Inclinat cur­sus, & easdem circinat auras, Ovid. Met. 2. v. 722. as I.

A black shower hung ver [or above] his head.Olli caeruleus supra caput astitit imber, Virg.

¶ Supra volat ardea nubem, Virg. Ecce supra caput homo levis ac sordidus, Cic. Dux hostium cum exercitu supra ca­put est, Sal.

2. (Over) Signifying beyond, is made by ultra: as II.

He cast his dart over [or be­yond] the mark.Ultra metam conjecit telum.

¶ Ultra, citrave pervolavit, Plin.

3. (Over) Signifying overthwart, or crosse, is made by per, III. or trans: Supra. Supra cruentum patrem equos egit, Flor. 1. 7. as

He travel'd over Caucasus.Iter per Caucasum fecit, Hor.
Let him convey it over the sea.Trans mare asportet, Plaut.

¶ Per Alpes in Galliam con­tendit, Caes. de bell. Gall. 1. Ah! quoties per saxa, canum la­tratibus acta est! Ovid. Met. Per nemora, atque lucos, Virg. Te vel per Alpium juga sequemur, Hor. 1. Epod. Per flumen equitabat, Flor. 1. 10. Per altum ad Nesida direxi, Senec. Ep. 53. Viri reveniunt trans mare, Plaut. Stich. arg. Cineres trans caput jace, Virg. Coelum non animum mutant, qui trans mare currunt, Hor. Committendum non putavi, priùs ut Alpes transgrederer—Cic. 11. Ep. 20.

4. (Over) Being (as it is very commonly) part of the signifi­cation, IV. either of the foregoing or following word, is included in [Page 94] the Latine of that word: as

To overtake.Assequor.
To run over.Superfluo, &c.

¶ Impendent nobis mala, Cic. Incoetpo desistere, Virg. Conatu destite­runt, Caes. l. de bell. Gall. Ad Senatum quas misi literas ve­lim priùs perlegas, Cic. 11. Ep. 19.

Certain particular Phrasis.
My heart is so light over what it uses so be.Ità animus praeter solitum ge­stit.
I was over ill vext.Pejùs vexabat, quàm ut—Sen. Ep. 53.
To have power over ones own self.In seipsum habere potestatem, Sen. Ep. 75.

¶ Reges in ipsos imperium est Jovis, Hor. In dominos jus habet ille De­os, Ovid. Ep. 4.

Thirty dayes over or under.Dies plus minus triginta.
Over and beside that—Super quàm quòd—
Over and avove these mis­chiefs.Ad haec mala [hoc mihi acci­dit etiam,] Ter.
Over long.Nimis Nimium diu, Cic.

¶ Nimis scripta numerose, Cic. Vehemens in utramque par­tem es nimis, Ter. Heaut. A. 3. Sc. 1. Sunt tibi magna puer ni­miumque potentia regna, Ovid. Am. 1. 1.

Over and over again.Iterum, deinde ac saepius.
Over against.Adversum.
Contra.
E regione.

¶ Carthago Ita­liam contra, Virg. E regione unius corum pontium, Caes. 7. bell. Gall.

Without you be told it an hundred times over.Nisi idem dictum est centies, Ter. Heaut. 5. 1.
He is seeking you all the Town over.Toto teoppido quaerit.

¶ Toto me oppido exanima­tum quaerere—Ter. And. 2. 2.

Ought, see Must, Chap. 25.Own, Chap. 17. and Chap. 36.

CHAP. XXXIV. Of the English of the Participle of the Present Tense.

1. THe English of Participles of the I. Present tense) Comming after the signs of a Verb Passive, Viz. am, be, is, are, art, was, were, wert; have been, hast, or hath been, shall, or will be, &c. is made by a verb of the same tense, whereof they are signes; by a Verb of active significati­on, when action is signified; and when passion, by a verb of passive: as

What book are you reading?Quem librum legis?
I am reading Virgil.Lego Virgilium.
You are plotting mischief.Pestem machinaris, Cic.
Supper is making ready [or preparing.]Paratur coena. Vide cap. 52. reg. 1.

¶ Obtemperare co­gito praeceptis tuis [I am thinking to follow, &c.] Cic. 9. Ep. 25. Ea res nunc agitur ipsa [is now doing] Ter. He. 4. 7. Isne est, quem quaero? [whom I am seeking] Ter. Quîcum loquitur filius? [who is he talking withall?] Ter. Heaut. A. 1. Sc. 2. Teipsum quaero [I am looking for—] Ter. Heaut. 4. 1. Hujus­modi mî res semper comminiscere: [you are alwayes devising] Ye. Heaut. Act. 4. Sc. 5. Velle debebis: [to be willing,] Cic. 1. Offic. 1. Inimicitias suscipere nolunt, [they are unwilling,] Cic. 1. Off. 12. Ad te ibam, Ter. And. 3. 4.

2. (The English of Participles of the Present tense) coming II. after verbs of motion, with the Particle a betwixt them, is made [Page 96] by the first Supine, a Participle in rus, or a Gerund in dum: as

I go a hunting.Eo venatum; venaturus; or ad venandum. Vide cap. 44. reg. 3.

¶ Abi deambula­tum, Ter. He. 3. 3.

3. (The English of Participles of the Present tense) fol­lowing III. after Verbs importing cessation, [leaving off, or giving over] is made by the Present tense of the Infinitive mood: as

Let us in some time leave off [or give over] speak­ing, of pussed Iudgments.Aliquando de judiciis datis dicere desistamus, Cic.
Let him for bear [cease from or leave] thinking that he is able to buy those things, which himself hath ever had to be sold.Desinat ea se putare posse e­mere, quae ipse semper ha­buit venalia, Cic.

¶ Nunquam cessavit hodie dicere contumelias, Ter. Idque nunquam destiti praedicare, Cic. 5. Ep. 11. His & hujusmodi exhortation ibus tacitis alloqui me non desii, Sen. Ep. 54. Non desii cogitationibus laetis, ac sortibus acquiescere, Sen. Ep. 54: Desiste lachrymare, Ter. Mihi parcere, de me cogitate desinite, Cic. in Catil. 4.

Graeci tamen non minùs quàm Angli, post verba desinendi par­ticipio gaudent. Sic, Luc. 5. 4. [...], He left spea­king. Soph. Oedip. [...]. Eurip. [...]. Demoslh. Phil. 4. [...]. Xenoph. [...]. Plut. [...]. Chrysost. [...]. Lucian. [...].

4 (The English of Participles of the IV. Present tense) Coming after for, import­ing the cause or reason of some When it may be varied by because that— action, [Page 97] is made by a Verb of the Sub­junctive mood, with qui, or quod; or by a Substantive, Which, if it be not a Verbal in io, hath usually a participle of the preter tense adjoyned to it. with de, ob, or propter: as

I thank you for writing, [or because that you did write] letters to me.Ago tibi gratias, qui [or quòd] ad me literas scripseris; [de tuis ad me scriptis literis; or propter tuas ad me scri­ptas literas.]
They gave to Titus great thanks, for taking [or be­cause that he had taken] the Town.Magnas egerunt Tito gratias, qui [or quòd] urbem expug­naverat; de urbis expugna­tione; ob [or propter] ex­pugnatam urbem.

¶ Velim mihi ignoseas, quòd ad te scribo tam multa toties, Cic. ad Att. 7. Ep. 12.

5. (The English of Participles of the V. Present tense) Following for, When it may be varied by to, that, to the end, [or in­tent] that. import­ing the end or intent of any action, is made by a verb with ut or quo; or by a Gerund [or Gerundive] with ad, or ob: as

They are forced, for the stopping of [to [that [or to the end [or intent] that] they may] stop] a chink.Coguntur ut [uti [or quò] ri­mam expleant; ob explen­dum [or ad explendam] rimam.

¶ Ob absolvendum [ad absolvendum] quò [ut, or uti absolvas] munus nè acceperis, Cic. Ad eorum voluntatem mihi conciliandam, maximo te mihi usui fore video, Cic. ad Att. 1. 2.

6. (The English of Participles VI. of the present tense) Coming af­ter After from, importing let or hindrance, See chap. 16. rule 2. for, importing let, or hin­drance of any action, is to be translated by a verb of the Sub­junctive mood, with When it may be varied by lest that I should. ne, ni, When it may be varied by but that I should, or if I should not. or nist * quod: as

I dare not for angring [or lest that I should anger] him.Non a usim, aè illum commo­tum reddam.
I would, but for hurting [but that I should [or if I should not] hurt] him.Vellem sanè, ni, [or nisi quòd] illi nocerem.

7. (The English of Participles of the present tense) Fol­lowing VII. a word importing an usefulness, or unusefulness, fitness or unfitness of a thing [...] purpose, is made by a Ge­ru [...] [...]: Especially if it may be varied by the In­finitive mood passive. as

Pre [...]ntly after it gives le [...]s [...] for swimming.Mox apta natando crura dat, Ov. Met. 15. v. 376.
Bio [...] [...] ap [...]r [...] not good for writing [or to be writ­ten] on.Emporetica inutilis est scri­bendo, Plin.

¶ Rubens ferrum non est habile tun­dendo, Plin. l. [...]5. c. 15. Radix ejus vescendo est decocta, Plin. l. 41. c. 16. Nitrosa utilis est bibendo, ib. l. 31. c. 6.

Aliquando vox utilitatem, vel aptitudinem denotans, tam in Latino, quàm Anglicano idiomate omissa subintelligitur: nam. ut dicitur Latinè, Non est solvendo; sc. par, habilis, aptus, idoneus, &c. Dixit enim Cicero, Ep. 8. l. 3. fam. Cùm solvendo civitates n [...]n essent: & Columel. l. 1. c. 9. Dummodo perpetien­do labori sit idoneus. Sic dicimus etiam Anglice, He is not for going, sc. ready, or fit for going.

8. (The English of Participles of the present tense) Com­ing VIII after these Particles far from, is made by a Verb, with ità [or adeo] non; longè [or tantum] abest: ut

You are so far from loving, that—Ita non amas, ut nè—Cic. 7. Ep. 1.
He was so far from wrong­ing them himself, that—Adeò ipse non violavit, ut—Curt.
He wil be far from believing of—Longè aberit, ut credat—Cic.
I am so far from admiring of my own things, that—Tantum abest, ut nostra mire­mur, ut—Cic.

¶ Cùm Of­cos [Page 99] ludos vel in Senatu spectare possis, Graecos vero ità non ames, ut nè ad villam quidem tuam viâ Graecâ ire soleas, Cic. Adeò ipse non violavit, ut summam adhibuerit curam, nè quis captivo corpori illuderet, Curt. li. 3. Longè aberit, ut argumentis credat Philosophorum, Cic. Quâ in vitâ tan­tum abest, ut voluptates sectentur, etiam curas, sollicitudines, vigilias perferunt, Cic. 5. de Fin. Tantum abest, ut meam ille sententiam moveat, ut valde ego ipsi, quòd de suâ sententiâ decesserit, poenitendum putem, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. Ep. 3. Adeon [...] ego non perspexeram prudentiam literarum tuarum? Cic. ad Att. 6. Ep. 9.

9. (The English of Participles of the present tense) When IX. it may be varied by an English Participle of the Preter tense, with any of these Particles [having, when, after that, &c.] it is sometimes made by a Verb with quum, quando, postquam, &c. sometimes by a Participle of the Preter tense, either agrec­ing If it come of a Verb passive. with the following Substantive, in the Ablative case; or governing †If it come of a Verb Deponent, viz. original­ly such: for the Partici­ples of such Deponents, as anciently were Com­mon, admit sometimes of a passive construction; sc. testatus, men­titus, meditatus, adeptus, oblitus, &c. Though in Poets we finde an Accusative case sometimes governed even of the Participles of Passives; as Virg. Aen. 1. Tum breviter vultum Dido demissa pro­fatur. Virg. Aen. 2.—Manus juvenem post terga revinctum trahe­bant— it in such case, as the Verb whereof it cometh requires: as

Lifting [having [when, or after that he had] lift] up his eyes to heaven, he said.Quu [...] [postquam, &c.] sustu­lisset in coelum oculos [or Sublatis in coelum oculis] dixit.
Remembring [or after that he remembred] his pro­mise passed—Datae fidei recordatus.
He gave way for old men to drink wine, that forget­ting [or having forgotten] their troubles, they may seem to be groven young again.Indulsit senibus vinum bibere, ut redire ad juventutem vi­deantur, molestiarum ob­liti.

¶ Quostus eram; Pharetrâ cùm protinus ille solutâ (opening, or having opened,) Ovid. Am li. 2. El. 1. Comperto (finding, or when he had found) quam regionem hostes petiissent, Liv. l. 1. bell. Maced. Atque obliti (forgetting) salutis meae, de vobis, ac de liberis vestris cogitate, Cic. Cat 4. Atque hostem rati, emicant, fine discri­mine insultant, Flor. 1. 8. Anglicum hoc praesent is participium Graeci per participium Indefiniti plerumque pri­mi efferunt; idque vel activae vel mediae vocis. Sic Luc. 16. 23. Lifting up his eyes— [...]. Xenoph. [...] [Looking up] Joh. 8. 9. Beginning at the eldest. [...]. Pythag. [...].

10. (The English of Participles of the X. present tense) In most other cases is to be made by a Latine Participle of the pre­sent tense; viz. when it followes a Noun, † i. e. If it can nei­ther be varied by a Participle, of the preter tense; as in Rule 9. nor by the English of the Infi­nitive mood, as in Chap. 35. Note 1. or a Pronoun Substantive, or a Pro­noun Relative, or Demonstrative, (where­with it agreeth) and that either in the be­ginning, or in the body of a sentence; or when it comes before a Substantive in the end of a sentence; and generally when it may be resolved into a By which it may sometimes be neat­ly varied, especially when the follow­ing Substantive is to be of the same number and case with the foregoing Participle: as, The Poets chose that stile, as best becomming their high in­vention. Eum elegerunt Poetae st lum ut eorum altam maxi­mè decentem inventionem. Thus it is truly rendered, but may be better varied thus— Ut qui eorum altam deceret maximè inventionem. Relative and a * Verb, &c. as

S [...]ipio leading an Army loaden with the plunder of many cities seiz is up­on Tunes.Scipio, gravem jam spoliis multarum urbium exercitū trahens, occupat Tuneta, Liv.
Had it been so, that he com­ing to Rome had found the Senate at Rome—Si ità factum esset, ut ille Romam veniens, Senatum Romae offenderet—Cic. Att. 7. 12.
He beholds a picture con­teining (or which con­teineth) divets pictures, yet sees none of them.Picturam aspicit varias conti­nentem picturas (or, varias quae picturas continet) ca­rum tamen nullam videt.
With a short discord to sweeten the harmony of the approaching close.Brevi dissonantiâ, appropin­quantis harmoniam exitûs reddere jucundiorem.

¶ Texentem telam studiosè ipsam offendimus, Ter. Heaut. A. 2. Sc. 3. Offendi ibi militem ejus noctem orantem, ib. Pars maxima classem mittere jubent ad opprimendam stationem navium, ad Uticam, incautè agentem, Liv. l. 30. Tu patulae recubans sub tegmine fagi—meditaris - Virg. Ecl. 1. Sed ta­men nostra legens, non multùm à Peripateticis dissidentia—utere tuo judicio, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Conspecta classis hostium est Uticam Carthagine petens (coming, or which came) Liv. l. 30. Fortis verò dolorem summum malum judicans (he judging, or he who judgeth) esse nullo modo potest, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Ut no­mini parere animus bene à natura informatus velit, nisi prae­cipienti, aut docenti, aut legitimè imperanti, Cic. 1. Off. c. 5. Quam similitudinem, natura ratioque ab oculis ad animum transferens—ordinem in consiliis factisque conservandum pu­tat, Cic. 1. Off. c. 5. Illud etiam animadverto, quòd qui pro­prio nomine perduellis esset, is hostis vocaretur: lenitate ver­bi, tristitiam rei mitigante, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Non prohibere a­quam profluentem, Cic. 1. Off, 20.

Certain particular Phrases.
He gave his minde to wri­ting.Animum ad scribendum ap­pulit, Ter. And. Prol.
He is an hour in telling.Dum haec dicit, abiit hora, Ter. Eun. 2. 3.

CHAP. XXXV. Of Polysyllables in ing.

1. Polysyllables in ing are Substantives) When they admit I. of a plural number ending in s: as

Man that is partaker of reason, perceiveth the beginnings and causes of things, and is not ignorant of their proceedings.Homo, qui rationis particeps est, principia, & causas re­rum vider, earumque pro­gressus non ignorat, Cic. 1. Off.

2. (Polysyllables in ing are Sub­stantives) II. When a or the † If at come before the, then see Chap. 8. Rule 10. is, or may be set before them, and of followes them: as

Those precepts which are given, do seem to belong to the framing of the com­mon hinde of life.Ea, quae traduntur, praecepta, ad institutionem vitae com­munis spectare videntur, Cic. 1. Off.

¶ Ut ad officii inventionem aditus esset, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Imprimis hominis est propria veri inquifitio atque investigatio, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Ho­nestum aut in perspicientiâ veri, solertiâque versatur, aut—Cic. 1. Off. 6.

3. (Polysyllables in ing are Substantives) When they imme­diately III. [Page 103] follow an Adjective, agreeing with them: as

I have surveyed all your building.Omnem aedificationem tuam perspexi, Cic.

¶ Arctior vero colligatio est societas propinquorum, Cic. 1. Off. 21. Pri­maque ab origine mundi—Ovid. Met.

Concerning Pylysyllables in ing, further.

Note 1. That when they are joyned to a Noun governing a Genitive case, they are usually made by the Gerund in Especially if they may be varied by the English of the Infi­nitive mood active. di: as

The means of writing (or to write well) is ioyned with speaking.Rectè scribendi ratio cum lo­quendo conjuncta est.
Destrous of returning (or to return.)Cupidus redeundi, Ter. Hecyr. 1. 2.

¶ Scribendi neces­sitas nulla est, Cic. ad Att. l. 12. Ep. 38. Commune omnium animantium est, ut habeant libidinem procreandi, Cic. 1. Off. 21. Romae non est respirandi locus, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. 3. 1. Haec relata Scipioni spem fecerant castra hostium per occasionem incendendi, Liv. l. 30. Eho una accedundi via est, Ter. Heaut. 3. 3. Sequereturque & illud forense dicendi, & hoc quierum disputandi genus, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Haberent jus suum de officio disputandi, si—Cic. 1. Off. 1. Ancipitem affert curam cogi­tandi, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Commo [...]è tempus ad te cepit adeundi, Cic. 11. Ep. 16. Injuriae nocendi causâ, de industriâ inferun­tur, Cic. 1. Off. 10. Ad gratificandi facultatem spectat, Cic. 1. Off. 10. Discendi studio impediti, quos tueri debent, dese­runt, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Inest autem in tali liberalitate cupidi­tas plerunquc rapiendi, Cic. 1. Off. 16. Homines bellandi cu­pidi, Caes. 1. bell. Gall. Aeneas celsâ in puppi jam certus eundi, Aen. 4. Mille nocendi artes, Aen. 7. Cùm salutandi gratiâ ad Syllam venisset, Val. Max. l. 3. c. 1.

Note 2. That after many Nouns Ad­jectives, Verbs, and Participles ha­ving after them these Particles (1) of, [signifying about or con­cerning] (2) from, If a word importing hindrance or with­holding come before from, then see Chap. 16. Rule. 2. (3) by, (4) in, or (5) with, they are made by the Gerund in do: as

They consult of (about or concerning) going over into France.Consultatur de transeundo in Galliam.
Idle boyes are son discou­raged from learning.Ignavi à discendo citò deter­rentur, Cic.
I may seem to have been negligent in writing.Negligens in scribendo suisse videar, Cic. 3. Ep. 9.
Greater glory is gotten by defending then by accu­sing.Ex defendendo, quàm ex ac­cusando uberior gloria com­paratur.
I am weary with walk­ing.Defessus sum ambulando, Ter.

¶ (1) Scire velim quid cogites de exeundo, Cic. Att 7. Ep. 14. (2) Amor & amicitia utrumque ab amando dictum est, Cic. (3) Alitur vitium crescitque tegendo, Virg. Cast [...] ad virum matrona parendo imperat, Publ. Caesar dando, sublevan­do, ignoscendo gloriam adeptus est, Sal. Nihil est, quin malè narrando possit depravarier, Ter. Phorm: Subitum lu­ctando accendimus ignem, Ovid. Am. 1. El. 2.—Quae docen­do, discendo, communicando, disceptando, judicando conci­liat inter se homines, Cic. 1. Off. 20.

See Chap. 14. Rule 4.

(4) Quis est tam in scribendo impiger, quàm ego? Cic. Prohibenda autem maxime est ira, in puniendo, Cic. 1. Off. Fit, ut distrahatur deliberando (in deliberating) animus, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Praeterire aliquid, maximum vitium in dividendo est, Cic. 1. Off. 3.

If the Polysyllable with in may be varied by a verb with as, or whilest that, then see Chap. 7. Rule 1.

(5) Intabescitque videndo, Ovid. Met. 2. Vera dicendo eos [Page 105] fallam, Ter. Heaut. 4. 2. Quod, ut efficerem, orando surdas jam aures reddideras mihi, Ter. Heaut. 2. 3. Pitissando modò, mihi quid vini assumpsit! Ter. Heaut. 3. 1. Quin hercle las­sus jam sum durando miser, Plaut. Trucul. A. 2. Sc. 3.

Note 3. That if they have before them the English of sum, pos­sum, or debeo, with some of these particles any, no, neither, nor, such, good, ill, &c. they are either made by a Gerund in dum, or by a passive impersonal, or (in some casos) by a Per­sonal Active: as

There is no coming for me there.Non est mihi illò acceden­dum.
There is such flocking te­gether from all parts.Usque adeò concurrîtur un­dique.
There is no perswading of him.Frustra illi suaseris [or non persuadebis

¶ Perveniri ad summum non potest, nîsi ex principiis, Qnint. [There can be no arriving at, or coming to—] Non potest jucundè vivi, nisi cum virtute vivatur [There can be no living sweetly—] Cic. Mihi istic nec seritur, nec metitur, [There is neither sowing nor mowing,] Plaut. Cùm verò de imperio decertatur, Cic. 1 Off. 15. Usque adeò turbatur agris, Virg. Ecl. 1. Absque pecunia miserè vivitur, Ter. Non bene ripae creditur, Virg. Ecl. 3.

Note 4. When the Polysyllable in ing is to be made by a Gerund, then if the word following is to be of the Accusative case, it may be elegantly varied, by putting the Substantive into the case of the Gerund, and the Gerund into the Gender and Number of the Substantive: as

There was seldome any mention of peace, but of­ten of sending Ambassa­dours to Hannibal.Rara mentio pacis, frequen­tior legatorum ad Anniba­lem mittendorum [for mit­tendi legatos,] Liv. l. 30.
Excellencie and greatnesse of courage may appear both in increasing of su [...] ­stance and getting com­modities both to ones self, and to his friends, and also much more in de­spising these same things.Animi excellentia magnitu­doque cùm in augendis o­pibus, utilitatibusque & si­bi, & suis comparandis, tum multo magis in his ip­sis despiciendis eluceat [for augendo, comparando, de­spiciendo.] Cic. 1. Off. 6.
He easily seeth the course of his who [...]e life, and prepa­reth things necessary to the leading thereof.Facilè totius vitae cursum vi­det, ad eamque degendam praeparat ics necessarias [for ad degendum.] Cic. 1. Off. 5.

¶ Praetermittendae autem defensionis, deserendique officii plures solent esse cau­sae, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Triplex est consilii capiendi deliberatio, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Veri videndi cupiditari adjuncta est appetitio quaedam principatus, Cic. 1. Off. 5. Orationem autem La­tinam profecto legendis nostris [for legendo nostra] efficies pleniorem, Cic. 1. Off. 1. In eo colendo sita est vitae honestas omnis, ib. In quo considerando saepe animi in contrarias sen­tentias distrahuntur, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Aut enim in perspicientiâ veri, solertiâque versatur, aut in hominum societate tuendâ, tribuendoque suum cuique, Cic. 1. Off. 6. Adeò summa erat observatio in movendo bello, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Reliquis autem tribus virtutibus necessitates propositae sunt, ad eas res paran­das tuenda sque [for parandum tuendumque] quibus actio vi­tae continetur, Cic. 1. Off. 6.

Certain particular Phrases.
I will give your hide a warming.Faciam te usque ferventem flagris, Plaut.
Nothing is more beseeming the nature of man—Nihil est naturae hominis ac­comodatius, Cic. 1. Off.
It is the most unbeseeming a man.Ab homine alienistimum est, Cic. 1. Off.
To fall alaughing.Risum.tollere, effunde­re.
complaining.Quaerelam.

CHAP. XXXVI. Of the Particle Self.

1. SElf) with own, either expressed or understood, comming I. after a Noun, or * Pronoun, is made by ipse: as

The man himself, [or his own self] is no where to be found.Homo ipse nusquam est, Ter.
I paid the money my own self.Ipse egomet solvi argentum.

¶ Sextum Pompeium ipsi cog­novimus, [We our selves, or our own selves] Cic. 1. Off. Adest ipse frater, Ter. Quaerebant, quidnam ille ipse judicaret de—Cic.

* After a Pronoun, though at any time it may (especially when there is an Emphasis upon Self) yet it is not alwayes necessary, that Ipse should be expressed in Latine.

2. (Self) without own, comming before same, is made by II. hic, is, istic, idem, or unus: as

The self-same day, that he died.Eo ipse die, quo excessit è vi­tâ, Cic.
In the self-same point, that we now reason of.In hoc ipso, de quo nunc dis­putamus.
Even that self-same thing.Istuc ipsum.
Even I the self-same man.Idem ego ille.
It seemeth to be the self­same thing.Unum & idem videtur esse, Cic.

¶ Sed haec ipsa, ne­scio recténe sint literis commissa, Cic. in E [...]. Quod idem fit in numeris, Cic. in Or. Uno eodemque igni, Virg. Ecl. 8.

Note 1. My, thy, our, your, his, her, their before without selfe, or own self, they are Ad­jectives. self, or own self, are Pronouns Substantives, and made by ego, tu, nos, vos, sui, &c. as

I guesse by my self, or my own self.Ego de me ipso conjecturam facio.
We perceive and feel those things more, which hap­pen unto our selves, ei­ther luckily, or unlucki­ly, then those things which happen to others.Magis ea percipimus, atque sentimus, quae nobis ipsis aut prospera, aut adversa eveniunt, quam illa, quae caeteris, Cic. 1. Off. 12.

¶ Quem egomet [I my self] dicere audivi, tum se fuisse miserum, cùm careret patriâ Cic. ad Quir. Meritò mihi [at my self] nunc succenseo, Ter. Heaut. 5. 1. Propter cum quem sibi ipse finxerat principatum, Cic. 1. Off. 10. A liter de illis ac de nobis judicamus, ib. c. 12. Minimè miror si te sibi quisque expetit, Ter. Heaut. 2. 3.

Note 2. Own comming without self, after a Pronoun, is made by ipsius, proprius, or by a Pronoun possessive emphatically put: as

Thou hast coniectured by thine own minde.Ex tuo ipsius animo conjectu­ram fecisti.
She confesses that it is all thine, and indeed thine own.Tuam esse totam, & quidem propriam fatetur, Cic. pro Marco Marcelio.
I loved him as my own.Amavi pro meo.
You didst of your own ac­cord.Tuâ sponte faciebas.
Every one likes his owne best.Suum cuique pulchrum.
It is in our own choice, whe the we wil give ought or noDemus nécne, in nostrâ po­testate est, Cic. 1. Off. 19.

¶ Non tam meâ pre causâ, quam illius, laetor, Ter. Totum hoc, quantumcunque est, quod certè maximum est, totum est, inquam, tuum, Cic. Sua mens infecerat illam, Ovid. Met. v. 834. Commonibus utatur ut communibus, privatis autem, ut suis, Cic. 1. Off. 8.

Certain particular Phrases.
I am not my own man.Non sum apud me, Ter.
He offered himself of his own accord.Se ultro obtulit, Virg.

¶ Hâc famâ impulsus Chre­mes, Ultro ad me venit, Ter. And. 1, 1.

CHAP. XXXVII. Of the Particle Since.

1. SInce) signifying [sith, seeing that, or because] is made by I. cùm, quando, quia, quoniam, quandoquidem, post­quam: as

Since [sith, or seeing that] it is so.Isthaec cùm ità sint, Ter.
Since [or because] you will have it so.Quando ità tibi visum est.
Whereupon since part of those things, which were common by nature, is be­come the own of every one—Ex quo, quia suum cujusque fit eorum, quae naturâ fue­rant communia—Cic. 1. Off. 8.
Since all my discourse shall be of duty—Quoniam omnis disputatio de officio futura est, Cic.
I must needs marry—Quandoquidem ducenda est uxor—Ter.
Since I have provided what was fitting.Postquam, quae opus fuere, paravi—Ter.

¶ Cùm ex­tremum expectent, [Since they expect] Cic. Or. Quando huc veni, ut videam, Ter. Quando, ut volumus, non licet, Ter. Quoniam convenimus ambo, Virg. Ecl. Sed, quoniam non nobis solùm nati sumus, Cic. Dicite, quandoquidem in molli consedimus herbâ, Virg. Ecl. Postquam vestra mater mortua est, Plaut.

2. (Since) Signifying [from that time] is made by ex eo, illo, II. or quo [tempore being understood:] also by à, ut, quòd, and quum: as

I call into question all, that thou hast done, since (or from) that day, to this.Ex eâ die ad hanc diem, quae fecisti in judicium voco, Cic. 3. Ver.
It is now five dayes since I have gone into the School.Quintum jam diem habeo, ex quo in Scholam eo, Senec. Ep. 76.
Since whose death this is the three and thirtieth year.Cujus à morte hic tertius & trigesimus annus est.
It is a year since he was put backAnnus est, ut repulsum tulit.
This is the third day since I heard it.Tertius hic dies quòd audivi, Plin.
It is not long since he cast his teeth.Illi quidem haud sanè diu est, quum dentes exciderunt, Plaut.

¶ Ex illo, retro fluere, ac sublapsâ referri Spes Danaûm, Aen. 2. Tempore jam ex illo casus mihi cognitus urbis, Aen. 1. [...] [sc. [...]] Lucian. [...], Soph. in Ajace. [...] [ex quo] [...], Soph. ib.

Viri nostri domo, ut abiêrunt. Hic tertius annus, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. S. [...]. Ut ab urbe discessi nullum intermisi diem, quin—Cic. ad Att. 7. 14. Jam anni prope cccc sunt, cùm hoc probatur, Cic. in Or. Aliquot enim anni sunt, cùm vos duos delegi, quos praec puè colorem, Cic. Att. 9. 13.

3. (Since) Signifying (after that time) is made by inde, ex­inde, III. or post: as

He and I have been of very great acquaintance ever since (or after the time that) we were children.Mihi magna cum eo jam indè usque à pueritiâ semper fuit familiaritas, Ter.
N [...]ver since (or after that time.)Nusquam exinde.
Since the memory of man, [or since man could mean.]Post hominum memoriam.

¶ Exercitatio elegans jam indè ab Aristotele constituta, Cic. Cujus cum patre magna mihi fuit amicitia jam indè à quaesturâ meâ Siciliensi, Cic. 13. Ep. 38. Qui honos post conditam hanc urbem habitus est to­gato ante me nemini, Cic. Phil. 2. Me duo sceleratissimi post hominum memoriam, non consules, sed latrones, non modò deseruêrunt, sed—Cic. post. Redit. in Sen.

4. (Since) signifying ago, is made by dudum, ante, abhine, IV. or jampridem: as

How long since [or ago] was it done?Quàm dudum istuc factum est? Plaut.
Two years since [or ago.]Ante biennium.
Twenty years since [or a­go.]Annis abhinc viginti:
I heard that long since [or ago.]Istuc jampridem audiveram.

¶ Cùm Romae abhinc trien­nium ferme essem, Politian. Ep. 8. Abhinc jam abierunt tri­ennium, Plaut. Stich. A. 1. Sc. 2. Te mihi ipsum jamdudum exoptabam dari, Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 4. Herilli jampridem explosa sententia est, Cic. 1. Off. 1. Atqui tertium (inquit Plin. l. 17.) ante diem Scitote decerptum Carthagine, i. e. abhinc tertium diem, Ram, Gram. l. 4. cap. 17.

Certain particular Phrases.
I had not heard of what hath happened since.Citeriora nondum audieba­mus, Cic. 2. Ep. 12.
She departed this life a while since.Mortua est nuper, Ter. Eun. 1. 2.

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of the Particle So.

1. SO) Answering to as, viz. in the latter clause of a Sen­tence. is rendered I. by sic or ita; for example,

As that was painful, so this is pleasant.Ut illud erat molestum, sic hoc est jucundum, Cic.
As you wished, so it is fall'n out.Ut optâsti, ità est, Cic.

¶ Ut scribis, ità est, Cic. [So great as—See the Phrases below.]

2. (So) Before Adjectives, Verbs, or Adverbs, is made by II. tam, adeo, ità, perinde, sic: as

I should not be so uncivil, as to—Non essem tam inurbanus, ut—Cic.
They be so hindred by their studies, that—Suis studiis, sic impediuntur, ut—Cic.
Did you think me so uniust, as to be angry with you?Adeóne me injustum esse ex­istimâsti, ut tibi irascerer? Cic.
His coming was not so ac­ceptable.Adventus ejus non perinde gratus fuit, Suet.
So quickly—Tam expeditè.
I am so afflicted, as never was man.Ità sum afflictus, ut nemo un­quam, Cic.

¶ Quis se tam durum praeberet? Adeóne est fundata leviter fides, ut? Liv. Philosophia non perinde, ac de hominum est vitâ meritâ lau­datur, Cic. 1. Tusc. Quae perdifficilia sunt, perinde haben­da snnt, ac si effici non possint, Cic. Partit. Neminem qui­dem adeo infatuare potuit, ut—Cic. Quidnam hoc negotii sit, quòd filia sic Repente expetit, ut—Plaut. Menaech. Ac. 5. Sc. 2. Mihi sic crit gratum, ut gratius esse, nihil possit, Cic. Sic fruebar, ut nemo magis, Cic. ad Quirit. [Page 113] Ità sunt avidae—Cic. Quorum quanta mens sit difficile est aestimare, ità multa meminerunt, Cic. 1. de Nat. Deor. Cùm Pompeius ità contendisset, ut nihil unquam magis, Cic. 1. Ep. 9. Vide Phrases.

3. Before ever, in these, and such like compounded Particles, III. whatsoever, wheresoever, &c. is made by entailing cunque to the foregoing word: or else by doubling the word it self, that goes before: as

Whatsoever it shall be, of whatsoever thing, of what­soever kinde.Quicquid crit, quâcunque de re, quocunque de genere, Cic.
Whosoever thou art.Quisquis cs—Ovid.
Whatsoever is under ground time will bring to light.Quicquid sub teriâ est, in apri­cum proferet aetas.
But howsoever the matter is, minde your health.Sed ut ut est, indulge valetu­dini, Cic.
Wheresoever he be.Ubi ubi erit.

¶ Quaecunque etiam fine scripto dicerent, Cic. Oratore. Quantulumcunque dicebamus, Cic. Quemcunque casum fortuna dederit, aut quaecunque fortuna crit oblata, Cic. pro. Mil. Etsi ubicunque cs—Cic. Sed utcunque aderunt res, Cic. 1. Off. Quantae­cunque tibi accessiones sient, & fortunae, Cic. 2. Ep. 1. Scripta­que cum veniâ qualiacunque leget, Ovid. 1. Trist.

Quisquis fuit ille Deorum—Ovid. Met. Quisquis cs amissos hinc jam obliviscere Graios, Vir. Aen. 2. Sed haec ut ut sunt—Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 7. Ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam, Ter. Phorm. Nam ut ut erant, alia illi certè consuleres, quae nunc tuae est domi, ib. Nunc ubi ubi sit animus, certè quidem in te est, Cic. 1. Tusc. Ubi ubi crit, tamen investigabo, & mecum ad te adducam simul, Plaut. Ruden. Heus, quanta quanta haec mea paupertas est, tamen adhnc curavi unum hoc quidem, ut mî esset fides, Ter. Phorm. A. 5. Sc. 7.

4. (So) Is very often joyned with other Particles in the En­glish composition, upon which it dependeth both for signification IV. and translation, which how to render rightly into Latine, [Page 114] can hardly so well be shewne by rules, as by examples: Note therefore the more carefully these following Phrases or Exam­ples; viz.

So many and such men.Tot viri, ac tales, Cic. pro Cael.
There are so [or as] many changes of speech, as [there be] of mindes.Vocis mutationes totidé sunt, quot animorum, Cic. In. Or.
There were so many, that—Ità multi fuerunt, ut—Cic. ad Quir. post Redit.
I pray you pardon me for writing to you so many things, so oft [or so many times.]Velim mihi ignoscas, quòd ad te scribam, tam multa to­ties, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. apud Turs. c. 209. 1.
The force of honesty is so great, that we love it e­ven in an enemie.Tanta vis probitatis est, ut e­am etiam in hoste diliga­mus, Cic. de Am.

¶ Proin­de fac tantum animum habeas, tantúmque apparatum, quan­to opus est—Cic. 12. Ep. 6.

There is so great a falling out betwixt them, that—Irae ità magnae sunt inter eos, ut—Ter. And. Ac. 3. Sc. 3.
I am very glad that you do greatly like it.Tantopere à te probari vehe­menter gaudeo, Cic. 6. Fam. 19. Ep.
These benefits are not to be accounted so great as those which—Haec beneficia aequè magna non sunt habenda, at (que) ea, quae—Cic. 1. Off. 19.
I scarce had time for this so small an epistle.Huic tantulae epistolae vix tempus habui, Cic. ad Att. 1. Ep. 9.
When I was gone so far that—Cùm eò jam processissem, ut—Sen. Ep. 53.
So far am I from admi­ring my own things.Tantum abest no­stra
See ch. 34. ru. 8.
miraremur, Cic.
I was so far from him, that I could do nothing.Aberam ab eo, ità longè, ut nihil possem, Cic. ad Att. 6. Ep. 3.
So far as I hear.Quantum audio, Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 2.
So far as it may stand with your health.Quod commodo valetudinis tuae fiat, Cic. 14. Ep. 5.
So far as it is possible.Quoad ejus fieri potest, Cic. 5. Ep. 8.

¶ Quoad ejus fa­cere potueris, Cic. 3. Ep. 2.

If he proceed so far as to—Si oatenus progreditur, ut—Colum.

[...] Eo usque progressi sunt, ut Soph. in Ajace.

Though it be so—Etiam si id sit—Cic. Att. 11. 1.
Fac ita esse, Cic. 2. in Verr.
So be it [or let it be so]Fiat, Ter. Ad. 2. 1.
If so be, that he will pay the money—Si modo argentum, reddat—Ter. Ad. 2. 1.

¶ Credo (si modò homines sint) existiment me—Cic. Att. 12. Ep. 37.

So that I be not left in scorn.Dum nè contempta relinquar, Ovid. Ep. 3.

¶ Satìs mihi id habeam supplicii, dum illos ulcisear modò, Ter. Ad A. 3. Sc. 2.

So there be but a wall be­twixt us.Dummodò inter me atque te murus intersit, Cic. in Cat. 1.

¶ Dummodò meis laboribus, votis, populóque Romano dignitas, salúsque pariatur, Cic. Cat. 4.

So much.SeeMuch, Ch. 24. R. 2. & 5. &c.
So long.Long, Chap. 21.
Never so.Never, Ch. 26. Rule 3.

CHAP. XXXIX. Of the Particle Such.

1. Such) Comming as a note of Intension before an † Adjective I. is made by tam or adeò: as

For such a small matter.Tam ob parvulam rem, Ter.
Such a comely countenance as nothing could be more.Vultus adeò venustus, ut nihil suprà, Ter.

¶ Non obtusa adeò gestamus pectora Paeni, Aen. 1.

* And sometimes when it comes before a Substantive, viz. if it may be varied by so with an Adjective: as, Are you such a fool, that?— [or, Are you so foolish, that?—] Adeóne es ig­narus [tam stultus, or tam desipiens] ut—Cic. Yet such stan­ding before a Substantive for so great is made by tantus, and sometimes by is: as, Amicitia tantas habet opportunitates [such, or so great opportunities] quantas non queo dicere, Cic. de Am. Eâ memoriâ erat, [Such, or so great a memory had he.]

2. (Such) coming immediately before a Substantive; or ha­ving II. relation to the quality, sort, or kinde of a thing, is made by talis, qualis, hujusmodi, ejusmodi, istiusmodi,—as

There is for the most part in such [or such kinde of] bounty a greedy desire of catching.Inest autem in tali liberalitate cupiditas plerunque rapi­endi, Cic. 1. Off. 16.
Such [or of such sort] as the Princes in a Common­wealth are, such [or of such sort or quality] are the rest of the citizens wont to be.Quales in republica principes sunt, tales reliqui solent esse cives, Cic.
Many such things [or things of such sort or kinde] as these.Nonnulla hujusmodi.
Such tempests followed, that the work was of ne­cessity to be left off.Ejusmodi tempestates conse­cutae sunt, uti opus necessa­riò intermitteretur, Caes. 3. de bell. Gall.
We have great scarcicy of such citizens.Istiusmodi civium magna no­bis est penuria, Ter.

¶ Quem & amicissimum Miloni perspexeram, & talem virum, qualem tu judicas, Cic. Att. 5. Ep. 8. Literas tuas vehementes expecto, & quidem tales, quales maximè opto, Cic. 10. Ep. 22. Navigatio modò sit, qualem opto, Cic. Att. 10. Ep. 14. Superi­oris generis hujusmodi exempla sunt, Cic. 1. Off. 16.

Sed ejusmodi pax in qua si adesses, multa te non delectarent, Cic. 12: Ep. 18. Ejusmodi nostra tempora sunt, ut nihil ha­beam, quod—Cic. 14. Ep. 16.

3. (Such) When it relates to the nature or disposition of any III. person, is elegantly made by sic or ità: as

It is such a man [i. e. so na­tured or condition'd.]Ità est homo, Ter.
Such is my disposition.Sic est ingenium meum, Ter.

¶ Ità est ingenium meum. Plaut. Stich. A. 4. S. 2. Quid tu vis? Sic sum, ut vides, Plaut. Aul. Sic est vulgus ex verita­te pauca, ex opinionc multa aestimat, Cic. pro Rosc. Com. Cu­jus generis sunt illa—Sic vita hominum est, ut ad malefici­um, &c. Cic. pro Rosc. Amer. Ità est vita hominum, quasi cùm Iudas refferis, &c. Ter. Adel. Act. 4. Sc. 7. Sic vita erat, Ter. And. 1. 1.

4. (Such) Sometimes is very elegantly made by hic, or is, viz. IV. when it may be varied by this, that, they, those: as

Such [or this] honour have all his Saints.Gloria haec est omnibus san­ctis ejus.
If we be such as [or those men that] we ought to be.Si nosii sumus, qui esse debe­mus, Cic.
It were to be wished, that such as [or they that] rule the Common-wealth—Optandum est, ut ii, qui prae­sunt reipublicae—Cic. 1. Off.
Let us use such [or that] li­berality, as may be profi­table to our friends, but be hurtful to no man.Eâ libertate utamur, quae pro­sit amicis, noceat nemini, Cic. 1. Off. 16.

¶ Hic honos veteri amicitiae tribuendus est, ut—Cic. de Am. Qui omnes hi sumus, ut sine his studiis nullam vitam esse ducamus, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Nam cùm is est auditor, qui—Cic. in Orat. Eam habuistis rempub­licam, Cic. ad Quir. Ea cogita, quae esse in eo viro debent, qui—Cic. 1. Ep.

Certain particular Phrases.
Such is his madnesse.Ut est dementia, Ter. Adelph. A. 3. Sc. 3.
Are you such a stranger in this City?Adeóne es hospes hujus ur­bis? Cic.
There was never any such.Nemo is unquam fuit, Cic.
Such is your prudence—Quae tua prudentia est—Cic. Att. 6. Ep. 9.

¶ Qui meus amor in te est, Cic. 7. Ep. 2.

CHAP. XL. Of Substantives becoming Adjectives.

ENglish Substantives are many times to be translated by La­tine Adjectives: viz. when they are joyned with the names of Places, Metals, Materials, &c. as

A Louth-Scholar.Discipulus Ludensis.
Spring-flowers.Verni flores.
A [...]-can.Argenteus cantharus.
A crystal-glasse.Vitrum crystallinum.
An eye-witnesse.Oculatus testis.
A hand-null.Mola trusatilis.

¶ Lectulos iligne is pedibus faciendos dedit, Ter. Act. 4. Sc. 2.

CHAP. XLI. Of the Particle That.

1. THat) comming before either a Substan­tive, I. either ex­pressedor un­derstood. or a Relative, is made by one of these Demonstrative Pronouns ille, is, or iste: as

I was musing, whether I could cut that whetstone with a rasour.Hoc agitabam, an cotem il­lam secare novaculâ pos­sem, Hor. 1. 5.
We are to take heed, that we offend not at all in that kinde.Cavendum est, nè quid in eo genere peccetur, Cic. 1. Off. 10.
Drive away that rival as far as thou canst, from her.Istum aemulum, quoad pote­ris, ab eâ pellito, Ter.
Let every one hold that, which hath fallen to each.Quod cuique obtigit, id quis­que teneat, Cic. 1. Off. 8.

¶ Ego sum ille Consul P. C. cui—Cic. Cat. 4. Haec est illa ter­tia aetas populi Romani, Flor. 3. 12: Scito labare meum consilium illud, quòd satìs jam fixum videbatur, Cic. Att. 8. Ep. 22. Cum is inimicus, qui ad meam perniciem vocem suam communibus hostibus praebuisset, Cic. ad Quir. post redit. De reliquis autem tribus, latissimè habet ea ratio, quâ societas hominum inter ipsos continetur, Cic. 1. Off. 8. Omnium verò societatum nulla charior est, quàm ea, quae cum republica est unicuique nostrûm, Cic. 1. Off. 21. Reperiam, qui, id, quod salutis omnium causâ statueritis non pute [...] esse suae dignitatis recusare, Cic. Cat. 4. Fuit ista quondam in hâc republica virtus, Cic. Cat. 2. Sed tamen iste Deus, qui sit, da Tityre nobis, Virg. Ecl. 1.

2. (That) When it may be turned into who, which, or whom, is II. made by the Pronoun Relotive, qui, quae, quod, &c. as

When I saw a man, that [or who] had been on the same side that [or which] I had been on—Cùm viderem virum, qui in eâdem causâ, in quâ ego, fuisset, Cic. pro M. Marcello.

¶ Quamdiu quisquam erit, qui [that or who] defendere audeat, vives, Cic.

3. (That) After Verbs importing care, endeavour, desire, III. intreaty, wishing, warning, counselling, commanding, obtain­ing, happening, permitting, and effecting, is constantly made by ut, though sometimes by uti, and sometimes by quo: as

I will take care, that all things shall be made known to you.Omnia tibi ut nota sint, faciam, Cic. 5. Ep. 19.
But whereas you give me counsel, that I should desire of him, that he would give may to me, that I may give the same to Pompet, that I have given to him.Quòd autem suades, ut ab eo petam, ut mihi concedat, us idem tribuam Pompeio, quod ip [...]i tribuerim—Cic. ad Att. 9. Ep. 6.
He told me, that he was sent to me to intreat me, that I would get toge­ther some Physicians.Mihi nunciavit, se ad me mis­sum [...]esse, qui rogaret, uti cogerem medicos, Serv. ad Ciceronem 4. Ep. 12.
We do well here, & will do our endeavour that we may do better.Nos hîc valemus rectè; & † quo meliùs valeamus, o­peram dabimus, Brut. ad Cicer. 11. Ep. 23. [† Quàm multa, quàm paucis: Te rectè valere, operámque dare, ut quotidie meliùs, Cic. ad Brut. ib. Ep. 24.

¶ Amici quoque res videnda in tuto ut collocetur, Ter. Heaut. 4. 2. Ego, ut me tibi amicissimum esse intelligant, curabo, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Utres, uti fierent, curabat, Sall. Jugurth. Opus ru­sticum omne, curet uti sciat facere, Cato. c. 5. Omni modo annixus est, ut in amicitiam reciperetur, Flor. 1. 18. Laboravi [Page 121] —diligentiam adhibui—operam dedi, ut—Cohortor illum—stimulo illum—flagito—precibus contendo, ut—Passim apud Ciceronem—reperire est. Enitar-praestabo, ut—Cic. 16. Ep. 27. Facio, ut—Ter. Hoe à te peto, ut subvenias huic meae solli­citudini. Cic. 1. Ep. 6. Idque ut facias velim—Cic. 4. Ep. 1. Me­cum, ut ad te scriberem egerunt. Cic. 4. Ep. 2. Te oro Dave, ut jam redeat in viam. Ter. Unum illud precipuè rogo, ut cures, ne quid—Cic.—Magnopere à te quaeso, ut—Cic. Omni­bus te praecibus oro, & obtestor, ut—Cic. Attic. 9. Epist. 13. Quae omnia, ut concurrant optabile est, Cic. 1. Offic. 16. Optandum, ut ii, qui praesunt Reipub. Cic. 1. Off. Monet igitur, ut caveat, ne ii, qui praelium ineat. Cic. 1. Off. 15. Tu qui­dem prudenter, & amicè suades, ut in his locis potissimum sim, quoad—Cic. Att. 16. Ep. 14. Debebunt Pompeium hortari, ut malit mihi esse amicus, quam iis—Cic. Attic. 9. Ep. 8. Legato imperavi, ut eas quinque cohortes ad exercitum duceret. Cic. Mandavi utrique eorum, ut ante me excurrerent, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Velim [...]uis praecipias, ut operâ meâ utantur. Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Pom­peius s [...]is praedixerat, ut impetum Caesaris exciperent—Caes. 3. de bell. Civ. Senatus decrev it, ut tacitum judicium ante comitia fieret—Cic. 4. Ep. 7. Sum enim consecutus, non modò ut do­mus tua tota, sed ut cuncta civitas me tibi amicissimum esse cognosceret, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Hoc assequere, ut, quam in partem accipias, minùs laborem, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Accedit, ut contentione nihil opus esset—Cic. Attic. 1. Ep. 4. Cùm praeter opinionem accidisset, ut—Cic. 3. Ep. 2. Uti in quo vellemus gymnasio eum sepeliremus, nobis permiserunt. Cic. 4. 12. Néve committe­ret, ut frustra ipse properavit, Cic. apud Tursel. c. 222. Obs. 5. Quorum artificiis effectum est, ut Resp. in hunc statum perveni­ret, Cic. Att. 9. 8.

4. (That) Having after it the signe of a Potential Mood IV. [viz. may, might, should, ought, or must,] or signifying to the end, or intent that, is made by ut, or quò: as

That I may say for others what I think by my self.Ut pro aliis loquar, quod de me ipse sentio, Cic.
That I might the more quickly escape.Quò celeriùs evaderem, Sen. Ep. 75.
They do hurt to some, that [or, to the end that] they may be [...]beral unto o­thers.Aliis nocent, ut in alios libe­rales sint, Cic. 1. Off. 16.
They shortned the names, that [or, to the intent that] they might be the fitter.Nomina contrahebant, quò essent aptiora. Cic. Or. Perf.

¶ Ut in arctum, quae dicta sunt, contraham, Sen. Ep. 76. Quò magis barbari acciperent, Flor. 1. c. 2. Cùm abeo dìgressus es­sem eo consilio, ut ab Athenis, in Boeotium irem—Cic. 4. Ep. 12. Quò is faciliùs quam velit, iniquo judicio opprimere possit, Cic. pro Quint. Quae cupio esse falsa, ut aliquando libertate perfruamur, Cic. 12. Ep. 16. Quò verba faciliùs dentur mihi—Ter. Heaut. Ut, quoad ejus fieri possit, praesentiae tuae deside­rium meo labore minuatur, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Libertate usus est, quò impuniùs dicax esset, Cic. pro Quint. Internôsse ut vos positis faciliùs, Plaut. Amph. Prol. Suscipienda quidem sunt bella, ob eam causam, ut sine injuriâ in pace vivatur, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Jam tum praesagiens animo futurum, ut totius mundi opes, & commeatus illo veluti maritimo urbis hospitio recipe­rentur, Flor. 1. 4. Mihi quidem si haec conditio consulatus data est, ut omnes dolores cruciatusque perferrem, Cic. Catil. 4. Moveor his rebus omnibus, sed in eam partem, ut salvi sint vobiscum omnes, Cic. Catil. 4. Ut post verba praecipiendi aut orandi & rei futurae, Farn. Syst. Gram. pag. 81.

5. (That) After a note of intension, As in this case is often joyned with that, and sometimes put for it. V. so, or such, [tam, tot, talis, tantus, is, ejusmodi, eò, adeò, sic, ità, tantopere, &c.] is made by ut: as

So fierce was the fight, that the Captain of the Tarentine troop charged the King, and disordered him.Tam atrox pugna fuit, ut Ta­rentinae turmae praefectus, invectus in regem turbave­rit, Flor. 1. 18.
Are you such a fool that you know no [...] these things?Adeóne es ignarus, ut haec ne­scias? Cic.
That is so far from duty, that there can be nothing more contrary to it.Id [autem] tantum abest ab of­ficio, ut nihil magìs officio possit esse contrarium, Cic. 1. Off. 16.
They are so hindred by their studies, that—Studiis sic impediuntur, ut—Cic. 1. Off. 12.

¶ Non tam ut illa adjuvem, quàm ut haec nè videam, cupio discedere, Cic. Att. 9. Ep. 6. Quae cùm viderem tot vestigiis impressa, ut in his errari non posset, non adscripsi, Cic. 5. Ep. 20. Quod me­um consilium exquiris, id tale est, ut capere faciliùs ipse pos­sim, quam alteri dare, Cic. 4. Ep. 2. Tantum enim mihi dolo­rem attulerunt errata aetatis meae, ut—Cic 16. Ep. 21. Is enim tu vires, & eum me esse cupio, ut amicitiam nostram utrique nostrum laudi sperem fore, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Quae sunt omnia e­jusmodi, ut ii à vobis damnati esse videantur, Cic. Cat. 4. Ad extremum petere coepit, nè usque eo suam authoritatem des­piceret, ut se tantâ in juriâ afficeret, Cic. 1. in Verr. Postea a­liquantò, ipsos quoque tempestas vehementius jactare coepit, usque adeò, ut dominus navis, cùm idem gubernator esset, in Scapham confugeret, Sen. Sic egit industriâ, ut jure adeptus videretur, Flor. 1. 6. Sed ità meruisse illum de me puto, ut [...] crimen subire non audeam, Cic. Att 9. Ep. 6. Tan­topere a pud nostros justitia culta est, ut ii, qui civitates in fi­dem recepissent, eorum patroni essent, Cic. 1. Off. 15.

6. (That) After verbs of sense, joy, VI. knowledge, or understanding, and the contraries thereto; also when it is put either with, or for In this sense it is often joyned with in and for. be­cause; and generally woen it re­lates to something either now a do­ing And then it is joyned to an Indicative mood., or already done But then it will have after it a subjunctive mood See Buchlers Elegancies, Reg. 158. it is made by quòd, [and not by ut:] as

I heard that he went—Audivi, quòd [...]t profectus.
I am glad that you are come safe—Gaudeo, quòd tu advenisti salvus.
Now truly do I know that my son is in love.Equidem scio jam, quòd, filius amet meus, Plaut.
He returned within a little while after, for that [or because that] he said, he had forgot I know not what.Rediit paulo pòst, quod se ob­litum nescio quid diceret, Cic. 1. Off. 15.
What is the matter that I see Geta so afraid?Quidnam est, quòd sic video timidum Getam? Ter. Adel. A. 3. Sc. 2.
I am glad that it fell out ac­cording to your desire.Quòd res tibi ex animi sen­tentiâ evenerit laetor.

¶ Explanandum est enim, quòd ab aliis, iidem pedes aliis no­minantur vocabulis, Cic. Or. Perf. Illud etiam animadverto, quòd qui proprio nomine perduellis esset, is hostis vocaretur, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Peracutè querebare, quòd eos tributa exigere vetarem—Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Audivi, cùm diceret te secum esse que­stam, quòd tibi obviā non prodiissem, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Indè est, quòd aureo curru quatuor equis triumphatur, Flor. 1. cap. 5. Haec u­na consolatio occuriebat, quòd neque tibi amicior, quàm ego sum quisquam posset succedere; ne (que)—Cic. 3. Ep. 2. Quas li­teras intellexi breviores fuisse, quòd eum perlaturum putâsses, Cic. 4. Ep. 2. Gratias agam, quòd meas commendationes tam di [...]genter observes, Cic. 13. Ep. 27. In eo peccant, quòd inju­riosi sunt in proximos, Cic. 1 Off. 16. Haec omnia vos judica­vistis, primùm quòd mihi gratias egistis: deinde quod Pub. Lentulum, ut se abdica [...]et praeturâ coegistis; tum quòd—Cic. Cat. 4. Hei mihi! quòd nullis amor est medicabilis herbis. Ovid. Poeniteat, quòd non fovi Carthaginis arces, Ovid. Fast. 6 vers. 45. Id quoque, quòd vivam munus habere Dei, Ovid. 1. Trist. 1. Eleg. Cùm scripsisset, quòd me ad urbem cupere videre, Cic. Att. 10. Ep. 4. Quòd duo fulmina domū meam per hos dies perculerint, non ignorare vos Quirites arbitror, Liv. apud Voss. Gram. Lat. p. 61.

Howbest for the avoiding of errour in the use of this Parti­cle, till the learners judgement be ripened by experience, it will be safest to take that course, that is prescribed in the following rule.

7. (That) Both when it is expressed, and when it is (as it is VII. sometimes) onely understood in the English, it may be elegantly omitted in the Latine, by turning the Nominative case into the Accusative, and the Finite verb into the Infinitive mood: as

I am very glad that you have bought a farm.Emisse te praedium [for quòd tu emeris] vehementer gau­deo, Cic. 16. Ep. 21.
He commanded that the mo­ney should be sunk.Jussit pecuniam meigi [for, ut mergeretur pecunia,] Flor.

¶ Suum se negotium agere [for quòd ipsi agunt] dicunt, Cic. 1. Off. Ab officio discedit, si se destitutum [for quòd sit destitu­tus] queratur, Cic. 1. Off. 13. Scripsit se audivisse [for quòd ipse audiverit] eum missum factum esse à Consule, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Has literas velim existimes foederis habituras esse vim non epistolae [for quòd hae literae habiturae sunt] Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Ex quo intelligi potest nullum bellum esse justum, nisi quòd [for, quòd nullum bellum justum sit] Cic. 1. Off. 15.

Note, after many verbs, viz. facio, volo, peto, censeo, jubeo, sino, ut may elegantly be omitted in the Latine, and the follow­ing verb neverthelesse still put in the Subjunctive mood; as, Diifacerent posses non meus esse liber [for ut posses] Ovid. 1. Trist. 1. Eleg. Fac macerentur pulchrè, Ter. Adelph. Act. 3. Sc. 3. Fac habeas fortem animum, Cic. 6. Ep. 14. Facito haec tecum cogites, Ter. Adelph. 5. 3. Has literas velim existimes foederis habiturus esse vim, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. De me sic existimes, ac tibi per­suadeas vehementer velim, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. A te id, quod consuêsti, peto, me absentem diligas, atque defendas, Cic. 15. Ep. 9. Tre­viros vites censo, Cic. 7. Ep. 13. Jube nunc d'numeret illi Ba­bylo viginti minas, Ter. Ad. 5. S 7. Scripsi ad Curionem daret medico, Cic. Fam. Ep. l. 16. Egi per praedem, illi daret, Cic. Att. 9. Ep. 8. Vitam—Hanc finite infelix in loca jussa feram, Ovid. Trist. l. 1. El. 2.

8. (That) Betwixt a Comparative degree, and a Verb is to VIII have nothing made for it in Latine: as

The more [that] I love thee.Quo te magis amo.
The longer that he is away the more do I long for him.Quanto diutiùs abest, magìs cupio tanto, Ter. Heaut.

9. (That) Either expressed or un­derstood IX. after these Particles before and after, [which are often put When they are so put, is known by the Nominative case, & the verb following them. for before that and after that] is made by quàm, either joyned with, or divided [very elegantly by other words] from antè, priùs, post, &c. as

I will endeavour to come thither, before, [or before that] I run qu'te out of your minde.Dabo operam, ut istuc veniam antè quam planè ex animo tuo effluam, Cic. 7. Ep. 14.
Before [or before that] he went hence.Priusquam hinc abiit, Plaut. Amph. Prol.
But after [or after that] she was gone out.Sed postquam egressa est, Ter. Andr.
After [or after that] I had read your Letters.Postquam literas tuas legi, Cic. 4. 1.

¶ Laeduntur arteriae si antè quàm leni voce permulsae sint, acri clamore complean­tur, Cic. ad Heren l. 3. Saeculis multis antè gymnasia inventa sunt, quàm in his Philosophi garrire coeperunt, Cic. 2. de Ora­tore. Antè leves ergo pascentur in aethere cervi—Quàm no­stro illius labatur pectore vultus, Virg. Eclog. 1. Priùs (inquit) quàm hoc circulo excedas, Val. Max. 6. 4. Querebare, quòd eos tributa exigere vetarem priùs, quam ego re cognitâ per­misissem, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Prius hic te nos, quàm istîc tu nos vi­debis, Cic. 6. Ep. 19. Cùm multis annis pòst petiissem, quàm praetores fuissent, Cic. contra Rullum. Postquā audierat non da­tum iri filio uxorem suo, Ter. And. Posteaquam vidit illum ex­cepisse laudem ex eo, quòd—Cic. Att. 1. 11. Postea vero, quàm it a accepi, & gessi maxima imperia, ut—Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Huc re­ferenda sunt etiam illa—-Pridie quam excessit è vitâ, Cic. in Lael. Postridie intellexi, quam à vobis discessi, Id. Octavo mense, quam coeptum est oppugnari Saguntum, captum est, [Page 127] Liv. l. 22. In paucis diebus, quam capreas attigit, Suet. Tiber. cap. 60. Vide Vass. Lat. Gram. p. 79. Tursel. cap. 159. Observ. 4. & 5.

10. (That) After verbs of fearing, [metuo, timeo, vereor] X. in affirmative speeches, is made by ne, (especially if the Particle lest be joyned to it:) as

I am afraid, that [or lest that] I have taken such a course, as I shall hardly be able to make out.Metuo, nè id consilii ceperi­mus, quod non facilè ex­plicare possimus, Cic. 14. Ep. 12.
I feared, that those things would fall out which have happened.Timebam nè evenirent ea, quae acciderunt, Cic. 6. Ep. 22
I am afraid, that [or lest that] this, which is infe­cted, should spread furtherSed vereor, nè hoc, quod in­fectum est, serpat longiùs, Cic. Att. 1. Ep. 10.

¶ Malè metuo, nè Philumenae magis morbus ingravescat, Ter. Hec. A. 3. Sc. 2. Metuo, nè numerum augeam illum, Plaut. Amph. A. 1. Sc. 1. Timeo, nè absim, cùm adesse me sit hone­stus, Cic. Att. 16. Ep. 12. Is qui nocere alteri cogitat, timet, nè, nisi id fecerit, ipse aliquo afficiatur incommodo, Cic. 1. Off. Vereor, nè putidum sit, scribere ad te, quam sim occupatus, Cic. Att. 1. Ep. 11. Vereor, nè quid Pompeio oneris imponam, Cic. Att. 9. Ep. 6. Vereor, nè desideres officium meum, Cic. 6. Ep. 6. † Nequid mihi prorogetur horreo, Cic. Att. 5. 21. Jam enim charta ipsa nè nos prodat, pertimesco, Cic. Att. 2. 20. Illud extimescebam, nequid turpiter facerem, Cic. Att. 9. 7. Nimis quam formido, nè manifesto hic me opprimat, Plaut. Curc. Néve reformida, nè sim tibi fortè pudori, Ov. 3. Trist. 1. Nè quid peccetis paveo, Plaut. Milit. Quae ego nè frustra subie­rim, valde laboro, Cic. 12. Ep. 14. Nè movear ejus sermonibus periculum non est, Cic. 10. Ep. 31.

Vide plura apud Steuich. de Paric. Ling. Lat. lib. 1. pag. 478.

11. (That) After Verbs of fearing, in XI. Negative speeches When no or not followes that. is made either by ut [Page 128] alone, or by nè non, never by ut non: as

I am afraid that the stran­ger will not be able to stand to him.Metuo, ut substet hospes, Ter. Andr. A. 5. Sc. 4.
They seem to me to be a­fraid, that he cannot bear that contumelie, which o­thers can.Mihi videntur metuere, nè ille eandem contumeliā, quam caeteri, ferre non possit, Cic. de leg. Agr. 2.
Hefears that it is not strong enough.Veretur ut satis firmum sit, Cic. 2. Agr.
Are you afraid, that I would not perform, what I had once promised?An veremini, nè non id face­rem, quod recipissem semel? Ter. Phorm. 5. 7.
I see that you undertake all the troubles, I am afraid that you cannot undergo them.Omnes labores te excipere vi­deo; timeo, ut sustineas, Cic. 14. Ep. 2.
He feared that he should not speed.Timuit, nè non succederet, Hor. l. 1. Ep. 17.

¶ Orna­menta, quae locavi, metuo, ut possim recipere, Plaut. Circul. Nè non satis esses leno, id metuebas miser, Pla [...]t. Persa. Quid metuis? nè non cùm velis, convincas esse tuum? Ter. Heaut. A. 5. Sc. 3. Accepi a te literas, quibus videris vereri, ut epistolas illas acceperim, Cic. 11. Ep. 22. Vereor, ut satis diligenter actum in Senatu sit de meis literis, Cic. Att. 6. Ep. 3. Dies hic mihi ut sit satis vereor, ad agendum, Ter. And. 4. 2. Non quò ve­rear, nè tua virtus opinioni hominum non respondeat: sed mehercule nè cùm veneris, non habeas jam, quod cures, Cic. 2. Ep. 5. Quod vereretur, nè tu illud beneficiū omnino non puta­res, Cic. 4. Ep. 7. Se [...]em frumentariam, ut satis commodè sup­portari posset, timere dicebant, Caes. 1. de bell. Gall. Timeo, nè non impetrem, Cic. Att. 9.

Note 1. When that is made by ut, the following [...] is Ut [for after that] is joyned to an Indi­cative. generally to be put in the Su [...]tive mood.

Note 2. When no or not is added to that, after Verbs of care, desire, endevour, counsel, command, [&c. Rule 3] then both that and not [or no] is to be made by nè alone, or at the most by ut nè not by ut non: as

We must take heed that our bounty hurt not these very men, whom we would seem to be bountiful to.Videndum est, nè obsit benig­nitas iis ipsis, quibus benig­nè videbitur fieri, Cic. 1. Off. 6.
I desire but this of you, that you would not believe, that this old man was suborned by me.Hoc modò te obsecro, ut nè credas à me allegatum hunc senem, Ter. Andr. 5. 3.

¶ Cavendum est nequid in eo genere peccetur, Cic. 1. Off. 10. Monet, ut caveat nè praelium ineat, Cic. 1. Off. 15. Alter erat locus cautionis, nè benignitas major esset, quàm faculta­tes, Cic. 1. Off. 16. Quo studio provid it, nequa nec illius tem­poris invidia attingeret, Cic. 3. Ep. 10. Syphacem orandum, né bello absisteret, censebat, Liv. lib. 30. Nos quoque quisquis e­rit, nè sit miser ipse, precamur, Ovid. 1. Trist. 1. Eleg. A te illud primum rogabo, nè facias, Cic. 13. Ep. 1. Senatus consuli de­nunciavit, nè tantum periculi ingredi auderet, Flor. 1. 17. Se­natus decreverat, nè priùs comitia haberentur, quàm lex lata esset, Cic. 4. Ep. 16. Tu mihi nè paterer fieri mandâsti, Cic. 8. Ep. 8. Edicam servis nè quoquam efferri sinant, Ter. Hecyr. 4. 1. Perfeceratque fortuna, nè quid tale scribere possem, Cic. 4. Ep. 13. Perficiam, nè te frustra scripsisse arbitrere, Cic. 5. Ep. 17. Dum id assequuntur, nè cui noceant, Cic. 1. Off. 12. Cura, nè aut diligentia tua mihi molesta, aut veritas acerba sit, Cic. At­tic. 3. Ep. 17. Sic haec—Id semper egi, nè—Danda est opera, nè—Omnes tuos nervos in eo contende, nè—Inprimis tibi curae sit, nè—Considera, nè—Enitere nè—Labora, nè—Tuae partes sunt, nè—Ciceroniana sunt, Vide Godesc. de Partic. L. L. p. 488. In illam igitur curam incumbe, ut nè qua scintilla teterrimi belli relinquatur, Cic. 10. Ep. 14. Haec mihi nunc cura est ma­xima, ut nè cui meae longinquitas aetatis obstet, Ter. Hec. 4. 2. Opera datur. ut judicia nè fiant, Cic. pro Mil. Omni studio à te mi Brute contendo, ut Ciceronem meum nè dimittas, Cic. [Page 130] Justitiae primum manus est, ut ne cui quis noceat, Cic. 1. Off. Satis provisum est, ut nè quid salvis auspiciis agere possint, Cic. 1. Ep. 4. Petivi saepe per litteras non ut decernatur aliquid novi, sed ut nè quid novi decernatur, Cic. 2. Ep. 7. Postulant enim non ut nè cogantur statuere; quid igitur? ut ipsis nè lice­ [...]t, Cic. 4. Verr. Perfice, utne minus Resp. tibi quàm tu Reip. debeas, Cic. 10. Ep. 12. Una cautio est, atque una provisio, ut nè nimis citò diligere incipiant, Cic. de Am.

† Verbum caveo, sequente subjunctivo, sine parti­culis ut, ne, vel non eleganter ponitur: ut— Cave nunc jam oculos à meis oculis quoquam d [...]moveas tuos, Ter. Ad. 2. 1. Ca­ve posthac, si me amas, unquam istuc verbum ex te audiam, Ter. Heaut. 5. 4. Haec tibi nota esse volui, quae cave, te pertur­bent, Cic. 16. Ep. 11. Tu cave defendas, quamv is mordebere dictis, Ovid. 1. Trist. 1. Eleg. † Ʋsurpavit semel Cicero (nec saepius quod meminerim) particulas ut non, post verbum fecit viz. 2. lib. Fam. Ep. 6. Magnitudo rei fecit, ut non vereremur, nè nimis citò miteremus, cùm has ad te quàm primùm perferri magnopere vellemus. Hoc autem eâ videtur fecisse gratiâ, nè quâ ipsius, ex geminato nè, perfunderetur obscuritate sententia.

Certain particular Phrases.
We are now of that age that—Id aetatis jam sumus, ut-Cic. 6. Ep. 21.

¶ Id temporis an­in—Varro R. R. lib. 1. c. 51.

The self-same day, that he died.Eo ipso die, quo excessit è vi­tâ.
The self-same time, that—Eo ipso tempore, quum—
I thought it would come to that-Nempe putavi fore-
The matter was brought to that pase, thatEò redactae res erant, ut—

¶ Eo ferocem populum redegit, ut—Flor. lib. 1. c. 2.

He came not, that I know of.Non venerat, quòd sciam, Cic.
It was long of them that—Per eos factum est quo minus- Cic. Ep. 4.
Now, that I know your price—Nunc, quando tuum pretium novi, Cic. 7. Ep. 2.

For all that, Chap. 15. Rule 11.

But that, Chap. 18. Rule 1.

Not but that, Chap. 13. Rule 3.

Being that, Chap. 11. Rule 3.

CHAP. XLII. Of the Particle Then.

1. THen) Answering to when, or signifying at that time, is I. made by tum, or tunc; but signifying next, or further­more, is made by tum, or deinde: as,

They do not cease, even then to envy [...]ne, when they ought to pity me.Etiam tum, cùm misereri mei debent, non desinunt invi­dere, Cic.
I was not so sensible of it, when I enioyed [him,] as [I was] then [or at that time] when I was with­out him.Non tam id sentiebam, cùm fruebar, quàm tunc, cùm carebam, Cic. Cat. 4.
We are first to entreat of honesty, & then, [i. e. next, or furthermore] of profit.Primùm est de honesto, tum [or deinde] de utili disse­rendum, Cic. 1. Off. 3.

¶ Id autem tum valet, cum is, qui audit, ab Oratore jam ob­sessus est, Cic. Or. Perf. Grave tum vulnus accepit, Cic. Cat. 4. Tunc ad eum accede, quum potes, Plaut. Tum ad extremum, Cic. Primùm ergò origo, deinde causa—Explicabitur, Cic. Quid deinde porró? Plaut. Epid. Act. 5. Scen. ult. An tibi ob­viam non prodirem? I rimùm Appio Claudio? Deinde Impe­ratori? [Page 132] Deinde more majorum? Deinde, quod caput est, a­mico? Cic. 3. Ep. 7.

Tum hath ibi elegantly put sometimes with it, and some­times for it: as, Ibitum exanimatus Pamphilus, Ter. Quid tu ibi tum, quid facis? Cic. Ibi tum Coecinnam postulâsse, &c.—Cic. Ubime fugiet memoria, ibi tu facito, ut subvenias, Plaut. Bacch. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Ubi te non invenio, ibi ascendi in quendam excelsum locum, Ter. Andr. Atque ibi vehementis­simè perturbatur Lentulus, Cic. Cat. 3.

2. Then) Having no relation to time, but joyned with Inter­rogative, II. or Illative speeches, is made by ergo, igitur, &c. as,

What need then was there of a Letter?Quid ergò opus erat Epistola? Cic. ad Attic. 12. Ep. 1.
He then shall be an eloquent man, thatIs erit igitur eloquens, qui—Cic.

¶ Primùm ergo origo, deinde causa explicabitur, Cic. Quid ergò est? Cic. Num ergò is occoecat nos, aut orbat sensibus? Cic. Primùm, igitur est de honesto, tum de utili disserendum, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Quid igitur faciam miser? Ter. Habes igitur Tu­bero- Cic. pro Ligar. Si proinde amentur mulieres, diu quàm lavant—Plaut. Trum. Act. 2. Sc. 3.

3. Then) After the comparative degree, before a Noun, or III. Pronoun, not having a Verb after it, is made either by expressing quàm; or by putting the following word into the Ablative case: as,

There is nothing to be wish'd for more then pro­sperity.Nihil est magìs optandum, quàm prospera fortuna, Cic. ad Quir. post redit.
They are dearer to me then my own life.Mihi vitâ meâ sunt chariores, Cic. ibid.
Who is milder then me?Quis [enim] est me mitior? Cic.
He is younger then you.Est minor natu, quàm tu.

¶ Quòd si manus ista plus valuerit, quàm vestra dignitas-Cic. [Page 133] Cat. 4. Nihil cuiquam fuit unquam jucundius, quam mihi meus frater, Cic. ad Quir. Quid dulcius hominum generi à naturâ datum est, quâm sui cuique liberi? Cic. ib. Nullum e­nim officium referendâ gratiâ magis necessarium est, Cic. 1. Off. 19. Magis ordinum dissensione, quàm ullâ culpâ suâ reus, Val. Max.

Note 1. If either a Verb, or a Gerund come immediatly after then; or if a Verb come after a Noun or Pronoun following then, in such case then is only to be made by quàm: as,

Nothing is harder then to see, what may be becoming,Nihil est difficilius, quàm quid deceat, videre, Cic.
The Book it self will not please me more, then your admiring of it hath plea­sed me.Me non magis liber ipse dele­ctabit, quàm tua admiratio delectavit, Cic. Att. 12. Ep. 6.

¶ Itaque minùs aliquanto dico, quàm sentio, Cic. Att. 12. 12. Ep. 5. Saepiùs cogitant quid possit, quàm quid debeat fa­cere, Cic. Experiendo magìs, quàm discendo cognovi, Cic. Amicitiae, consuetudines, &c. quid haberent voluptatis, caren­do magìs intellexi, quàm fruendo, Cic. ad Quir. post redit. Scito multo plures esse, qui de his tributis recusent, quam qui exigi velint, Cic. 3. Ep. 7. Ea nunc renovata illustriora viden­tur quàm si obscurata non essent, Cic. ad Quir. Reliquae meae fortunae recuperatae plus mihi nunc voluptatis afferunt, quàm tunc incolumi afferebant, Cic. ad Quir. post redit. Non mi­nùs jucundi nobis sunt ii dies, quibus conservamur, quàm illi quibus nascimur, Cic. Cat. 3.

Note 2. If then be made by quàm, the following Substantive Or Adjective, if the Substantive be not expressed. must be of the same case with the foregoing Sub­stantive wherewith it is compared: as

Tully is more eloquent then Atticus.Tullius disertior est quàm Atricus.
I had rather he would makeVelim magìs liberalitate uti
use of my liberality then his own liberty.meâ, quàm suâ libertate, Cic. Att. 12. Ep. 8.

¶ Salubrior studiis, quàm dulcior, Quint. lib. 3. c. 14. Eti­amne tu has inoptias—Valere apud me plus, quàm ornamenta virtutis exist [...]mas, Cic. 3. Ep. 7.

Note 3) Where neither quàm is expressed for then, nor the following word put in the Ablative case, in such expressions either mensurâ, or numero is to be supplied, if the following word be of the Genitive case; or this particle quàm is understood, if it be of any other case besides the Genitive. Vide Farnab. Syst. Gram. pag. 77. Saturnii Mecur. Major. lib. 9. cap. 15.

¶ * Naves onerarias, quarum minor nulla erat duûm mil­lium amphorarum. Scil. numero, aut mensurâ, Cic. ad Lent Intervalla locorum mediocra esse oportet, ferè paulo plus, aut minùs pedum tricenûm, Cic. ad Heren. lib. 3. Ipse paulò plus quingentorum passuum indè tumulum suis cepit, [...]iv. li. 31. Romani paulo plus sexcenti ceciderunt, Scil. quàm, Liv. li. 39. Ubi plus tria millia hostium sint caesa. [Supple quàm] Liv. ib. Nè plus tertia pars eximatur mellis, Varro lib. 3. R. R. Plus quin­gentos colaphos infregit mihi [Ter. Adelph.] viz. plus quàm quingentos. Ego illum in alvo gesto plus annos decem [sup­ple quàm] Plaut. in Sticho. Dicebat agrum minus dena millia reddere, villam plus tricena, Varro. de R. R. l. 3.

Note 4. Then after the Comparative degree, is sometimes (and should be alwayes) written than, which two Particles are by cu­stome much confounded.

Certain particular Phrases.
We iudg otherwise of them, then [we do] of our selves.Aliter de illis, ac de nobis ju­dicamus, Cic.
We have pamperd our selvs more, then it was fit.Ultrà nobis, quàm oportebat indulsimus, Quint.

CHAP. XLIII. Of the Particle There.

1. THere) Answering to where, or relating to place, is I. made by ibi, istìc, illìc, &c. as,

What is he doing there?Quid ibi fecit? Ter:
What I shall bid you, do you write there.Quod jubebo, scribito istìc. Plaut. Bacch.
There my mother departed this life, but a while since.Mater mea illic mortua est nuper, Ter. Eun. 1. 2.

¶ Nemo est, quin ubivis, quam ibi, ubi es, esse malit, Cic. 6. Ep. 2. Ibi malis esse, ubi aliquo in numero sis, quam istîc, ubi so­lus sapere videare, Cic. lib. 1. Ep. Ibi angi portum propter est. Ter. Adelph. 4. 2. Illìc, ubi etiam caprificus magna est, Ter. ib. Ibidem ubi nunc sunt strati lecti potetis, Plaut. Bacch. Nihil puto tibi esse utilius, quam ibidem opperiri, quoad—Cic 6. Ep. 21. Nunc ubi me illic non videbit, jam huc recurret sat scio, Ter. A. 4. S. 1.

2. (There) Having no relation unto place, hath nothing made in Latine for it, but is onely a sign either of a Verb Impersonal, II. or of a Nominative case set after his Verb, or of an Accusative case before an Infinitive mood: as

There is neither sowing nor mowing for me there.Mihi istic nec seritur, nec me­titur, Plaut. Epid. 2. 2.
There is on this hand a Chappel.Est ad hanc manum Sacellum Ter. Adelph. 4. 2.

¶ Nimium inter vos—pernimium interest, Ter. Ad. A. 3. Sc. 3. Praeter mit­tendae defensionis plures solent esse causae, Cic.

CHAP. XLIV. Of the Particle To.

1. TO) Before a Verb, is a signe of the Infinitive mood: and I. before a Noun or Pronoun, is commonly the signe of a Dative sase: as

To yield unto the time, that is, to obey necessity, hath ever been held a wise­mans part.Tempori cedere, id est, ne­cessitati parere, semper sapi­entis est habitum, Cic. 4. Ep. 9.
They are neither good to themselves, nor to any o­ther.Nec fibi nec alteri prosunt, Cic. 2. Off.

¶ Ne (que) enim turpis mors for­ti viro potest accidere; neque immatura consulari: nec mise­ra sapienti, Cic.

But if the Noun or Pronoun have a word of motion going before it, to is then to be made by ad, * and the following casuall word to be put in the Accusative case: as

He lifteth up his hands to heaven.Manus ad sidera tollit, Ovid.
They send Ambassadors to him.Legatos ad cum mittunt, Caes.
He came to Geneva.Ad Genevam pervenit, Caes.
His coming to you will suf­ficiently commend him.Adventus ipsius ad te satis e­um commendabit, Cic.

* Sextum Villium cum his ad te literis misi, Cic. 2. Ep. 6. Ul­tro ad me venit, Ter. And. 1. 1. Comprehensi ad me, cùm jam dilucesceret deducuntur, Cic. Cat. 3. Ad pontem Milvium pervenerunt, Cic. Cat. 3. Adolescens profectus sum ad Capu­am, quinto anno post, ad Tarentum, Cic de Senect. Omnis civium cursus est ad vos, Cic. 12. 6.

Yet before Proper names of Places the Preposition is common­ly omitted: as, Romam proficiscitur, Cic. pro Quint. Capu­am flectit iter, Liv. l. 21. Cùm ad me Laodiceam venisset, Cic. 9. Ep. 25. Cumas se contulisse dicitur, Cic. 3. Tusc.

And sometimes even before Appellatives: as, Quascunque ab­ducite [Page 137] terras, Aen. 3. Speluncam Dido, Dux & Trojanus candem Deveniunt, Aen. 4. Vestras quisque redite domos, Ovid. Ep. Laodam. But this kinde of construction is hardly to be found but in Poets or Historians, who stretch their liberty sometimes so far, as to put a Dative for an Accusative with ad, as, It clamor coelo, [for ad coelum] Aen. 5. Gregem viridi compellere hibisco, Virg. Ecl. 1. Incedentes portis, Liv. lib. 3. Vide Farn. Syst. Gram. pag. 70.

2. (To) After verbs signifying to apply, adde, appertain, II. or belong, call, exhort, invite, or provoke, is made by ad: as

He applied [or gave] his minde to writing.Animum ad scribendum ap­pulit, Ter. Andr. Prol.
What can be added to this meeknesse?Quid ad hanc mansuetudi­nem addi potest? Cic. 1. Off.
What he did heretofore per­taineth nothing at all to me.Quod antehac fecit, nihil ad me attinet, Ter. And. 1. 2.
Yesterday I called the Pre­tors to me.Hesterno die Praetores ad me vocavi, Cic. Cat. 3.
I never leave exhorting them to peace.Ad pacem quidem hortari non desino, Cic.
He had him to supper again the next day.Ad coenam invitavit in poste­rum diem, Cic.
To dare one to fight.Ad pugnam lacessere, Liv.

¶ Ipsum animum aegrotum ad deteriorem partem plerunque applicat, Ter. And. 1. 2. Animum ad aliquod studium adjun­gunt, Ter. And. 1. 1.—Virtutem elucere, ad quam se similis animus applicer & adjungat—Cic. de Am. Pertinuisse hoc ad causam, tunc cùm reliqua cognoveritis, intelligetis, Cic. pro Cluent. Nihil ad nos attinet, Cic. ad Heren. li. 3. Ad ho­nestatem & gloriam tuam spectat, Cic. 5. Ep. 8. Gabinium statim ad me nihil dum suspicantem vocavi, Cic. Cat. 3. Ad propiora vocor, Ovid. Fast. 6. Ipsa me respublica ad gravita­tem animi revocaret, Cic. pro Sullâ. Nam quid incipiat An­tonius homines adjungere atque invitare ad amicitiam—? Cic.

To is also made by ad, after praeceps, pronus, and proclivis: as, Ad poenam exitium que praeceps, Cic. Pronum ad hono­res iter, Plin. jun. Ingenium est omnium prodive ad libidi­nem, Ter. Andr. 1. So it is also many times, (viz. when it may be varied by for) after natus, commodus, utilis, inutilis, ido­neus, aptus, facultas, opus, &c. Nec clam te est, quam illi utraeque res inutiles & ad pudicitiam, & ad tutandam rem sint, Ter. Adelph. 1. 5. Non essem ad ullam causam idoneus, Cic. pro Cluest. Nil ist [...]c opus est arte ad hanc rem, quam paro, Ter. And. 1. 1. Multae mihi ad satisfaciendum reliquo tem­pore facultates dabuntur, Cic. pro Cluent. Vie Voss. Lat Gram. p. 23. Farnab. Syst. Gram. p 6. Danes. Schol. l. 3. c. 5.

3. (To) Between two Verbs, or an Adjective [not governing II. a Genitive case] and a Verb, is a signe of an Infinitive mood: as

They suffer them to be for­saken whom they ought to defend.Quos tutari debent, debent, desertos esse patiuntur, Cic. 1. Off. 1 [...]
It is hard to keep together what thou canst not hold.Difficile est continere, quod capere non possis, Curt.

¶ Qui mentiri, aut fallere insuêrit patrem, aut audebit—Ter. Adcl. 1. 1. Qui mentiri solet pejerare consuevit, Cic. pro Rosc. Amer.—Queis ante ora patrum Trojae sub moenibus altis co [...] oppetere, Virg. Aen. 1. Non nos aut ferro Lybicos pop [...] p [...]nates Venimus—Aen. 1. Parasitus venerat modò aurum p [...]tere, Plaut. Bacch. Senex in Ephesum ibit sibi au­rum acc [...]rfere, Plaut. ib. Vultisne eamus visere? Ter. Vide Saturn. Mercur. Major. li. 8. c. 10. Voss. Lat. Gram. p. 71. Audax omnia perpeti gens humana ruit per vetitum nefas, Hor. car. 1. Od. 3. Non lenis precibus fata recludere, Hor. car. 1. Od. 24. Boni quoniam convenimus ambo, Tu calamos inflare leves, ego dicere versus, Virg. Ecl. 5. At rubus & sentes tantum­modo laedere natae, Ovid. in Nuce. † Hoc autem loquendi ge­nus proprium ferè Poetarum est, aut Historicorum.

Yet this Infinitive mood (especially foregoing Verb or [Page 139] Adjective imply any motion or intent) may very elegantly be ren­dered several wayes: * as

I come to salute.Venio salutatum; Salutatu­rus; ut [or qui] te saletem; ad salutandum; ad salutandum; salutandi tui gratiâ [ergô, causâ.]
Born to waste prov stons.Fruges consumere nati; ad consumendum fruges; ad fruges consumendas; fru­gibus consumendis; qui consumamus fruges; ut fiu­ges consumamus; consu­mendarum frugum causâ; frugum consumendi; gra­tiâ, &c.

¶ * 1. By the first Supine, as, In Asiam ad regem militatum abiit, Ter. Heaut. Cur te is perditum? Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Ea dum it lavatum, Ter. Heaut. 4. 1. Aut Graiis fervitum matribus ibo, Virg. 2. Aen. Te id admonitum advento, Plaut. Aulul. 1. 3. Manè salutatum venio, tu diceris isse Ante salutatum, Mart. Hinc egens profugiet aliqu [...] militatum, Ter. Missa est ancilla illico obstetricem accersitum, Ter. Andr. Specta­tum veniunt—Ovid. 1. de Arte Amandi. Mittunt rogatum aux­ilium, Caes. 1. de bell. [Habet quippe Livius, lib. 24. Se missos rogare Annibalem, ut exercitum propius Tarentum ad­moveat.]

2. By a Participle in rus: as, Cùm surges abitura domum, Ovid. Am. 1. 4. Si constitueris te cuipiam advocatum esse venturum, Cic. 1. Off. 13.

3. By a Gerund in dum: as, Ad puniendum non iracundiâ ducuntur, Cic. 1. Off.—Ut nemo, nè ad deplorandum qui­dem reipublicae nomen relinquatur, Cic. Cat. 4.

4. By a Gerund in di: as, Cùm salutandi gratiâ, ad Syllam venisset, Val. Max. 3. 1. Non feci inflammandi tui causâ, Cic.

5. By a Gerundive: as, Vivis, non ad deponendam, sed [Page 140] ad confirmandam audaciam, Cic. Cat. 2. Id egit, ut rationi­bus exigend is non vacaret, Val. Max. 3. 1. Altera Annibalem ad tuendam ab exitiali bello patriam revocabat, Liv. l. 30. Cura exuscitat animos, & majores ad rem gerendam facit, Cic. 1. Off. 5. Ut paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda es­sent, Caes. Cujus est etiam illud— Pa [...]atus omnia perpeti—uti Virgilii, hoc— Et cantare pares, & respondere parati. Ecl. 7.] Idoneus tingendis vestibus. Plin.

6. By a Subjunctive mood with ut: as, Rogat, ut curet, quod dixit, Cic. pro Quint. Mihi persuasum est, ut naviga­rem, Sen. Ep. 53. Coegi, ut pererer littus, Sen. ib. Eo propo­sito in Asiam veni, non, ut id acciperem, quod dedissetis, sed—Sen. Ep. 53. Ut se abdicaret praeturâ coegistis, Cic. Cat. 4. Or qui: as, Nunciavit se missum esse, qui haec nunciaret, Cic. 4. Ep. 12. Non abest, quem ad obstetricem mittam, nec qui ac­cersat Aeschinum, Ter. Adel. 3. 1. Non est idoneus, qui im­petret, Cic. pro Leg. Manil.

4. (To) Coming after this Particle according, is made not onely by ad, but also by secundum, pro, de, and ex: as IV.

According to the opinion of the common people.Ad vulgi opinionem.
According to my custome.Secundum consuetudinē me­am, Quint.
According to their villany.Pro scelere eorum, Caes.
He doth according to his own minde onely.De suâ unius sentent [...]â gerit omnia, Quint.
The people iudge of few things according to the truth.Vulgus ex veritate pauca aesti­mat.

¶ Nihil ad veritatem loqui­tur, Cic. in Catone. Secundum naturam suam vivere, Sen. Ep. 41. Quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, Caes. 1. de bell. Gall. Pro eo ac mereor, Cic. Catil. 4. Uterque & pro suâ dignitate & pro rerum magnitudine in summâ severitate ver­satur, Cic. Catil. 4. Ego enim de meo sensu judico, Cic. Catil. 4. Non dubitanter, quin omnia de meo consilio fecissetis, Cic. Missi ex more legati, Flor. 1. 13. Missi in exilium, ex foedere, medii inter duos expectavere fortunam, Flor. 1. 3. Ex veritate causa pendetur, Cic. pro Quint.

5. (To) Coming after a Noun Substantive, or an Adjective V. governing a Genitive case, before a Verb active, is made by turning rhe English verb into a Latine Gerund, either in di, or in dum, or else into an Adjective Gerundive: as

There is not room to breath in at Rome.Romae respirandi non est lo­cus, Cic, ad Qu. Fr. 3. Ep. 1.
Resolved to go.Certus eundi, Virg.
They leave the hearer time to think.Auditori spatium cogitandi relinquunt, Cic. ad Heren. 3.
He takes time to consider.Diem ad deliberandum sumit, Caes.
A most large place to plead in.Locus ad agendum amplissi­mus, Cic. pro Lege Manil.
I charged him to watch a time to deliver my letter to you.Praecepi, ut observaret tempus epistolae tibi reddendae, Cic. 11. Ep. 16.
I am so desirous to hear thee.Ità sum cupidus te audiendi, Cic. 2. de Oratore.
Men desirous to make warHomines bellandi cupidi, Caes.
Because you seemed over desirous to go away.Quòd nimiùm cupidus dece­dendi viderere, Cic. 7. Ep. 13.
Vnused to to still.Insutus navigandi, Caes. 5. bell. Gall.

¶ Hortatores ad me restituendum ità multi fuerunt, ut—Cic. ad Quir. Satis scitè & commodè tempus ad te cepit adeundi, Cic. 11. Ep. 16. Quis igitur relictus est objurgandi locus? Ter. Andr. Act. 1. Sc. 1. Vera objurgandi causa sit, si deneget, Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Nec satis ad objurgandum causae, Ter. ib. Nè haec quidem satis vehemens causa ad objurgandum, Ter. ib. Ut nè esset spatium cogitandi ad disturbandas nuptias, Ter. Andr. Act. 1. Sc. 2. Non hercle otium est nunc mihi auscultandi, Ter. Adelph. 3. 3. † Infinitivus à Poetis & Historicis Gerundii saepe loco ponitur: ut, Nec sit mihi cura mederi, [pro me­dendi] Virg. Ecl. 8. Studium quibus arva tueri, Virg. 1. Georg. Consilium coepit omnem à se equitatum dimittere, Caes. apud Farn. Syst. Gram. p. 81. Animum ad aliquod studium appli­cant, [Page 142] aut equos alere, aut canes—Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Sed si tan­tus amor casus cognoscere nostros, Virg. Aen. 2. Soli cantare pe­riti, Virg. Ecl. 10. Nescia mens hominum fati sortisque futurae. Et servare modum rebus sublata secundis, Virg. Aen. [...]0. Haec autem constructio est à Graecis desumpta, qui Infinitivum Gerundii loco, cùm Substantivis [...]um Adjectiv [...]s subjiciunt, Demosth. Philip. 4. [...], Lucian. [...]. Soph. in Ajace. [...], Phocyl. [...]. Isocr. [...].

6. (To) When it may be varied by who, or which, with any VI. of these Particles, may, can, might, would, should, or ought, it is made by qui with a Potential mood: when by that, if, or when, it is made by ut, si, cùm, or ubi, with such mood as those Particles serve to: as

I have no friend here to [or who may] comfort me.Non, qui solctur—amicus ad­est, Ovid. 3. Trist. 3. Eleg.
The third cough hath no­thing to [or which it can] do there.Nil istîc quod agat tertia tus­sis habit, Martial.
Without a man had some­body to [or who might] reioyce as well as him­self for them.Nisi haberes, qui illis, aequè ac tu ipse gauderet, Cic.
He desires you to, [or that you would] come to him.Orat, ut ad se venias.
Nothing is so faulty as to [or if it] be alwayes alike.Nihil est tam vitiosum quam si semper est idem, Cic. Or. Perf.
It grieves me to [or when I] see—Aeg [...]è me habet, cùm [or ubi] videam.

¶ Non, qui so­letur, non qui labentia tardè Tempora narrando fallat amicus adest, Ovid. 3. Trist. 3. Eleg. Depositum nec me, qui fleat, ullus erit, Ovid. ib. Et mihi, quae lanas molliat apta manus, [Page 143] Ovid. Ep. 3. Misi, qui diceret—Cic. 1. Phil. Misi, qui siquid telorum esset, afferret, Cic. Catil. 3. Relinquendus erat, ex S. C. qui praeesset, Cic. Att. 6. Ep. 4. Misimns, qui pro vecturâ solveret, Cic. Att. 1. 2. Non tam insolens sum, qui me Jovem dicam, Cic. pro Domo. Quos perconter, video, Ter. Sutin' sanus es, qui me id rogites? Ter. Cùm nemo inveniretur, qui tam crudelem tyrannum occideret, Val. Max. 3. 1. Nec quid agam scio, Ter. Ut versum facerent, hiabant, Cic. Ut ferrum sibi daretur obsecravit, Val. Max. 3. 1. Non tam ut te impedireut, quàm ut—Cic. Mihi quoque prae lassitudine o­pus est, ut lavem, Plaut. Trucul. 2. 3.

7. (To) Coming after the singne VII. of a Verb passive, before a verb active, is made by a Gerund Viz. If to with his sign may, with good sense be varied by must or ought. in dum, or a Participle * in dus: as

I am to [or I must] go hence.Abeundum est mihi.
I am to [or I ought to] love my father.Amandus est mihi pater.

¶ Primùm igitur est de ho­nesto differendum, [We are to [or we must] intreat—]Cic. 1. Off. 3. Statuendum vobìs ante noctem est [You are to [or you must] resolve] Cic. Catil. 4. Aequo animo audienda sunt im­peritorum convitia, [We are to [or we ought to] hear,] Sen. Ep. 76. Quanquam omnia sunt metuenda, nihil magis, quàm perfidiam timemus, Cic. 1. Fam. Ep. 5. Est ergo commodum ullum tam expetendum ut—? Cic. 3. Off.

8. (To) Sometimes is part of the signification of the fore­going VIII verb: as

See to your health.Valetudinem tuam cura.

Sometimes it is omitted in English, yet must be considered in the making of Latine: as

I will make thee remember [for to remember] me.Faciam, ut mei memineris.

9. (To) Sometimes is put for in comparison of, and then is IX. made by ad: as

You are a fool to him. [i. e. if you be compared with; or in comparison of him.]Ad hunc, stultus es. [sc. si compararis.]

¶ Thalem talento non emam Milesium: Nam ad sapientiam hujus ille nimius nugator fuit, Plout. Capt. Nihil ad Persium, Cic. 2. de Oratore. Ni­hil ad tuum equitatum, Cic. pro Deiot.

But if the Verb of comparing be expressed, then the constru­ction is variable by a Dative case: as, Fratri se operibus & dignatione adaequavit, Suet. By an Accusative; as, Ne comparandus hic quidem ad ìllum est, Ter. Eun. And by an Ablative: as, Conferam avunculum tuum cum C. Graccho, Cic. 4. de Fin.

Concerning these Particles To be.

Note 1. To be coming after a Substantive with the signe of a Verb Passive, is to be made by a Participle in dus, or an Adjective Verball of a Passive signification: as

Chremes is to be intreated of me.Chremes mihi exorandus est, Ter. Andr. 1. 1.
Love is to be healed with no herbs.Nullis amor est medicabilis herbis, Ovid.

¶ Res est arbitrio non dirimenda meo, Ovid. Fast. 6. vers. 118. Et latet & nullo est invenienda modo, Ovid. Fast. 6. vers. 98. Cen­ser eos, qui haec delere conati sunt, morte esse multandos, Cic. Cat. 4. Intelligebant, his remotis, non esse mortem ipsam pertimescendam, Cic. Catil. 4. Nulli penetrabilis astro Lu­cus erat, Stat. Medicum venale regis Pyrrhi caput afferen­tem Curius remisit, Flor. 1. 18.

† Huc referenda est Adjectivum Pervius: ut, Id quidem angi portum non est pervium [That narrow lane is not to be passedt horow] Ter. Adelph. 4. 2. Domus est imis in vallibus antri Abdita, sole carens, non ulli pervia vento, Ovid. Met. li. 2. vers. 764.

Note 2. To be after an Adjective, with the signe of a Verb Passive, is either made by the Infinitive mood Passive, or by the latter Supine; or by turning the Passive Infinitive either into a Subjunctive mood, with the Nominative of a Relative; or into an Impersonal Passive, with such case of the Relative, as the Impersonal will govern: as

—And at that time he was worthy to be loved.—Et erat tum dignus amari, Virg.
That which is filthy to be done, the same is also dis­honest to be spoken.Quod factu foedum est, idem est & dictu turpe.
He will be unfit to be sent to the Asiatick war.Non erit idoneus, qui ad bel­lum Asiaticum mittatur, Cic. pro Lege Manilia.
He is haed to be resisted.Difficilis est cui resistatur.

¶ Aspici cognoscique dignissimus, Mela. Lyricorum Hora­tius ferè solus legi dignus, Fabius apud Voss. Gram. Lat. p. 71. [...], Plut. in Paedagog. Forma papillarum quàm fuit ap­ta premi! Ovid. Am. 1. 5. In quo falli facile est, Cic. 1. Offic. Mirabile dictu, Virg. 2. Aen. Optimum factu ducebat, Caes. 4. bell. Gall. Nil dictu foedum, visuque haec limina tangat In­tra quae puer est, Juven. 14. Satyr. Utrùm hic impudentior, an illa crudelior difficile dictu est, Cic. pro Cluentio. Sic di­cimus-. Fas dictu—Nefas visu—Opus scitu—Vide Voss. Eat. Gram. p. 71. Honestúmne factu, an turpe dubitant, Cic. 1. Off. 3. Non est facile expurgatu, Ter. Hecyr. A. 2. Sc. 3. Per­facile factu esse illis probat, Caes. Quod est facile factu, Cic. ad Quint. Fratr. [...]. Difficilis enim Olympius est, cui resistatur, [or cui resistat quis] Homer. Iliad. [...] vers. 589. Cognosces dignum, qui à te diligatur, Cic. Mulier digna, cui committas primo partu mulierem, Ter. Andr. 1. 4.

Certain particular Phrases.
Like to die.Ferme moriens.
In articulo mortis.
Morti proximus.
Not to my knowledge.Non, quod sciam.
It cometh to be consulted of.In deliberationem cadit, Cic. 1. Off.
To the same purpose.In eandem sententiam.

¶ Recitatae sunt tabellae in eandem ferè sententiam, Cic. Cat. 3. Dixerunt in eandem sententiam, Cic. ad Quir. post Redit.

They were paid to a pennyIis ad denarium solutum est, Cic.

¶ Assident, subdu­cunt, ad nummum convenit, Cic. ad Att. l. 5. Vide Tursel. de Part. Lat. cap. 4. & Durrer. de Partic. tit. Ad.

Next door to the school.In proximo scholae.
Too hoarse to crow.Raucior, quàm ut possit can­tare.

¶ Ista res major est quàm ut credi possit, Sen. Ep. 41. Animum altiùs mergit, quàm ut uti ullo intellectu sinat, Sen. Ep. 53. Sed hoc magis est quiddam quàm, ut ab iis postulandum sit, Cic. 2. de Orat. Vide Tursel. cap. 159. num. 13, 14, 15.

For the time to come.Iu posterum, Cic. Cat. 4.
Today.Hodie. Hodierno die.
morrow.Cras. Crastino die.
night.Hâc nocte.
year.Hoc anno.
To the best of my power.Pro eo ac possum.
Pro virili meâ.
It is nothing to me.Id meâ minimè refert.

¶ Ego meâ video quid intersit, Cic. Cat. 4.

I am glad to hear it.Istud perlibenter audio.
Laetus istuc audio.

[...]. Hom. Iliad. [...].

To, i. e. towards.In—Erga.

¶ Accipit in Teucros animum mentemque benignam, Virg. Princeps er­gà populum clemens, Lil. Gram.

To and fro.Ulrro citroque, Cic. 1. Off. 21.
To commend one to his face.Aliquem coram in os laudare, Ter. Ad. 2. 4.

¶ Ah vere­or coràm in os te laudare ampliùs—Ter. Adelph. 2. 4.

Had I wherewithall to do.Ni esset, unde id fieret, Ter.
He grew to that pride.Eò processit insolentiae.
That is to say—Id est.
Is to [see as]De—
Quod ad—
He hath a kinde of covetous fellow to his father.Habet patrem quendam avi­dum, Ter. Heaut. 3. 2.

(To) betwixt a Noun repeated: as, Face to face—From door to door—&c. See Chap. 29.

CHAP. XLV. Of the Particle Very.

1. VEry) before a Verb, Adverb, or Adjective, is ren­dered by some of these Particles multùm, valdè, op­pidò, I. egregiè, magnopere, vehementer, perquam, admodum, cumprimis, &c. as

He was very angry.Vehementer irâ excanduit.
In very good time.Oppidò opportuné.
It is very elegant.Cumprimis est elegans.
A very faithful servant to his master.Hero servus multùm suo side­lis, Plaut. Mostel. A. 3. Sc. 2.
He met us very seasonably.Opportunè admodum se no­bis obtulit.
I thought it very needful.Magnopere putavi oportere, Cic.

¶ Nam id arbitror ad­primè in vitâ esse utile, Ter. And. 1. 1. Cùm jam admodum esset senex, Cic. Tragoedum in Comoedi [...]s admodum placere vidimus, Cic. Vir bonus & cump [...]imis honestus, Cic. pro Quint. Erat admodum amplum & excelsum signum cum sto­la, Cic. 6 Verr. Hoc utimur maximè more morum Molestoque multum, Plaut. Menaech. Act. 4. Sc. 2. Eruperunt fontes calidi perquam salubres oculis, Plin. l. 31. Magnoque opere abs te peto, Cic. li. 13. Epist. Nam mul [...]ùm loquaces merito omnes habemur, Plaut. Aulul. Act. 1. Sc. 3. Oratorem meum tanto­pere à te probari, vehementer gaudeo, Cic. 6. Fam. 19. Ep.

This Particle very together with its Adjective or Adverb may elegantly be rendered by the Comparative degree of the Ad­jective or Adverb: as, Letters from a friend are very welcome, Ab amico literae jucundiores sunt. Isocrate jam seniore [i. e. valdè sene] pomeridianis scholis Aristoteles praecipere ar­tem oratoriam coepit, Quint. Instit. li. 3. apud Saturn. li. 9. cap. 18. Nor with lesse elegancy may they be expressed by the super­lative degree either alone: as, He is a man of very great wit, and very great prudence, Vir [est] summo ingenio, summâque prudentiâ, Cic. Philip. 2. Or else compounded with per: as, It very much concerns— Perplutimum refert, Plin. li. 2. Perpau­cissimis agricolis contigerit, Colum. lib. 3. Vide Saturn Mercur. Majo. lib. 9. cap. 28. Or lastly, having qnàm joyned to it: as, It is very fit to hold the reins of friendship very loose. Com­modissimum est quàm laxissimas habere habenas amicitiae, Cic. de Am. I desire you to send me a Scrivener very speedily: Peto à te, ut quam celerrimè mihi librarius mittatur, Cic. ad Att. l. 16. An est mi Cicero, quod ego malim, quàm te quàm doctissimum esse? Cic. Partit. Vide Tursel. de Partic. cap. 159. num. 7. Saturn. l. 9. cap. 22. And there is as much elegancy in expressing them by a Positive dgree, either compounded with Per: as, They have fields that both are very good by nature, and are made better by husbandry, Agros habent, & naturâ per bonos, & cultu [...]â meliores, Cic. pro L. Flacco. Ut faci [...]è per­pauci prohibere possent, Caes. Or having quàm adjoyned to [Page 149] it: as, Because this kinde of publishing might seem to be very wicked [and] very unworthy. Quòd hoc genus praedicandi quàm improbum, quàm indignum esse videretur, Cic. in Verr. Qui inopinantes pabulatores aggressi, quàm magnum nume­rum jumentorum intercipiunt [a very great number] Cic. lib. 1. bell. Civil. Vide Tursel. de Partic. cap. 159. num. 6 Saturn. li. 9. cap. 26. Vide etiam Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 626.

2. (Very) Before a Substantive, or either of these words II. self and same, is made by ipse, or idem: as

The very name is odious.Ipsum nomen est execrandum
In the very nick of time.In ipso atticulo temporis, Cic. pro Quint.
In those very same places.In iisdem illis locis.
The very self-same day.Illo ipso die, Cic.
It seemeth to be the very self and same thing.Unum & idem videtur esse.

¶ Ipse timor decuit, Ovid. Met. 4. Ipsae & Tityre pinus, Ipsi te fontes, ipsa haec a [...]busta vocabant, Virg. Eclog. 1.

  • Illa enim ipsa
  • Id ipsum
  • Illud ipsum

Ciceronia sunt.

Quod idem fit in numeris, Cic. Orat. Perf. Uno eodemque igni, Virg. Ecl 8. Num insiciari potes te illo ipse die meis praesidiis circumclusum? Cic. 2. Catil.

Certain particular Phrases.
Not very long after.Nec ità multo pòst, Cic.

¶ Rarus incessus, nec itae longus, Cic. Simulachra praeclara sed nod ità antiqua, Cic 6. Verr.

Not very conveniently.Non ità commodè, Caes.

¶ Tadius non ità multum tecum fuit, Cic. 4. Verr. Tu [...]sel. cap. 99. num. 2. Non ità dissimili sunt argumento, Ter. And. Prol.

I was alwayes very well.Optimè mihi semper fuit.
Terentia was not very well.Terentia minùs bellè habuit, Cic. li. 7. Ep.
We stand in very great need of—Vel maximè egemus—

¶ Sophista temporibus illis vel maximus, Cic. 1. de natur. Deor.

The very least suspicion—Etiam minima suspitio—Cic.

CHAP. XLVI. Of the Particle Vnder.

1. UNder) signifying below, is made by sub or subter: I. as

Whatsoever is under [i. e. below] the earth.Quicquid sub terrâ est.
Vnder [i. e. below] the mid­dle region.Subter mediam regionem.

¶ Homines sub terrâ habi­tantes, Cic. 1. de natur. Deor. Nisi te sub Scalas tabernae li­brariae conjecisses—Cic. 2. Philip. Dictâque sub ar [...]ore sedet, Ovid. Met. 4. vers. 95. Plato iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter praecordia locavit, Cic. 1. Tusc.—Omnes Ferre libet subter densâ testitudine casus, Virg.

2. (Under) Signifying short of, not so many as, or less II. then, is made by non, paucior, minor, &c. as

It cost him under [i. e. short of, or lesse then] an hun­dred talents.Res illi centum talentis non stetit.
There was slain under [i. e. not so many as, or lesse then] fourty men.Pauciores quàm quadraginta hominum ceciderunt.
They that were under [i. e. short of, or not so many as] seventeen years old.Qui minores essent annis sep­temdecim, A. Gell. 10. 28.
Vnder [i. e. short of, or not so many as] thirty years old.Minor annis triginta, Cic. ad Heren. l. 1.

¶ Jussit, ut Senatores triginta non minùs adessent, Cic. Mi­nùs duo millia hominum effugerunt, Liv. de bell. Punic. Nun­quam nix minùs triginta quatuor pedes alta jacuit, Liv. ib. Virginem minorem, quàm annos sex, majorem, quam annos decem natam, negant capi fas esse, Aul. Gell. l. 1. Vaccas minores bimis iniri non oportet, Colum. li. 6. Obsides ne mi­nores octonûm denûm annorum, neu majores quinûm qua­dragenûm, Liv. li. 38.

3. (Under) When it is part of the signification either of the III. foregoing, or of the following verb, is included in the Latine of the verb, which usually is compounded with sub: as

To put [or bring] under.Subjicere.
To undertake.Suscipere.
To undergo.Subire, or Sustinere, &c.

¶ Rem suscipit, Caes. 1. Ego suscepi totum negotium, Cic. II. Ep. 16. Ut sempiternam poenam sustinerem, Cic. ad. Quirit. post redit.

Certain particular Phrases.
It falleth under the consi­deration of profit.In rationem utilitatis cadit, Cic. 1. Off. 3.
Thirty dayes over or un­der.Dies plus minus triginta.

CHAP. XLVII. Of the Particle With.

1. WIth) after a Verb, before a word signifying the I. instrument, cause, or manner of doing a thing, is a signe of an Ablative case: as

He killed him with his own hand.Manu suâ occîdit, Cic. Cat. 1.
They be so hindred with negligence, that—Negligentiâ sic impediuntur, ut—Cic. 1. Off. 12.
He dispatcht the businesse with wonderful speed.Mirâ celeritate rem peregit.

¶ Hoc (inquit) agitabam, an cotem illam secare novaculâ possem, Flor. 1. 5. Aequè quis­que altero delectatnr, ac se pso, Cic. 1. Off. 21. Lento gradu ad vindictam sui divina procedit ira, tarditatemque supplicil gravitate compensat, Val. Max. Ità ardeo iracundiâ, Ter. Adelph. Naturam expellas furcâ licèt, usque recurret, Hor. li. 1. Ep. 10. Capitolium quoque Saxo quadrato substructum est, Liv. l. 6. Angi expectatione, Cic. ad Att. l 9. Vulnus in latere, quod acu punctum videretur, Cic. pro Milone.

Ablativo mod [...] addi [...]ur aliquando cum: ut, Semper mag­no cum metu dicere incipio, Cic. 1. de Orat.

2. (With) Being put either with together, or alone for to­gether II. with, is made by cum: as

I shall have a ca [...]e of that too, that Cratt [...]pus be to­gether with him.Illud quoque erit nobis curae, ut Cratippus unà cum co sit, Cic. 12. Ep. 16.
I will go with [for together with] thee.Unà tecum ibo.

¶ Recognosce tandem me­cum, Cic. Video enim sui in Senatu quosdam, qui recum unà fuere, Cic. Persuadont, ut unà cum his proficiscantur, Caes.

3. (With) After verbs signifying to compare, be angry, or III. meet with is a signe of a Dative case: as

To compare the last things with the first.Conferre novissima primis;
There is no reason why I should be angry with the young man.Adolescenti nihil est, quod succenseam, Ter. Phorm.
I met with many things worth remembring.Multa mihi memoratu digna occurrerunt.

¶ Sic par­vis componere magna solebam, Virg. Ecl. 1. Fidis offendar medicis, irascar amicis, Hor. li. 1. Ep. 8. Neque illi sum iratus, neque quicquam succensco, Plaut. Mostel. Act. 5. Sc. 2. vers. 41. Meritò mihi nunc ego succenseo, Ter. Heaut. Act. 5. Sc. 1. Non jam metuo nè illi sueccenseas, Cic. pro Deiot. Obviàm ornatae occurrebant suis quaeque amatoribus, Plaut. Epid. Act. 2. Sc. 2. vers. 30.

4. (With) Is oft applied to a Person, yet hath relation either to his house, town, parts, &c. or to some power or prevalency IV. with him, and then is made by apud: as

You shall sup with me, [i. e. at my house.]Tu apud me coenabis, Plaut. Curc. 5. 3.
How do all our friends with you? [i. e. in your town, part [...], &c.]Quid agunt nostri, apud vos, omnes?
It is of little avallment with me.Apud me minimum valet, Cic.

¶ Aut quia sum apud te primus, Ter. Eun. 1. 2. i. e. Praecipuus, gratiâ plus caeteris a­pud te valens. Ait, si fidem habeat, se iri praepositum tibi a­pud me, Ter. ib. Sine illum priores partes hosce aliquot dies apud me habere, Ter. ib.

Apud aliquem coenare, non est cum illo coenare, sed in ejus aedibus. Er porest aliquis cum aliquo, nec tamen a pud eum coenare, &c. Durrer. de Partic. p. 58.

5. (With) Sometimes is part of the signification of the fore­going V. verb: as

To speak with one.Convenire aliquem.
Who can finde fault with it?Quis id reprehenderit? Cic.

Note. After me, te, se, nobis, vobis, qui and quibus, cum is to be set as a part of the foregoing word: as

Do not thou now strive with others but with thy self.Jam non cum aliis, sed tecum ipse certa, [not cum [...]] Cic. Ep. 15. lib. 11.

¶ Cum no­ [...] non dicitur, sed nebiscum, Cic. in Oratore. Mecum & te­ [...] dicitur, non cum me, & cum te, Cic. ib. Cum quo, Cic. Quo [...], Cic. Quîcum te fortuna conjunxisset, Cic. pro Quint.

Certain particular Phrases.
I'le be even with you.Ego te—si vivo.
Par pari referam.
May I speak a word with you?Licétne pauca?
With all my heart.Ex animo.
What would you with me?Quid est, quod me velis?
What have you to do with me?Quid mecum est tibi? Plaut. Curcul.
Things go not well with them.Res sunt illis minùs secundae.
He shall not go away with it so.Haud sic auferet.
Inultum id nunquam auferet.
To swear with a safe con­science.Liquidò jurare.
I desired to begin with thatAb eo exordiri volui, Cic. 1. Off.

Debet à definiti­one proficisci, 1. Off.

Weary with travelling.Ex itinere fessus.

¶ Lassus jam sum durando jam miser, Plaut. Trucul. 2. 3.

I am so out of love with my self.Adeò totus displiceo mihi.

CHAP. XLVIII. Of the Particle Without.

1. WIthout) Having no casual word after it is common­ly an Adverb of Place, and made by forìs, extrà I. (put Adverbially) and extrinsecus, &c. as

He is without.Foris est, Ter.
We perceive by our senses those things yt are without.Sensibus ea, quae extrà sunt percipimus, Cic. 2. de nat. De.
The lungs and heart draw breath from without.Ducunt extrinsecus spiritum pulmones & cor, Cic. ib.

¶ Sunt igitur ligna, nè quaeras foris, Plaut. Aulul. Alterius generis item duo: unum, quod foris, ac palam: alterum, quod intus, Varro de L. L. l. 4. Etiam quod propè est, extrà est, Sen. Ep. 75. Nec te quaesiveris extra, Pers. Iliacos intra muros peccatur, & extra, Hor. li. 1. Ep. 2. Irrumpunt extrin­secus in animos nostros per corpus imagines nobis dormienti­bus, Cic. 2. Acad. Corporum adjumenta adhibentur extrin­secus, Cic. 4. Tusc. Quaest.

2. (Without) Having a casual word following it, is a Pre­position, II. and usually made by absque, † sine, citra, or extra: as,

It is miserable living with out money.Absque pecunia miserè vivi­tur, Ter.
Without ye help of any man.Sine cujusquam operâ.
Without the authority of the Senate.Citra Senatûs autoritatem.
But without thou art in troth a pretty fellow.Sed mehercle extra jocum ho­mo bellus es, Cic. ad Trebat.

¶ † Absque apud Comicos usitatum est, apud Oratores non i­tem, Tursel. de Partic. cap. 2.

Quod sine summo dolore facere non possum, Cic. Nec ci­tra Musicen Grammatica potest esse perfecta, Quint. l. 1. c. 4.

Sometimes we render this Particle without together with his casual word following by a Negative compounded Adjective or Adverb: as, Without hope, Expes. Fractis enatat expes navibus, Hor. de Arte Poet. Expers partis, Ter. Heaut. 4. 1. Without cause, Immeritò. Without controul, Impunè.

Sometimes by a word of contrary signification to the Sub­stantive: as, Without noise, Tacité.

3. (Without) Being put for unlesse, or except, is made by III. nisi, &c. as

He cannot rise without be­ing [or except he be] help­ed.Non potest, nisi adjutus ex­urgere, Sen.

¶ Nisi quid adhuc fortè vul­tis, Cic. Ni mala, ni stulta sis, Plaut. Menaech. Act. 1. Sc. 2.

Certain particular Phrases.
Without s [...]op or s [...]ay.Nullo inhibente, Ovid.
Without longer staying.Nec longiùs moratus, Ovid.
Thongh he be without those forces.Etiamsi illis viribus careat, Cic.
It should not be without number.Vacare numero non oporter, Cic.
Without any great trouble.Neque multo sanè negotio, Politian.
Not without cause.Neque id in juriâ, Ter. Heaut.
It is not without ground.Non temerè est, Ter.
I remember, without your telling.Memini, tametsi nullus mo­neas.

CHAP. XLIX. Of the Particle Worth.

1. WOrth) Having relation to the price or value of a I. thing, is made in Latine by a verb of esteeming, u­sually with a Genitive case of the word † betoken­ing the price or value: as

That little field, when I gave it, was worth an hundred thousand sester­ces.Agellus erat, cùm donarem, centum millium nummûm, Plin. Ep. li. 6.
A thing is worth as much, as it may be sold for.Tanti valet res, quanti vendi potest.
One eye-witnesse is worth more then ten ear-wit­nesses.Pluris est oculatus testis unus, quàm auriti decem, Plaut. Truc. Act. 2. Sc. 6.
Honesty is reckoned little worth.Parvi ducitur probitas.
Do you not think me worth so much?An tu minoris me aestimas? Erasm.

¶ Noli spectare quanti homo sit, parvi pretii est, Cic. ad Qu. Fr. Vix puto tri­ginta nummorum tota fuisse Munera, Mart. l. 7. Cato vestem muliebrem, & vehicula, quae pluris, quàm quindecim milli­um aeris essent, in censum referre viatores jussit, Liv. l. 39. Quanti frumentum sit considera, Cic. in Verr. Vide Saturn. Mercur. Major. li. 1. c. 26.

† Especially of these Adjectives put alone without Substan­tives, tanti, quanti, magni, permagni, pluris, maximi, pluri­mi, parvi, minoris, minimi, hujus; as also of these Substan­tives, Nihili, flocci, pili, nauci, assis, te [...]uncii.

Est and Aestimo sometimes govern an Ablative case: as Sal erat sextante, Liv. l. 29. Video esse binis sesteritiis, Cic. in Verr. Data magno aestimas, accepta parvo, Sen. 3. de Ira. cap. 32.

Valeo hath sometimes an Ablatime, and sometimes an Accu­sative: as, Ità ut scrupulum valeret sestertiis vicenis, Plin. l. 33. Denarii dicti quod denas aeris valebant, Varro li. 4. de. L. L. Vide Voss. Farnab. & Saturn.

2. (Worth) Joyned to these words labour, pains, &c. is II. made by operae pretium: as

It will not be worth your labour.Non est operae pretium.

¶ Operae pretium hic spe­ctantibus Jovem & Mercurium facere his [...]rioniam, Plaut. Amphit. Prol. vers. 150. Operae pretium est libertinorum stu­dia cognoscere, Cic. in Catil. 4. Operae pretium est, ipsam legem cognoscere, Cic. Verr. 3.

3. (Worth) Signifying authority, or wealth, &c. is to be III. made by a word, or phrase of that signification: as

A man of great worth.Magnae vir autoritatis, Polit. [Summâ autoritate vir, Cic. ad Quirit.

¶ Homo anti­quâ virtute ac fide, Ter. Adelph. 3. 3. Quod si ipsius summa dignitas maximaeque res gestae non satis valerent, Cic. ad Quirit.

Certain particular phrases.
It is worth the hearing.Auditu dignum est.
If they be worth the see­ing.Si videnda sint, Cic. li. 7. Ep. 1.
It is not worth an halfe­peny.Asse carum est, Sen. Ep. 94.

CHAP. L. Of the Parttlcle Yet.

1. YEt) Answering to although, albeit, if not, &c. and I. signifying notwithstanding, neverthelesse, or howe­ver, is made by at, certè, tamen, &c.

—We should have had, al­ [...]ough not the best, yet some Common-weal—Etsi non optimam, at aliquam rempublicam haberemus—Cic. 1. Off. 15.
If this do not grieve you indeed, yet [or however] it is the part of a man to make as if it did.Si non reipsa tibi dolet, simu­lare certè est hominis, Ter. Adelph. Act. 4. Sc. 7.
Albe [...]t he hath no need of them, yet they respect him chiefly.Etiamsi ille his non eget, ta­men ei potissimùm inservi­unt, Cic. 1. Off. 19.

[...]tsi non tantum acuminis, at plus literarum, Varro. Si mi­nùs in curiâ, atque in foro, at in literis, & libris, Cic. 9. Ep. 2. Esses omnia si minùs re, ac verbis legitimis consecutus, Cic: pro Dom. Si illi sunt virgae ruri, at mihi tergum domi, Plaut. Si ego digna hâc contumeliâ sum maximè, at tu indignus qui faceres tamen, Ter. Eun. Act. 5. Sc. 2. Si non propinquitatis, at aetatis suae, si non hominis, at humanitatis rationem habe­rent. Cic pro Flacco. Quanquam eminet, tamen non semper implet, Cic. Or. Perf. Hic noster vulgaris orator, si minùs erit doctus, attamen in dicendo exercitatus, Cic. 3. de Oratore. Vir bonus, verùm tamen non ità institutus, ut—Cic. pro Quint. Etsi facta mihi in juria est, veruntamen potiùs, quàm lites se­quar—Ter. Id quidem etsi tu neges, certè scio, Ter. Heaut. 4. 1. Si minùs proficio, simulationi certè facio satis, Cic. ad Att. 12. Ep. 20. Victi sumus igitur, aut si vinci dignitas non po­test, fracticertè, & abjecti, Cic. 4. Ep. 7.

2. (Yet) Signifying thus far, or hitherto, is sometimes made II. by adhuc, and sometimes by hactenus: as

I nev [...]r yet [or hitherto] missed day, but—Nullum adhuc intermisi di­em, quin-Cic. ad At. l. 7. Ep. 15.
As yet [or thus fat] I have spoke of friendship onely.Hactenus de amicitiâ dixi.
There is no cause yet, wherefore you should be afraid.Nihil adhuc est, quod verea­re, Ter. Heaut. 1. 2.

¶ Hactenus de re semper u­surpatur, adhuc de tempore. Non enim recte dicitur. Hacte­nus ita sensi, sed, adhuc ita sensi: nec propriè dicitur, De li­teris adhuc, sed, De literis hactenus, Durrer. de Partic. pag. 162. Legere tamen licet apud Livium. Hactenus quietae utrinq [...]e stationes fuere, Liv. li. 7. Sic apud Virgil. Hac Trojana tenus fuerat fortuna secuta. Vide Voss. Lat. Gram. p. 154. Illud molestè fero nihil me adhuc his de rebus habere tuarum literarum, Cic. 2. Ep. 12. Me adhuc non legisse turpe est, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. Hactenus arvorum cultus—Nunc tc Bacche cunam, Virg.

3. (Yet) Signifying still, is made by adhuc, usque, or etiam­num: III. as

Without ha [...]ly you wil have any thing more yet [or still.]Nisi quid adhuc fortè vultis, Cic.
He stayes yet [or still.]Usque opperitur, Plaut.
Dost thou yet [or still] wish for that, that thy nurse w [...]sh [...] for thee?Etiamnum optas, quod tibi optavit nutrix tua? Sen. Ep. 60.

¶ Incubuit ferro quod adhuc à caede te pebat, Ovid. Met. vers. 163. Clodius adhuc mihi denunciat periculum, Cic. ad Alt. 2. Ep. 20. Na­turam expellas furcâ licèt usque recurret, Horat. Juvat us­que morari, Virgil. Si ullâ ratione etiamnum efficere potes, ut id explices, Cic. ad Att. l. 8. Quaeritur etiamnum quis eum nuncium miserit, Cic. pro Mur. Salvi etiam nune esse possu­mus. Cic. pro Rosc. Amer. Etiam nunc hîc stas Parmeno? Ter. Eun. Etiam nunc in illis est, Sen. Ep. 53. Atque etiam nunc temp [...]s est, Ter. Heaut. Act. 1. Sc. 2.

Certain particular Phrases.
He was not gone over the river yet.Nondum flumen transierar, Caes.

¶ Quasi nondum ipsi alere nos possimus, Sen. Ep. 60. Cas­sius ineptas literas misit: nec dum Bibuli erant allatae, Cic. Att. lib. 6. Neque dum Roma es profecius, ib. lib. 14. Itaque à te nihildum certè exquiro, Cic. Att. 7. Ep. 12.

I had heard nothing as yet.Nihildum audivi.

¶ Scelerum machinatorem, ad me, nihil dum suspicantem vocavi, Cic. 3. Catil.— Et quanquamn nihil dum audier amus; tamen—Cic. 12. Ep. 12.

CHAP. LI. Of the Particles You and Your.

1. YOu) you understood of one, is made by tu; of more then L one, by vos, as,

If you forsake us, we are undone.Si deseris tu, perimus.
You shall beat me witness.Vos eritis mihi testes.

Nominativi tu & vos rarò exprimuntur, nisi ad distin­guendum, aut vehementiùs aliquid efferendum. Boni quoniam convenimus ambo, Tu calamos inflare leves, ego dicere ver­sus, Virg. Egloc. 5. Tudominus, tu vir, tu mihi frater eris, Ovid. Ep. [...]ris. Farnab. Syst. Gram. p. 49.

2 (Your) spoken but of one, * is made by tuus; of more II. then one, by vester: as,

I received your letter.Accepi Epistolam tuam.
I shall say nothing worthy of your expectation.Nihil expectatione vestrâ dig­num dicam, Cic. 1. de Orat.

* e. person, not thing; for, though more things then one be spoken of, yet if they be the things of but one word, we are to use tuus in the plural number for your, and not vester: so likewise, though the thing be but one, yet if the persons whose it is, or to whom it belongs be above one, we are to use vester, and not tuus.

Note. To a King, Prince or Nobleman, vester is to be u­sed: as,

Your Maiesty.Majestas vestra.
Your Highness.Celsitudo vestra.
Your Lordship.Dominatio vestra.

ADDITIONS. This mark [¶] signifyeth that what follows it is to be added to the supernumerary Examples of the Rule.

Chap. 3. Rule 1. Post Cannensem illam calamitatem pri­mùm Marcelli ad Nolam praelio. P. se Romanus erexit, Cic. Brut. apud Pareum, de Partic. p. 337. Non rediit hâc noct [...] à coenâ Aeschinus, Ter. Adelph. Ab hoc sermone cùm digressi essent, Liv. Dec. 3. lib. 6. Vide Pareum, de Partic. L. L. p. 586.

Chap. 3. Rule 2. Into the Rule after postquam, put po­stridie quàm

To the Examples of that Rule add this.

He gave me the letter the next day after he had re­ceived it from you.Epistolam mihi postridiè acceperat quàm à te red­didit, Cic. Att. 9.

To the supernumerary examples add this. Quid causae fuerit, postridie intellexi, quàm à vobis discessi. Cic. apud Pareum de Partic. p. 345.

Chap. 3. Rule 3. Mirâ cum elegantiâ Ablativi Casûs No­mini Particula pòst adverbialiter sumpta adjungitur: Exemplis scatent Parei de L. L. Particulis Commentarii, p. 335. Haec paucula inde delibâsse non pigebit. Multis pòst annis pecunia recuperata est, Cic. pro Flacco. Paucis pòst diobus, quàm Lucâ discesserat, Cic. Fam. 1. Annibal tertio pòst die, quàm venit, copias in aciem eduxit, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 5. Paucis pòst diebus castra communivit, Id. ib. l. 1. Huc referenda sunt illa; [Page 164] Tanto pòst: Paulo pòst: Haud ita multo pòst, Liv. l. 37. c. 53. Postridie absolut onis in theatrum Hortensius intro [...]t, Cic. Att. L. 11. Exinde quoniam mutuo metu tenebantur, Flor. 4. 2.

Chap. 3. Rule 5. Add this for a fifth Rule, blotting out the three last particular Phrases of this Chapter, which will fall into this Rule.

(After) signifying according to especially if it have after it any of these words, manner, sort, fashion, &c. is made by ad, de, in, or an ablative case of the manner without a Prepositi­on: as,

After this manner.Ad hunc modum, &c.
He calls him after his own name.Suo dicit de nomine, Virg.
After the fashiou of a gar­den.In morem horti, Columel.
After mine own guise.Meo modo, Plaut.

¶ Descripsit pecuniam ad Pompeii rationem, Cic. pro Flac. vide Parei Commentar. de Partic. L. L. p. 595. Turselin. de Partic. L. Or. c. 4. Obs. 14. Romanosque suo de nomine dicit, Virg. Aen. Namque humeris de more habilem suspenderat ar­cum, Aen. 1. Hostilem in modum saevire, Cic. Verr. 1. Curva­ta in montis faciem, Virg. Georg. 4. In modum servilem, Plaut. Trinum. i. e. quem [...]dmodum servi solent, Pareus de Part. c. L. L. p 618. Sine nunc meo me vivere interea modo, Ter. Add to the particular Phrases of that Chapter, this.

One thing after another.Aliud ex alio.

¶ Dum captat aliud ex alio, Flor. 3. 17. Aliam rem ex aliâ cogitare, Terent. Eun. 4. 2. Plura vide apud Pareum in Comment. de Partic. L. L. p. 2.

Chap. 4. Rule 1. In the Rule instead of and cunctus read cunctus omnis and universus.

Add as an Example to the Rule this

I was all that while at Rome.Eo tempore omni Romae fui, Cic. pro Sylla.

To the supernumerary Examples add

Totum palatium erat civitate omni, cuncta Italiâ refertum, Cic. in Pisonem. Cujusmodi quam plurima videre est exempla apud Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 39.

Chap. 4. Rule 2. Read the Rule thus: All referring to an universality of Persons, or things of a discreet quantity, will be best made either by omnis, or universus.

To the particular Phrases of that Chapter add this,

I could not be here & there, and all at once.Ego hic esse, & ill [...]c simul haud potui, Plaut. Mostell. 3. 2.

Chap. 6. Rule 4. Put quoque out of the Rule, and add these supernumeraries. Studia quae tibi, ac tuis praestiti, Cic. 2. Fam. Ep. 18. In his sum locis, quò & propter longinquitatem, & propter latrocinia tardissimè omnia perseruntur, Cic. 2. Fam. Ep 9. Tibi, ut debeo, gratulor, laetorque, Cic. 2. Fam. 9. Jam insubres Galli, nec non & Illirii lacessebant, Flor. 2. 3. Nec verò corpori soli subveniendum est, sed etiam menti, atque animo multò magis. Plura hujusmodi coacervavit Commissu­rarum Gallico-Latinarum Author, p. 119. &c.

Chap. 7. Rule 1. ¶ Inter coenam, Cic. Interea, dum haec, quae dispersa sunt, coguntur, Cic. Vide Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 295. & 498.

Chap. 7. Rule 2. Tum reliquos, prout cuiusque meri­tum, virtusque erat, donavit, Liv. Dec. 3. l 6. Vide Parenm de Partic. L. L. p. 635.

Chap. 8. Rule 6. ¶ Haec sica me ad regiam penè confecit, Cic. pro Mil. ad, i. e. juxta, vel prope regiam, ut inquit Pareus, de Partic. L. L. p. 588. Custodes ad portas ponant, Liv. apud eundem, p. 589. Tristis Aristaeus Penei genitoris ad undam stat lacrymans, Virg. 4. Georg.

Chap. 8. Rule 10. ¶ Fit protinus, hac re auditâ, ex ea­stris Gallorum fuga, Caes. bell. Gall. 7. Cum appareret lux, [Page 154] veriti ne ab latere circūvenirentur, se ad suos receperunt, Id. ib.

Chap. 8. To the fifth particular Phrase after (John 8. 9.) add Primus Galliae motus ab Helvetiis coepit, Flor. 2. 10.

Chap. 9. After the particular Phrases add: Quid illo fiet quem reliquero? Cic. Att. 6. 1. Quid me autem fiet, si non tam citò decedo? Ibid. Quid illi fiet? Quid de illo fiet? Cic. a pud Commissur. Gallico Lat. p. 129.

Chap. 10. Rule 1. ¶ Hoc ipso tempore stant cum gladiis in cōspectu Senatus, Cic. Philip. 2. apud Cōmiss. Lat. p. 125.

Chap. 11. Rule 1.Add to the Rule this example.

Many wounds being one­very side received, at the appearing of light, they retireded their ownquar­ters.Multis undique vulneribus ac­ceptis, cum lux appareret, se ad suos receperunt, Caes. bell. Gall. lib. 7.

And after the supernumeraries add His rebus cognitis Cae­sar Labienum cum cohortibus.

VI. Subsidio laborantibus mittit. Caes. bell. Gall. lib. 7. His confirmatis [...]ebus, Comium Atribatem cum equitatu, custodis loco, in M [...]napiis relinquit, Caes. bell. Gall. l. 6. Sed expositis adolescentum officiis, deinceps de beneficent â dicendum est, Cic. 2. Offic. Caesare venturo Phosphore redde diem, Mart. Me impulsore, haec non facit, Ter. Eun. 5. Act. 6 Scen. Nil de­sperandum, Teucro duce, Hor. 1. Od. 7. Quietâ Galliâ, Caesar in Italiam proficiscitur, Caes. bell. Gall. 7.

Si dictio sequens Particulam Anglicanam [Being] sit no­men, ut Grece [...], ita Latinè ente (si sic loqui liceat) vel existence intelligitur: perinde quasi diceretur Teucro [en­te] duce, vel Quietâ [existente] Galliâ. Hac super re consulendi Grammatici. Cl. Busb.. Gr. Gram. p. 158. Voss. Syntax. p. 73. Farnab. System. Gram. p. 78. alii. Sin Participium sit, exponitur per cognatum aliquod verbum finiti modi, cum unâ aliquâ ha­rum particularum cum, ubi, postquam, & [...]. ut, His rebus cog­nitis; Has cum cognovisset res,

Chap. 11. Rule 3. Into the Rule betwixt quoniam, and quandoquidem put quando.

For an example add this

Being that I see you desire it.—Quando te id video deside­rare, Cic.

Add add to the Supernumeraries: Quam facultatem quan­do complexus es, & tenes, perfice, &c. Cic. Fam. 10. Quan­doquidem tu istos oratores tantopere laudas, Cic. in Brut. T [...] posse te, dicito, quandoquidè potes, Cic. Parad. vide Parei Com. de Partic. p. 371. Cùm in Africā venissem, Cic. Somn. Scip. Qui cùm esset infirmâ valetudine hic ferè aetatem egit in literis. Vide Commissur. Gallico-Latinas, p. 117. Quod cùm ita sit, Cic. de Petit. Consul. Tum cùm in armis essemus, Id. 9. ad Att. Cum corpore valeas, fac ut animo valere possis, Com. Gall. ubi supra.

Chap. 11. Rule 5. Into the Rule put quin after quod and add these examples.

You need not trouble your self about his being gone.Quod decesserit, non est cum commovearis.
He was neer being killed.Parum absuit, quin occidere­tur, Commiss. Gall. Lat. p. 132
To the supernumeraries add

Tantum abest ab co, ut malum mors sit, ut verear ne homi­ni nihil sit bonum aliud, Cic. Tusc. 1. Propius nihil est factum, quàm ut occideretur, Cic. ad Q. Fr. l. 1. Ep. 2. Tantum abest, ut scribi contra nos nolimus, ut id etiam maximè optemus, Cic. Tusc. 2. Cui ego rei, tantum abest ut impedimento sim, ut contra te, M. Manili adhorter, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 6. Mei regni tan­tum aberat, ut ulla pars in discrimine fuerit, ut tria millia ta­lentûm, & sim asperatus, Liv. Dec. 4. l. 9. Vide Parei Commen­tar. de Partic. L. L. p. 441. Bis magno cum detrimento repulsi Galli, quid agant, consulunt, Caes. bell. Gall. 7.

Chap. 11. After the fifth Rule add this note.

Note. Hisce voculis [essentia & existentia] quibus respon­det co sensu, quo rei natura designatur, Particula [Being] extra Theologiae aut Philosophiae terminos vagari vix, aut, ne vix quidem conceditur: earum substituenda loco vox [natura.]

Chap. 12. Rule 2. Apud Virgilium, & Florum legenda (sed legenda tantùm) sunt atque, & quoque hoc sensu usurpa­ta: ac prius quidem apud priorem, Eclog. 5. Atque Deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater: apud posteriorem verò (lib. 3. cap. 21.) posterius—Arcem Capitolii, quae Paenos quoque, Gallos etiam Senones evaserat. quasi captivam victor insedit. Sed accipienda plaga est, sumus enim flagitiosè impurati, cùm à militibus, tum à pecuniâ, Cic. apud Pareum de Partie. L. L. p. 493. item pag. 503. Omnia convestivit haederâ, quâ basim villae, quâ intercolumnia ambulationis, Cic. Vide plura apud Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 359.

Chap. 13. Rule 2. In the Margent of the Rule set this Exegetical Note. In those expressions where these Particles are thus used, the Phrase will admit of these or [...]he like variations. But for your oath, [i. e. without your oath; or had you not sworn.] But for you, [i. e. without your help, &c. or had you not helped, &c.] But for him, [i. e. without his hinderance, or had he not hindred, &c.]

Chap. 13. Rule 3. ¶ Mihi de meis majoribus dicendi fa­cultas non datur: non quod non tales fuerint, quales, & sed quod laude populari caruerunt, Cic. contra Rull. apud Pare­um Com. de Partic. L. L. p. 300. Non quod non omnis senten­tia proprio nomine Enthymema dicatur: sed ut Homerus, &c. Id. Top. apud eundem ib. Non quin mihi suavissimum sit tuae memoriae operam dare, sed—Cic. apud eundem, p. 99.—Non quin rectum esset, sed quia—Id. ib. Non quin ab eo ipse dissen­tiam: sed quod eâ te sapientiâ esse intelligam, ut—Id. ib.

Chap 13. After the particular Phrases add Extant a pud Commissurarum Gallico-Latinarum Authorem plures hujus fa­rinae dicendi formulae. viz. Jamjam—: Modo—ac planè paulò antè—: tantum cùm, &c. pag. 128.

Chap. 14. Rule 3.

¶ Quid illuc est hominum secundum littus? Plaut. Rudent. apud Pareum de Partic. L. L. p. 640.

Chap. 14. Rule. 7.

A vel ab person: magentem, seut loquuntur, Causlam per quam res efficitur, significat, prae­cedente verbo vel Activo, vel Passivo, vel Neutro: Sic Pareus; apud quem exempla extant Commentar. de Partic. L. L. p. 583, 584. Sic etiam E vel ex (eodem Pareo autore) Originem vel caussam efficientem indicat. Cùm languerem è viâ, Cic. Philip. 1. Lassus de viâ, Plaut. Pseud. Pax ex auctoritate Senatûs confirmata fuit, Liv. Dec. 4. L. 4. Vide Pareum de Partic. p. 607, 608.

Chap. 30. Rule 10.

¶ Haec ego putabam esse omnia humani ingenî mansuetique animi officia, Ter. Andr. A. 1. Sc. 1. Hoccine est humanum factum aut inceptum? Hoccine officium patris? Ter. Andr. A. 1. Sc. 5. Hem istuc est viri officium, Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Cùmque illud sit proprium hominis, hoc belluarum, Cic. 1. Offic. 3. Sed justitiae primum munus est, ut ne cui quis noceat, Id. ib.

Chap. 31. To the twelfth particular phrase, viz. on pur­pose add ¶ Injuriae nocendi causâ de industriâ inferuntur, Cic. 1. Off. c. 10. Permultum interest, utrum perturbatione a­liquâ animi, an consultò & cogitatò fiat injuria, Cic. 1. Off. 11. Leviora sunt ea, quae repentino aliquo motu accidunt, quam ea, quae meditata & praeparata inferuntur, Id. ib. Com­posito est factum, Ter. Phor. 5. 1. Ut igitur haec scirem dedit [...] opera has ad te literas misi, Cic. Att.

Chap. 37. Rule 4. After abhinc read pridem, putting out jam, and in the margin add this Note, Dudum de parvo tempore unius horae semihorae, &c. dicitur: Pridem de longi­ore tempore viz. decem, aut viginti dierum, mensis, anni, &c. [...]ide Vall [...] Eleg. l. 2. c. 34.

Chap. 44. Rule 10. To is sometimes used for towards after­wards denoting kindness, courtesie, &c. and their contraries, and then is made by in or erga: as

His courtesies to [or to­wards me were many, many were mine to [or towards] him.Multa illius in me officia, multa in illum mea extite­runt,
I set your good will to [or towards] me.Benevolentiam tuam erga me perspicio, Cic.

Chap. 46. Rule 4. Under joyned to colour, shew, or pre­tence is made by per, generally with some of these words after it, viz. potestatem, nomen, speciem, causam, simulationem: as,

He took it from him under colour [or pretence] of his office.Id ei per potestatem abstulit, Cic.
They villanously betrayed me under a colour of friendship.Per simulationem amicitiae me nefariè prodiderunt, Cic. ad Quir.
Vnder colour [or pretence] that the war was renew­ed by the Aequians.Per causam renovati. ab Ae­quis belli, Liv.
To deceive under the name of [pretence or shew of being] a friend.—Per amici fallere nomen.
Vnder a pretence [or shew] of doing one an honour.Per speciem honoris, Liv.

¶ Per speciem praedandi ex hostium agro; permissu Magistratuum ab Capuâ profecti, Liv. l. 24. Fratris filiae Rhaeae Sylviae per speciem honoris (cum Vestalem legisset) perpetuâ virginitate spem partus ademit, Liv. l. 1. Per simulationem Aedilitatis statuas auferre, Cic. 6. Verr. Ut cum appropinquaret januae rex, per aliquam causam sustineret à terrâ agmen, Liv. l. 24.

Chap. 51. Note 2. You and me. is sometimes without neces­sity expressed in the English, and then in the Latine may either be omitted, or made by tibi, which as well as mihi and sibi in La­tine, [Page 171] [...] in Greek is redundantly used: as, Look you what our condition is. Speak me fair to him, &c. Ecce tibi status noster, Cic. Expedi mihi hoc negotium: Ter. Suo sibi hunc jugulo gladio, Ter. Quid mihi Celsus agit? Hor. 1. l. 3. Ep. Hic mibi gloriatur, le omnes honores sine repulsâ obtinu­isse, Cic. apud Saturn. l. 1. c. 45.—Ecce tibi eodem die Capuae literas accepi à Qu. Pedio. Cic. At tibi repentè paucis pòst die­bus, cùm minimè expectarem, venit ad me Caninius, Cicero [...] Rem mihi alacriter suscipe. [...]. pus hoc tibi paucis ego diebus abso [...]vam. Vide Viger, de I­ditism. Chap. 4. Rule 2.

Chap. 51. Rule 3. Your and my sometimes may as ele­gantly be rendred by the Dative cases, tibi and mihi, as by any other case of their Possessives tuus and meus agreeing with their Substantives: as,

How came that into your head?Quî tibi istuc in mentem ve­nit?
You deaf'd my eares with intreating.Orando surdas jam aures red­dideras mihi, Ter. Heaut. 2. 2.

Mulier tibi adest, audin' Clinia? Ib. At tu pol tibi posthac comprimito istas manus, Ter. Heaut. 3. 3. Sed nescio quid profecto mihi animus praesagit mali, ib. 2. 1. Sic Homer. [...]. apud Clariss. Busb. Gr. Gram. pag. 131.

CHAP. LII. Of the Particle Too.

1. TOo) signifying over, and comming before an Adjective or an Adverb is made by nimis, or nimiùm: as

You are too eager on both sides.Vehemens in utram (que) partem es nimis, Ter. Heaut.
Never praise a man either too much, or too often.Nec nimis valdè unquam, nec nimis saepo laudaveris, Cic.
We are too large in the most easie things.In rebus apertissimis nimium longi sumus, Cic. l. 2. d e Fin.
You are come too soon.Nimium advenisti citò, Plaut.

¶ Nimis numerosè scripta, Cic. Nimis penè mane est, Plaut. Magnum nimis ne in nos habeat dominationem, Cic. De quo jam nimiùm diu disputo, Cic. 4. Acad. Omittamus illam par­tem, quae in excogitandis argumentis muta nimiùm est: in [...] ­dicandis nimiùm loquar, Cic. 2. l. de Orat. At nostri Pro­avi Plautinos & numeros & Laudavere sales nimiùm patien­ter utrumque, Hor. de Art. Poet.

2. But if a Verb of the Infinitive Mood either immediatly, or else having the Particle for with a Substantive before it follow the Adjective, then the Adjective is to be put into the Compa­rative Degree, and the Verb respectively into the Indicative, [...] Subjunctive Mood; with quàm, and qui, or ut: as

Being I have discerned your mothers affections towards my safety and honour to be too great to be required of a woman [or too great to require of a woman.]Quum matris tuae majora er­ga salutem dignitatemque meam studia, quàm quae e­rant à muliere postulanda perspexerim, Cic.
These things are spoken too subtilly for every one to apprehend [or, to be ap­prehended of every one.]Haec sunt dicta subtiliùs quàm ut quivis ea possit agnosce­re, Cic. de Nat. Deor.

¶ Sed hoc majus quiddam est, quàm ut ab iis postulandum sit, Cic. 2. de Orat. Hoc est altius, quàm ut nos humistrati perspicere possumus, Cic. 3. de Orat. apud Turs.

3. Too.) signifying also, after a Noun, or Pronoun, or Verb, &c. is made by etiam, and quoque: as

We have need both of your authority and counsel, and favour too.Autoritate tuâ nobis opus est, & confilio & etiam gra­tiâ, Cic. l. 9. Fam. Ep. 25.
He to shall be pray'd to.Vocabitur hic quoque votis, Virg.

¶ Voce, motu, formâ etiam magnificâ, Cic. in [...]rut. Proba­bilis oratori; jam verò etiam probatus, Id. ib. Adoptat an­nos viginti natus, etiam minor, Senatorem, Cic. pro Domo.

Et tamen rarò praeponitur etiam, nullâ alià voce inter­positâ: sed pro Et Etiam dici solet Atque etiam. Pareus do Partic. L. L. p. 506.

Note. Sometimes Etiam, and quoque are joyned to­gether In Co­mick Writers. as, Atque ego quoque etiam. Plaut. Am­phil. Prol. Etiam tu quoque assentaris huic? Plaut. Amph. At pol jam aderit, se quoque e [...]iam cum o­derit, Ter. Hecyr. A. 4. Sc. 1.

Certain particular Phrases.
Hee is too wise.Plus just [...] sapit.

¶ Quisquis plus justo, non sapit, ille sapit, Martial. Ille est oneratus rectè, & plus justo vehit, i. e. nimis: plus quàm par est, Plaut. Bacch. A. 2. Sc. 3. Sic Lucret. Amplius aequo. Horat. Plenius aequo. Durrer. de Partic. p. 330.

I love thee too too well.Te nim [...]o plus diligo, Cic.

Et plus nimio memini mali, Plaut. Mil. a. 2. s. 6. Quem res plus nimio delectavere secundae, Ho [...]. 1. Ep. 10. Plus nimio memor immtis Glycerae, Hor. I. 1. Od. 33.

Enough and too much.Satis superque, Cic.

¶ Vita acta perficiat, ut satis superque vixisse vide [...]mur, Cic. 1. Tuse. Sed id satis superque; tecum me non esse, Cic. 16. ad Att. Vide Par. de Partic. L. L. p. 408.

In all things too much is more offensive, than too little.In omnibus rebus magis offen­dit nimium quàm parum, Cic.

¶ Duas dabo, una si parum est, Plaut. Rudent. Nemo parum diu vixit, qui virtutis perfectae functus est munere, Cic. 1. Tuse. Parumne est, Piso, quod tantum homines fefellisti? ut Cic. pro Sex. Parumne igitur gloriam magnam relinquemus? imò verò aliis quamvis multis satis, tibi uni parum, Cic. pro M. Marcello. Et illam vocem tuam invitus audivi, satis te diu vel naturae vel gloriae vixisse: at quod maximum est patriae certè parum, Id. ib.

It comes from nothing but too much ease.Nullâ adeo ex re istuc fit nisi ex nimio otio, Ter.

In honoribus decernendis est nimius, & tāquam prodigus, Cic. Celeritates nimias suscipere in festinationibus cavendum est, Cic.

CHAP. LIII. Of the Particle Above.

1. ABove) having relation to order or height of place, and I. being answered by below or beneath is made by super or super: as

To place one above him.Super se collocare aliquem, Suet.
Atticus sat above me, Verrius below me.Supra me Atticus, infra Ver­rius accubuerunt, Cic.
They fought above and be­neath the ground.Pugnatum est super subterque terras, Liv.
We use to cut them above the ground.Solemus supra terram praeci­dere, Sen.

¶ Hinc atque hinc super subterque premor angustiis, Plaut. Famâ super aethera notus, Virg. Aen. 1. Nomentanus erat su­per ipsum, Portius infra. Vide Durrer. p. 430. Supra lunam omni [...] aeterna sunt, Cic. de Somn. Mare quod supra terram est, Cic. de Nat. Deorum. Homines interpellent, ut supra scripsi, Cic. 11. Fam. Ep. 11. Quod tibi supra scripsi Curionem frigere, jam calet, Cic. 8. Fam. 8. Ep. Ille quem supra defor­mari, Cic. pro Coocin.

If the place refer to some degree of honour of one above an­ther, than Above will be made by prior, or superior: asi

Caesar could not abide to have any above him, nor Pompey any eqnal with him.Nec Caesar priorem, nec Pompeius parem ferre po­tuit.
You have none above you in degree or hon [...]ur.Habes neminem honoris gra­du superiorem, Cic.

¶ Nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerunt, Caes. Supe­rior ordine, inferior fortunâ, Cic.

2. (Above) comming before an express term of time, or num­ber II. of things or persons, so as that it may be varied by more, or longer than is usually made by plus or amplius: as,

Though he had above an hundred Citizens.Qui cum amplius centum ci­ves haberet, Cic. Verr. 7.
Above two thousand men were slain that day.Hominum eo die caesa plus duo millia, Liv.
He was never at Rome a­bove three dayes space.Neque unquam Rome plus triduo fuit, Cic. pro Rosc. Am.
They sought above two houres.Pugnatum est amplius duabus horis, Liv.

¶ Cum Herennium Syracusis amplius centum cives Roma­ni cognoscerent, Cic. Verr. 3. Gubernator ait, non plus quin­quc millia passuum in Africam abesse, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 9. Tribu­num plebis plus viginti vulneribus acceptis jacentem vidistis, Cic. pro Sest. Paulo plus tricenta vehicula sunt amissa, Liv. Affuit, sed non plus duobus aut tribus mensibus, Cic. pro Quint. Quum plus annum aeger fuisset, Liv. Dies triginta aut plus ea in nave sui, Ter. Plus annum obtinere provincium, Cic. Tecum anno plus vixit, Plus una me nocte retomere non po­tuit, Cic. Non plus viduum, Ter. Eun. 1. 2. Amplius sunt sex men­s [...]s, Cic. pro [...] Rosc. Comoed. Amplius triennium est, Ib. Qui sep­tingentos jam annos amplius regnant, Cic. pro Flac. Noctem non amplius unam, Falle dolo, Virg. Aen. 1. Amplius horas quatuor pugnaverunt, Caesar.

¶ Dixit etiam, Cicero pro Rosc. Com. Annos natus magisquadraginta, Tacitus, super octingentos annos, Sueton. Erant super miile, Cels. supra quinquagies, Item Sueton. in III. Jul. Caes. c. 34. In singulos pedites super bina sestertia dedit.

3. Above) signifying beyoud or more then, and not having any Noun of Number following it, is made ultra, praeter, an [...] supra: as,

Above our strength [i. e. beyond.]Ultra vires, Juven. 3. Sat.
He minded none of these things much above [i. e. be­yond or more then] the rest.Horum ille nihil egregie p [...]aeter caetera studebat, [...]e­rent. Andr. 1. 1.
Above [i. e. beyond] what every one will beli [...]ve.Supra quam cuique credibile est, Sall. Cat.

¶ Etsi haec commemoratio vereor ne supra hominis fortunam esse videatur, Cic. l. 2. de Leg. Alexander Magnus ultimas oras quas visere supra spem humanam esset peragravit, Liv. Dec. 5. l. 5. Ratio quae supra hominem putanda est, Deoque tr [...]benda, Cic. 2. de Nat. Deorum. A [...]tici in co genere praeter caeteros excellunt, Cic. Unam hanc rem me habere praeter allos praecipuum arbitror, Ter. Testis est Phalaris cujus prae­ter caeteros est nobilitata crudelitas, Cic. 2. Off. Plura vide a­pu Tursell. c. 151. Obs. 4. † Dixit Sallust. Jugurth. Ani­madvertit super gratiam atque pecuniam suam invidiam facti esse. Et Virg. 4. Aen. Sed te super omnia dona Unum oro­

4. Above) comming after Over is made by ad, extra, super IV. quam, & supra quam,

Ov [...]r and above these mis­chiefs.Ad haec mala▪ Ter. And. 1. 3.
Over a [...]d above the prey, there were four thousand that yielded themselves.Extra praedam quatuor mil­lia deditorum hablti, Liv.
Over and above that he had fought at first with [...] success.Nam super [supra] quam quod primo male pugna­verat, Liv.

¶ Si ad caetera vulnera hanc quoque plagam Reipub. in­flixisses, Cic.

† Dixit, Sueton. in Claud. Super caetera flagitia—Liv. l. 28. Super morbum etiam fame afflixit. Item Sueton. Super veteres amicos ac familiares viginti sibi è numero principum [...]ivitatis depoposcerat.

5. Above) after from, and generally having no casual word V. after it is made by superne, or desuper: as

Thy dwelling shall be of the fatness of the earth, and of the dew of Hea­ven from above, Gen. 27. 41.Ex pinguedine terrae erit ha­bitatio tua, & ex rore coeli, superne, Junius [Desuper. Hier.]
Thty fought from above out of carts.Desuper è plaustris pugnâ­runt, Flor. 3. 3.

¶ Lapidibus desuper interfectus, Plin. Reperti sunt com­plures nostri milites, qui in phalangas insilirent, & scuta ma­nibus revellerent, & desuper vulnerarent, Cic.

CHAP. LIV. Of the Particle Like.

1. LIke) importing resemblance of quantity, or quality; I. figure, form, or shape, &c. in one thing to another is made by par, similis, or aequus, as

Had there been in us the like skill in this art, that there is in that Painter.Si par in nobis hujus artis, atque in illo pictore scien­tia fuisset, Cic. 2. de Nat. Deo rum.
You are like your Master.Domini similis es, Ter.
As like as can beLac lactinon est similius.
Ovum ovo
They have both the like terms.Aequa utrisque conditio est.

¶ Par levibus ventis volucrique similima vento, Virg. Aen. 2. Quem metuis par hu jus erat, Lucan. l. 10. Utinam mihi esse [...] pars aequa amoris teoum, Ter. Eun.

2. Like denoting to approve, delight in, be pleased with, II. glad of, &c. is made by a Verb or Phrase of that import: viz. probo, cordi est, &c. as,

You will like the doing of it.Gaudebis facto, Ter.
If you like it.Si tibi istucplacetCic.
cordi est
I like it well.MagnoporeproboCic.
laudo

Ennio delector, Cic. Isocratem maximè mirantur, Cic. Quid est quod te in hac urbe delectare possit? Cic. Dicit sibi complacitam ejus formam, Ter. Heaut. 4. 4. Uterque utrique est cordi, Ter. Phorm. 5. 3. Arrident mihi aedes, Plaut.

Note. It is very usual in English speech to invert or transpose the order of words (which must be carefully hecded in the Latine Translation) as,

It likes me well; for I like it well. If it like you; for, If you like it.

3. Like) sometimes imports a likelihood or probability of some III. success or event, hapned, feared or desired, and then it is made by verisimile, probabile, or credibile est: as

Very like so; or great like so; or, It is like enough so.Verisimile est [sit] credibile est; satis probabile est.

¶ Non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum literas ad amarit, Cic. Mihi quidem non fit verisimile, Ter. Non est probabile, Cic. Qualem credibile est ore fuisse me [...], Ovid. Trist. 3.

Or else according to some such form of speech as these that follow.

We are like to have wat.Impendet nobis belli timor▪ Cic.
I am like to lose my cre­dit.Periculum famae mihi est, Cic.
There was like to be peaceIn spe pax fuit, Cic.
I am like to be hang'd.Ego plectar pendens, Ter.
You are never like to see me more.Hodie postremum me vides, Ter.
I had like to have slain him.Parum [non multum; non longe] abfuit quin eum in­terfecissem.
The left wing had like to have been routed.Prope erat ut sinistrum cornu pelleretur, Liv.
They had like to have ta­ken [or gone into] the field without the Praetors command.Prope est factum ut injussu Praetoris in aciem exirent, Liv. l. 5. bell. Pun.
Like to die.Morituro similis [ [...]. Lucian;] ferme moriens; In articulo mortis; morti proximus.

4. Like) sometimes is put to signifie after the guise, garbe, IV. manner, fashion, way, course, &c. and then it is made by an Adverbe denoting that guise, garbe, &c. or by some phrase of like import: as

You do [or deal] like a friend.Facis amicè, Cic.
He was brought up like a Gentleman [or, Gentle­man-like.]Liberè eductus est, Ter. [Li­beraliter educatus est, Cic.]
He lives like a begger.Vitam agitmendici,
instar mendici.
Are you not ashamed to live like loose Natta?Non pudet in morem discin­cti vivere Natlae? Pers.
Like ha [...]l.In modum grandinis, Flor. 3. 11.

Cestius Senator disseruit principes instar deorum esse, Tac. Quae non fuit vici instar sed urbis, Cic. Ingenuè educatus, Cic. [Page 181] Vaticinantis in modum cecinit, Liv. l. 1. Servilem in modum cruciari, Cic. 2. Ver. Vide Tursell. c. 90. obs. 10.

5. Like) is sometimes used for must, and then is made by V. a Gerund in dum: as,

You are like to [i. e. you must] stay till-Expectandum est tibi dum—

6. Like) in the beginning of sentences, and otherwhere com­ming VI. together with any of these Particles, as, such, manner, sort, &c. is made by quemadmodum; ficut; pariter ac; non dissimiliter ac; itidem; id genus; hujusmodi; ejusmodi; istius­modi; similiter and perinde with ac; or ut si; or some such like Particle: as,

They do in like manner as if—Stmiliter ac siCic.
faciunt ut si
You are alwayes deb [...]sing me such like things.Hujusmodi mî res semper comminiscere, Ter. Heaut. A. 4. Sc. 5.
Like as it is a Wise mans part couragiously to un­terg [...] the chances of for­tune, so-Quemadmodum sapientis est, fortuitos casus magno animo sustinere, ita—Co­lum.

¶ Tu autem, qui id quaeris, similiter facis, ac si me roges, cur- Cic. de Nat. Deor. l. 3. Similiter faciunt, ut, si nautae certarent, quis eo [...]um potissimè gubernaret, Cic. 1. Off. Quod ego perinde tuebar, ac si usus essem, Cic. ad Att. l. 13. A te peto ut meas in jurias perinde doleas, ut me existimas & dolere & tu [...]s ul­cisci solere, Cic. Fam. l. 8. Istiusmodi civium magna nobis pe­nuria est, Ter. Adelph. Perfacile ve [...]ò apud istius [...]odi Prae­torem, Cic. Ver. 3. In hominum aetate multa eveniunt hujus­modi, Plaut. Amph. Irae, si quae fortè eveniunt hujusmodi, ib. Venio nunc non ad furtum,—sed ad ejusmodi facinus in quo omnia scelera contineri atque inesse videantur, Cic Ver. 6. E­jusdemmodi totum jus Praetorium, ejusdemmodi omnis res judi­ciaria suit in Siciliâ, Verre Praetore, &c. Cic. Verr. 4. apud Par. de [Page 182] Part. L. L. p. 23. Quemadmodum socius in societate habet partem, sic haeres in haereditate habet partem, Cic. pro Rosc. Comoed. Quemadmodum nemo privato consilio ad hostem transibat, ita nihil salutare in medium consulebatur, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 6. Pariter nunc operâ me adjuves, ac dudum re opitulata est, Ter. Phorm. Utinam pariter fieret, ut aut hoc tibi doleret itidem, ut mihi dolet, aut ego istuc abs te factum, nihili pen­derem, Ter. Eun. Hic locus non est à totâ causâ separatus si­cut membrum aliquod, sed tanquam sanguis perfusus—Cic ad Heren. l. 4. Sicut tibi curae est sentire cives tuos, quanto per te onere loventur: sic mihi laborandum est, ne, quae tunc pe­pigerunt, &c. Liv. Dec. 3. l. 10. Orationes, aut aliquid id genus scribere, Cic. Alia ejusdem generis, Cic.

Certain particular Phrases.
I will do the like for you.Reddam vicem,
Par pari referam,
Parem referam gratiam.
Like will to like.Simile simili gaudet.
Pares cum paribus facilli­mè congregantur, Cic.
Like lips, like Lettice.Similes habent labra lactu­cas.
And the rest did in like manner.Caeterique idem fecerunt, Curt.
If any the like thing fall out.Si quid hujus simile evenerit, Ter. Heaut. 3. 2.

CHAP. LV. Of the Particle Till.

1. TIll having reference to space of Time, and comming I. before a Noun is made by in, ad, usque ad

He drinks till day-light.In lucem bibit, Mart. 1. 29.
He staid till nine a clock.Ad horam nonam expectavit, Caes. bell. Gall. l. 4.
Should I tarry till the e­vening?Maneamne usque ad vespe­ram? Ter. Hecyr.

¶ Vcl poena in mortis tempus dilata fuisset, Ovid. Trist. l. 3. El. 3. Pervigil in mediae sydera noctis eras, Ovid. Am. 1. 6. Tu omnia cōsilia differebas in id tempus, cum sciremus quae Brun­dusii acta essent, Cic. In ante diem 15. Cal. dis [...]uilt, Cic. Stude­bat in tempus Coenae, Flin. Ab horâ octavâ ad Vesperam se­creto colloquuti sumus, Cic. ad Att. l. 7. Ad lucem pugnare; ad multum diei; ad multam diem, ad multam noctem vigilare; Phrases Livianae sunt apud Pareum de Part. L. L. p. 591. Ad id tempus, Flor. 3. 10. Si quis hunc vitae statum usque ad se­nectutem obtinere debet, Cic. pro Balbo. Id est difficile, quod cum spe magnâ fis ingressus, id non exequi us (que) ad extremum, Cic. pro Rab. Posth. Usque ad mortem volo, Plaut. Asin. Inde usque ad diurnam stellam crastinam potabimus, Manl. Me­naech.

† Tum patris pudor, qui me tam leni passus est animo usque adhuc [even till now] Ter. Andr.

2. Till) before a Verb is made by dum and donec elegantly II. with usque: as,

Do not stay till I give you thanks.Noli expectare dum tibi gra­tias agam, Cic. ad Brut.
He never left praying till he prevailed with him.Nunquam destit it orare usque adeo donec perpulit, Ter: Andr.

¶ An ego expectem dum de te quinque & septuaginta tabel­lae dicipiantur? Cic. in Pison. Retine, dum huc ego servos evoco, Ter. Phorm. 5. 7. Tityre dum redeo, brevis est via, pasce capellas, Virg. Ecl. 9. Usque eo premere earum capita mordi­cus, dum illae captum amitterent, Cic. 2. de Nat. Deor. Sed usque mihi temperavi, dum perducerem eo rem ut efficerem, Cic. Fam. l. 10. Jacet res in controversiis, isto calumniante bien­nium, usque dum inveniretur—Cic. pro Quint. Haud desinam donec perfecero, Ter. Phorm. 2. 3. Ad properationem meam interest, non te expectare donec venias—Cic. Fam. l. 3. Certum est obsidere usque donec redierit, Ter. Adelph. Et Sp. Carvi­lium mitteret, qui donec navem conscendissent, custodiret, Liv. l. 42. c. 36. Inde in Aetoliam progressi, ac-paucos ibi mora­ti dies, diem,—Liv. 1. 42. c. 38.

3. Till) sometimes is used in English speech as signifying III. to allure or draw on; sometimes as signifying to plow, and order according to the prescriptions of Husbandry and then is respe­ctively to be made by a Verb or Phrase of answerable import: as,

Had you not till'd me on—Nisi me lactâsses [spe produ­ceres] Ter.
To till land.Agrum [terram]arare,
colere, &c.
Certain particular Phrases.
You took no rest till all was done.Tu, nisi perfectâ re, non con­quiêsti, Cic. Fam. 1. Ep.
Till the rest of the compa­ny shall be come up.Quoad reliqua multitudo ad­venerit, Sal.
—Till two parts of three boiled away.—Usque quò ad tertiam par­tem decoxeris, Var.
So long till.Usque eo, quoad, Cic.

CHAP. LVI. Of the Particle What.

1. WHat) put alone, without a Substantive is gene­rally I. made by quid: as

What say you Gnatho?Quid tu ais Gnatho? Ter. Eun 3. 3.
Take heed what you do?Vide quid agas, Ter. Eun. 2. 1.
What should I now reckon up?Quid ego nunc commemo­rem? Ter. Ph. 5. 8.

¶ Quid est quod sic gestis? Quid sibi his vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? Quid tibi vis? Quid multa verba? Quid tum? Quid? Quid tum; fatuè? Sed interim de sym­bolis quid actum est? Ter. Eun. 3. 5. Nec quid agam certum est, Ter. Andr. 1. 2. Neque scio quid dicam, aut quid conje­ctem, Ter. Eun. 3. 4.

2. What) referring to a Substantive expressed or necessarily II. implied is made by some case of quis or qui, and qualis, or quid with a genitive case of the Substantive referred to: as,

Look what a tale is this?Hem, quae haec fabula est? Ter.
What so great labour was it?Qui tantus fuit labor? Cic. pro D [...].
With what things moved didst thou it?Quibus rebus adductas feci­sti?
They know what a one his wife shall be.Illis notum qualis futura fit uxor, Juv. S. 10.
Vnto what state the mat­ter is now brought thou seest.Quem in locum deducta res sit vides.
What fellow is this? What attire is this? What What mischief is this?Quid hoc hominis? qui hic ornatus est? Quid illud ma­li est? Ter. Eun. 3. 4.
What a madness is it?Quis furor est? Mart. 1. 21.

¶ Quaeso quid tu hominis es? Ter. Heaut. Exponam breviter vobis quid hominis sit, Cic. 4. Verr. Quid cum illa tibi rei est? Ter Eun. Quid sit ei animi? Plaut. Merc. Vide plura hujus­modi apud Tursel. de Partic. c. 167. Quod dedit principium adveniens? Ter. Eun. 3. 2. Accedo ad pedisse quas, quae fit ro­go? Ter. Andr. 1. 1. Quid ego nunc commemorem qualis ego in istum fuerim, Ter. Phor. 5. 8.

† Ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit pater meus, Plaut. Amph. Prol.

3. What) is oft Elliptically put for that which, and then it is III. made by quod alone: as,

There my man Parmenio gave me a hint of what I took hold on.Summonuit me Parmenio ibi servus, quod ego arripui, Ter. Eun. 3. 5.

Sordidi etiam putandi qui mercantur à mercatoribus, quod statim vendant, Cic. 1. Off. c. 57.

4. What) sometimes put in distributive, or disjunctive ex­pressious IV. for partly, and then is made by qua: as,

What with great offices, and what with the friendship of the Princes.Quà officiis maximis quà a­micitiâ Principum—Plin. ep. Marc.

5. What) referring to the event or issue, of some time, in­tent, V. or action is made by quorsum: as,

I feared what it would come to.Verebar quorsum evaderet, Ter. Andr. 1. 2.

Quam timeo quorsum evadas, Ter. Andr. 1. 1.

6. What) relating to the number or order of a thing is made VI. by quotus, or quotus quisque: as,

What penny shall that be that will not be to be paid?Quotus erit iste denarius qui non sit deferendus? Cicero Verr. 5.
Who? or what is he that turns not pale with fear, when Death comes?Quis est enim, aut quotus quisque, cui, mors cum ap­propinquet, non tefugiat timido sanguis? Cic. l. 6. de Fin.

¶ Scicham si in quoto anno, & quantum in solo, solere quae­rere, Cic. Att. l. 9, Die quotus es? quanti cupias coenare, &c. Mart. Qui quota terroris pars solet esse mei, Ovid. de Pont. l. 1. Ut in quamlibet pattem, quoto quoque loco licebit imagini­bus commoniti dicere possumus id, quod locis mandaverimus, Cic. ad Heren. l. 1. Quota enim quisque res evenit praedicta ab aruspicibus? Cic. l. 2. de Divin. Vide Par. de Partic. p. 55, 56.

7. What) before an Adjective setting forth the magnitude, VII. multitude or excellency of the nature, properties, &c. of a thing with a kinde of admiration is put for How, and made by quam, or quantus: as,

What great matter were it to spare a dying man?Quantum erat perituro par­cere? Ovid. de Trist. 3. 3.
For what light matters are children angry!Pueri quam pro levibus no­xiis iras gerunt! Ter. Hec.

¶ At quam honesta, ac quam expedita tua consilia? quam evigilatae tuae cogitationes? Cic. Att. l. 9. Sumptus, quos fecisti in cos quam animo aequo tuli! Ter. Hec.

CHAP. LVII. Certain singular Observations touching the transla­tion of English into Latine.

1. WHen a Passive English, hath no other but a La­tine I. Neuter to be made by, then the Present tense English must be made by the Preterperfect tense Latine; and the English Preterimperfect, by the Latine Preter­pluperfect: as,

The night is gone, yet the day not risen.—Nox abiit, nec tamen otta dies, Ovid. Am. 1. 5.
I was gone abroad, before you were up.Prius ego prodiêram foras, quàm tu surrexeras.

2. These Particles, where, here, and there, in such words as II. these, whereof, therewith, hereto, &c. are put for which, that, and this [whereof being in sense of which or of whom, therewith, with that, hereto, to this: as,

He hath not wherewithall to buy an halter to hang himself.Non habet, quo restim emat ad suspendium.

Respondit ferrum sibi à majoribus quo [wherewith, or with which] urbem tuerentur relictam, Val. Max. Unum se legi­mus de quo [whereof, or of which] diceremus, Cic. Orat. Perf. Quod neque commissum à se intelligeret quare [wherefore, or for which] timerer, Caes. Quorum [whereof, or of whom] alter te scientiâ augere potest, Cic. 1. Off.

3. When a Passive English hath none but a Deponent, to be III. made by, in Latine; then the English Verb Passive, is to be va­ried by an [Page 189] English Active, and so to be turned into Latine: as,

He is followed by many; i. e. Many follow him.Multi cum sequuntur, not à multis sequitur.

4. When the sign of a Case is far off from the Verb, or after IV. the Noun, then is the natural order of the words to be by the sense sought out and found; and what is wanting to compleat the sentence, is from the sense to be supplied: as,

There is never a friend now that I have in the world, whom I dare be bold to disclose all my secrets to.Nemo est meorum amicorum hodie, apud quem exprome­re omnia mea occulta aude­am, Ter. Heaut. 3. 3.
Let us give most to him, whom we are most belo­ved of i. e. of whom.Ei plurimum tribuamus, à quo plurimum diligimur, Cic. 1. Off.
Who wrote this? We did i. e. we did write it.Quis hoc scripsit? Nos, or nos scripsimus; not, Nos facie­bamus.
God hath alwayes saved his children. What said I, hath? yea doth, and alwayes will.Deus suos semper servavit. Quid dixi, servavit? Imo servat, & semper servabit.

5. When an English phrase cannot be translated word for V. word but into bald Latine, then is the full sense thereof to be ex­pressed in other words: as,

What a clock is it? i. e. What hour of the day is it?Quota est diei hora?
Let us take our heels, i. e. run away.Fugiamus, or Nosmet in pedos conjiciamus.
[He is going on his fifteen.Decimum quintum annum a­git.

6. A, an, and the be commonly signs of a Noun Substantive VI.

7. To the end that children may by easie steps be brought to VII. the understanding of that great difficulty which lies in putting the Relative into its right case, gender, and number, wherein [Page 190] most usually they fail, this course is proposed to be taken with them.

1. Give them Englishes wherein the Antecedent or Substan­tive I. to which the Relative refers, shall not only go before the Re­lative, but be also repeated together with it: as,

He had a knife wherewith, or with which knife he would have kill'd himself.

I began to counsel them to peace, whereof, or which peace I ever was an Authour.

2. Cause them in their daily Translations to enclose in a Pa­rathesis II. the repeated Substantive, wherewith the Relative, as being a perfect Adjective must agree in Case, Gender and Num­ber after this form.

Ferrum habuit, quo [ferro] se occideret

Coepi sua dere pacem, cujus [pacis] fueram semper autor.

3. Cause them in the fair writing of their whole weeks Ex­ercises III. to omit the repetition of the Substantive Antecedent, yet in the construing Yea even of their daily les­sons. to express it, as if it were written: as if, for example having written these Sentences thus.

Ferrum habuit, quo se occideret.

Coepi suadere pacem, cujus fueram semper autor; they should in the construing put ferro to quo, saying, quo ferro, with which knife: and pacis to cujus; saying, cujus pacis, of which peace.

4. After they have been practised for some time in this kind IV. of Exercise, then give them Englishes to translate, wherein the Substantive shall be expressed only in the preceding clause before the Relative, and not repeated together with it; as

I know that advice, which I have taken to be right.

The man is wise, that [i. e. who, or which] speaketh few things.

Yet in the Translating of them, cause them still to express the Substantive together with the Relative; thus,

Consilium quod [consilium] cepi rectum esse scio.

Vir sapit qui [vir] pauca loquitur.

This will baunt them where ever they meet with a Relative, e­ven of course to seek out a Substantive for it, to express together with it.

Nor is the Repetition of the Substantive Barbarous, as these ensuing examples will justifie.

¶ Cùm viderem ex eâ parte homines, cujus partis nos vel principes numerabamur, Cic. ad Quirin. post Redit. Diem sci­to esse nullum, quo die non dico pro reo, Cic. 3. l. ad Quint. Fr. Legé promulgaverat, quâ lege regnum Jubae publicaverat, Caes. 2. bell. Civil Pulverem in eâ parte videri quam in partem legio iter fecisset, Caes. 4. bel. Civil. Habet bonorum exemplum, quo exemplo sibi licere id facere, quod illi fecerunt, putat, Ter. Heaut. Prol.

†—Quarumque partium corpo [...]is usus sunt necessarii, eas ne­que partes, neque earum usus suis nominibus appellant, Cic. 1. Off. c. 19.

But it is commonly omitted, lest by too frequent an iteration of the same word without special reason for it, our speech should become burdensome, obscure, or tedious, as would be even this of Cicero's—Ac duabus iis personis, quas supra dixi tertia adjungitur, quam casus aliquis vel tempus imponit:—If the Substantive Persona were so oft repeated as there be Adjectives agreeing with it, thus— Ac duabus iis personis, quas personas supra dixi, tertia persona adjungitur, quam personam casus a­liquis vel tempus imponit.

Yet this Repetition, it will be the Masters discretion to order his Scholars to omit, as he shall see cause, from their profiting, for it.

5. Teach them to fill up such Elliptical passages as have onely V. that case of the Substantive expressed, in which the Relative comming together with it doth agree, that wherein it might or ought to disagree from it being omitted: thus,

Urbem quam statuo vestra est, Virg.

Vestra est urbs, quam urbem statuo.

Eunuchum quem dedisti nobis, quas turbas dedisti? Ter.

Quas turbas dedit Eunuchus, quem Eunuchum dedisti no­bis?

—Populo ut placerent, quas fecisset fabulas, Ter.

Ut fabulae placerent populo, quas fabulas fecisset.

Quis non malarum quas amor curas habet, Haec inter ob­liviscitur? Hor.

Quis non malarum curarum quas curas amor habet, Haec inter obliviscitur?

6. Give them such Englishes for translation where man or thing either expressed or understood in the Pronoun put for them shall be the Substantive wherewith the Relative must a­gree: as

He [i. e. that man] is happy that [i. e. who or which man] hath been able to see the cleare fountain of good­ness.

Homo iste foelix est, qui [homo] potuit boni fontem visers Iucidum.

That [that thing] is good which [thing i. e. all things] de­sire.

Bonum illud est quod omnia appetunt.

Bona illa res est, quam [rem] omnes res appetunt.

Thus by easie steps will children, in all probability, be brought to understand the way of reading in right case, gender, number, &c. the Latine of these Particles that, who, which, whom, whose, whereof, &c. than which there is scarce any thing more troublesome to them.

CHAP. LVIII. Of the Particle Accord.

1. ACcord) joyned to Own denotes something done out of I. a free and voluntary inclination, and is made by sponte or ultro: as,

You did it of your own ac­cord.Sponte tuâ faciebas, Cic. Cat. 1.
He gave it me of his own accord.Ultro mihi dedit, Cic.

¶ Ultro bellum intulit Cic. Improbos ultro semper lacessa­mus, Cic. 3. Cat. Asia illum non modo recipiebat fuis unbi­bus, verum etiam ultro vocabat, Cic. pro Flacco. Ultro a­mas, ultro expetissis, ultro accersi ad te jubes, Plaut. Asin. Sponte suâ numeros carmen veniebat ad aptos, Ovid. Spon­te suâ, nullâ adhibitâ vi, Cic. Mea sponte, Cic.

2. (Accord) comming after with one denotes a thing to be II. done with a consent of mindes or wills, and then is made by con­corditer, unanimiter, uno animo, &c. as,

These all continued with one accord in prayer, Act. 1 14.Hi omnes perdurabant con­corditer in Oratione, Bez. Unanimiter, Hier. [...].
They gathered themselves together to fight with one accord, Jos. 9. 2.Congregârunt se pariter ad pugnandum uno animo, Hier. Jun,

But Of one accord is made by Unanimis: as

Having the same love, being of one accord, Phil. 2. 2.Eandem habentes charitatem, unanimes, [...].

¶ Sodales unanimi, Fratres Unanimes, Catulliana sunt; Frater­na unanimitas, Livianum; Concorditer, Ciceronianum; Unani­mo uisu, & concordibus ausis Silianum.

3. (Accord) in other uses either is a Substantive denoting III. Agreement made by Concordia, consensus, consensio: as

To bring a thing to an ac­cord.Ad concordiam rem adducere, Cic.
By the accord of all he was made chief Ruler.Omnium consensu ad eum de­fertur Imperium, Caes.
The accord of all Nations is to be accounted the law of nature.Omnium Gentium consensio lex naturae putanda est, Cic.

Or else it is a Verb Neuter importing that men do agree, made by consentio, concordo, convenio: as,

I accord with you.Consentio tibi [or Convenit mihi tecum] Cic.

Or else it is a Verb of an Active sense signifying to make men accord or agree, made by some Phrase of like import, viz. Lites componere inter. In gratiam redigere, in concordiam reducere. &c. Vide Phras. Winton.

CHAP. LIX. Of the Particle Else.

ELse) put for other is made by alius, &c. as

No man else [i. e. no other man.]Alius nemo, Ter. Non alius
I.
quisquam, Plaut.
They meant nothing else but to overthrow me.Nihil aliud egerunt nisi me ut opprimerent, Cic. Fam. lib. 9.

¶ Complures dies nullis in aliis, nisi de rep. sermonibus ver­satus sum, Cic. Fam. l. 2. Quae est igitur alia poena praeter mor­tem? Cic. pro Lig. Quid hoc est aliud, quam tollere è vitâ vitae societatem? Cic. Phil. 2. Vide cap. 13. r. 5.

* Eleganter usus est Livius pro alio, alibi. Coacti vendere praedam, ne alibi [upon any thing else] quam in armis animum haberent, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 10. Sic, Ter. Neque istic neque alibi tibi usquam erit in me mora.

2. (Else) put for otherwise is made by alioqui, or alioquin: II. as,

Else were your children un­clean, 1 Cor. 7. 14.Alioqui filii vestri immundi essent, Hier.

Note. Alioquin dicitur sequente vocali; sequente verò con­sonanti alioqui, Durrer. p. 40.

Omnia nostra dum nascuntur placent, alioqui nec subscri­berentur, Quintil.

3. (Else) used for more, further, is made by praeterea, por­ [...], III. adhue or ampliùs: as,

Is there any thing else yet?Etiamne est quid porrò? Plaut.
Vnless haply you will have any thing else [i. e. more, or further.]Nisi siquid adhuc forte vultis, Cic. de Am.
Had you ever any thing else [more or further] to do with her?Num quidnam amplius tibi cum illâ fuit? Ter.

4. (Else) put for besides is made by praeterea: as IV.

I was afraid of him, and no body else [or besides]Hunc unum metui, praeterea neminem, Cic.
Said we nothing else?Nihilne praeterea diximus? Cic.

Hoc sensu usurpatur à Plauto caeterum. Capti. 5. 2. v. 12. He. Vivitne is homo? St. Argentum accepi, nihil curavi cae­terum [I minded or regarded nothing else, or besides.] A me sic diligitur, ut tibi uni concedam praeterea nemini, Cic.

5. (Else) joyned with or answering to either expressed or un­derstood V. is made by aut: as,

Either let him drink, or else be gone.Aut bibat, aut abeat, Cic.

¶ Necessitus coget autnovum facere, aut à simili mutuari, Cic. Or. Perf. Omnino, aut magnâ ex parte liberatus, Cic. 1. Tursc. Aut ego fallor, Hor.

6. (Else) joyned with or answering to whether is made by VI. five; as,

That whether I come and see yon, or else be absent.—Ut five venero & videro vos, five absens fuero, Bez.

¶ Sive habes aliquam spem de republicâ, five desperas, Cic.

Certain particular Phrases.
ElswhereAlibi; aliâs. [Nec tam pre­sentes alibi cognoscere Di­vos, Virg.
No where else.Nusquam alibi, Cic. Acad. l. 1.

CHAP. LX. Of the Particle Ever.

EVer) signifying any When it so signifies, it hath the Particle a or an comming after it. is made by quis, or ecquisnam: as, I.

If there were ever a boy here.Si quis forte nunc puer ades­set.
It is a question whether there may be ever an ad­dition to that which you call the chiefest good.Dubium est ad id quod sum­mum bonum dicitis ecquae­nam fieri possit accessio, Cic l. 4. de Fin.

¶ Si quis forte nunc adsit ignarus legum, Cic. pro Cael.

2. (Ever) signifying at any time is made by unquam: as,

Did we ever hear this of a­ny man?Ecquo de homine hoc unquam
II.
audivimus? Cic. Verr. 4.

¶ Quae re [...]igitur gesta est unquam in bello tanta? Cic. 1. Off. 26. Nec quis esset unquam audieram dicier, Ter. Eun. 4. 4.

3. (Ever) signifying alwayes, or continually is made by semper, jugiter, in aeternum: as, III.

Mine eies are ever towards the Lord, Psal. 25. 15.Oculi mei, semper ad Domi­num, Hier. [Jugiter, Jun.
This man abideth ever, Heb 7. 24.At iste in aeternum manet, Hier.

¶ Necessitati parere semper sapientis est habitum, Cic. 4. Ep. 9. Manet, aeternumque manebit, Virg.

4. (Ever) in these and the like compounded words, whosoe­ver, IV. wheresoever, howsoever, is made by entailing cunque to the Latine for the former part of the word, or else by doubling it: as, Quicunque or quisquis; ubicunque, or ubi ubi; utcunque, or ut ut: Vide, So Ch. 38. r. 3.

5. (Ever) comming together with or is usually put for before V. that, and made by cum nondum, ante, antequam, or priusquam: as:

Or ever thou hadst formed the earth, Psal. 90. 2.Cum nondum formasses ter­ram, Jun.
Priusquam formaretur ter­ra, Hier.
Or ever the earth was, Pro­verb. 8. 23.Ante primordia terrae, Jun.
Antequam terrafieret, Hier.
And we, or ever he came neer, are ready to kill him, Act. 23. 15.Nos verò priusquam appro­pinquet parati sumus ipsum interimere, Bez.

¶ Ut reus antè quàm verbum accusatoris audisset, causam di­cere cogeretur, Cic. Vide cap. 10. r. 2. & c. 41. r. 9.

6. (Ever) joyned with since, is made by jam with inde, or VI. usque a or ab: as [Vide since c. 37. r. 3.]

Ever since his fathers and ancestors times. [...]am inde àpatre, atque ma­joribus, Cic. pro Flacco.
Ever since he was a youth. [...]am usque à pueritiâ, Ter. He­aut.

¶ Huic testi patronum suum jam inde à patre atque majori­bus L. Flaccum mactandum tradidissent, Cic. pro Flacco. Jura jam inde à principio Romani nominis à majoribus nostris com­parata, Cic. pro Balbo. Jam inde à majoribus traditus mos co­lendi socios, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 6. Is adeo dissimili studio est jam in­de ab adolescentiâ, Ter. Adelph. Philocrates jam inde usque à puero mihi amicus fuit, Plaut. Capt. Vetus opinio est jam usque ab Heroicis temporibus ducta, Cicero lib. 1. de Divin. [Page 199] Amicus homo nobis est jam usque à pueritiâ, Ter. Heaut.

Certain articular Phrases.
For ever.In perpetuum, Cic.

¶ In per­petuum res suas alienare, Cic.

Ever and anon.Subinde, Suet.
Ever before.Usque antehac, Ter.

¶ Ut ani­mus in spe atque in timore usque antehac attentus suit, Ter.

Ever after.Inde ab illo tempore.
Did you ever perceive my kindness straitned to­wards you?Nuncubi sensisti benignitatem meam in te claudier? Ter.
Two the veriest villains that ever lived.Duo sceleratissimi post homi­num memoriam latrones, Cic. post Redit.
As much as ever.Ut cum maxime, Ter.

¶ Domus celebratur ita, frequentatur, ita ut quam maximè, Cic.

As soon as ever.Statim ut; ubi primum. Vide As c. 7. p.

CHAP. LXI. Of the Particle Out.

1. OUt signifying by reason of, as denoting the cause of a I. thing is made by propter.

Many have often sought out wars out of a desire of glory.Multi bella saepe quaesiverunt propter gloriae cupiditatem, Cic.

2. (Out) referring to the place, number, multitude, &c. II. from whence any thing comes, goes, is sought, fetcht, taken, &c. is made by de, è, ex: as,

She sna [...]cht a supper out of the funeral fire.Rapuit de rogo coenam, Ca­tull.
He went out of the camp.Ecastris exiit, Cic. 1. Off.
The Girle was catcht a­way out of Attica.Puella ex Atticâ abrepta est, Ter.

¶ Tibi extorta est ista sica de manibus, Cic. 1. Cat. E flammâ petere cibum posse arbitror, Ter. Eun. 3. 2. Catilinam ex urbe ejecimus, Cic. Cat. 2. Studia serò in hanc civitatem è Graecia translata, Cic. Tusc. 4.

3. (Out) signifying away from, not within compass, out of III. reach of, &c. is made by ab or extra: as,

Get you out of their sight.Ab eorum oculis concede, Cic. 1. Cat.
Out of Gunshot [danger.]Extra periculum [teli jactum; [...], Lucian.] Sen. Ep. 75.

¶ Cum hanc sibi videbit abduci ab oculis, Ter. Adelph. 4. 5. Extra omnem ingenii aleam positus, Plin. Maj. Extra cul­pam, conjurationem, ruinam esse, Ciceroniana sunt. Vide Pa­reum de Partic. p. 613.

4. (Out) is oft included in the signification of the foregoing IV. Verb, as,

Many things may be found out.Multa reperiri possunt, Cic. At­tic. 9. 8.
Seek him out and bring him whither.Eum require atque adduce huc Ter.
You are out, i. e. mistaken.Erras, Cic. 1. Off. Totâ erras viâ, Ter.
It will out.Effluet, Ter. Eun. 1. 2.
Speak out.Eloquere, Ter. Phor. 2, 1-
For very love she shut him out of doors.Prae amore exclusit foras, Ter. Eun. 1. 2.
Certain Particular Phrases.
He is out at the first dash.In limine impingit.
Out of doubt.Sine controversiâ, Ter. Ph [...]rm. 5. 6.
Haud dubiè, Liv.
Out of order.Praepostere, Cic. Extra ordi­nem, Cic.
Out of measure.Supra modum.
He vanish'd out of sight.Oculis subductus est, Curt.
I am almost out of my wits.Vix apud me sum, [vix sum compos animi,] Ter.
I am quite out of love with my self.Ego nunc totus displiceo mihi, Ter. Heaut. 5. 4.
They are fall'n outIrae sunt inter eos, Ter. And. 3. 3
Out you Villain.Exi foras sceleste, Ter. Eun. 4. 4.
He is out with me.Alieno à me an imo est.

CHAP. LXII. Of the Particle Against.

1. AGainst) referring to something to be done by or at some I. set future term of Time expressed, is made by in with an Accus. case: as,

He bade him to supper a­gainst the next day.Ad coenam invitavit in po­sterum diem, Cic.

¶ In proximnm annum consulatum peteret, Cic. Att. l. 10. Sacri­ficium lustrale in diem posterum parat, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 1. In cra­stinnm, Plaut. In vesperum parata, Plaut.

But if only a Verb with its Nominative case, and not any Noun of time be expressed after it, then it is made by dum with a Verb: as,

They made ready the pre­sent against Joseph came, Gen. 43. 25.Interea parabant munus suum dum veniret Joseph, Jun. Trem.

2. (Against) joyned with over hath reference to the opposite II. position or situation of some thing, person, or place, and is made by ex adverso, or è regione.

Over against that place.Ex adverso ei loco, Ter. Phor. 1. 2.
Over against one of their bridges.E regione unius eorum ponti­um, Caes. 7. bell. Gal.

¶ Ea sita erat ex adverso [...], Ter. Phorm. 3. 3. E regione nobis, Cic. Reperiuntur apud Virgilium etiam hoc usurpata sensu contra & adversum: ut, Carthago Italiam contra, Aen. 1. Ad­ve [...]sum recubare ducem gregis acrior instat, Cul. i. e. è regione, Durrer.

3. (Against) implying something done or said to the offence, III. damage, or prejudice of another is made by adversus, adversum, and in: as,

Monies gathered up a­gainst the Common­wealth.Pecuniae conciliatae adversus Remp. Cic. 1. Verr.
Should I speak against him whom I came to speak for?Adversumne illum causam di­cerem cui veneram advo­catus? Ter. Adel. 4. 5.
He thought it spoken some­what harshly against him.Dictum in se inclementius ex­istimabat.

¶ Id quod apud Platonem est in Philosophos dictum, Cic. 1. Off. In aliquem: & in seipsum peccare: & in aliquem ali­quid facere Phrases sunt Ciceronianae passim, Vide Parei Com. de Partic. p. 617.

4. (Against) signifying not with, cross, or contrary to, is IV. made by adversus, (as well the Adjective, as Preposition) prae­ter and contra: as,

He hath the winde against him.Adversis utitur ventis.
Moneys gathered up a­gainst the Lawes.Pecuniae conciliatae adversus leges, Cic. 1. Verr.
I have added these three things against my nature.Haec tria addidi praeter natu­ram, Ter. Adelph.
He [...]ves against the stream.Contra torrentem brachia di­rigit.

¶ Praeter morem atque legem civium nimium ipse durus est, praeter aequumque & bonum, Ter. Adelph. Quid tam praeter consuetudinem quàm—? Cic. pro L. Man. Frontibus adversis ausi concurrere damae, Mart. Contra jus fasque, Cic. Nemo contra perditos cives à Senatu stetit constantius, Cic. de Cl. O­rat.

When contrariety to will, nature, &c. is expressed, then Invitus is eleg antly used: as,

He did it against hiswill,Invitus [gravatè]fecit.
nature.Invitâ Minervâ

So Diis iratis, or adversis; and Genio irato, facere aliquids To do any thing against the hair.

5. (Against) importing to refuse, oppose, or hinder is made by V. a word or Phrase of like import: as,

I am clear against it.Animus abhorret à [ab] Cic.
I began at first to be a­gainst it.Coepi advorsari primò, Ter. Phor. 1. 2.
I am not against it.Non recuso quo minus, Cic. 15. ep. 10.
It may very easily be done, if the Senate be not a­gainst it.Facillimum factu sit, non a­spernante Senatu, Cic. 15. Fam. ep. 10.

6. (Against) sometimes denotes defence, or preservation, and VI. then is made by à or ad: as,

I defend the myrtles against the cold.Defendo à frigore myrtos, Virg.
His heart was hardened a­gainst any new grief.Obduruit animus ad dolorem novum, Cic.

¶ A quo periculo defendite, Judices, civem Fonteium, Cic. pro Fonteio. Nisi desperatione rerum obduruisset animus ad do­lorem novum, Cic. l. 2. ep. 16. Tecti esse ad alienos possumus: Socios verò quî carere possumus? Cic. pro Rosc. Am. Mirari licet, quae sint animadversa à Medicis herbarum genera, quae radicum ad morsus bestiarum, ad oculorum morbos, ad vulne­ra, Cic. l. 1. de Divin.

7. (Against) after Verbs betokening any violent moving [...] VII. made by ad or in: as,

Lest thou dash thy foot a­gainst a stone, Luc. 4. 11.Ne quando offendas ad lapi­dem pedem tuum, Bez.
The billows [...] beat against the shore.Fluctus illiduntur in littus Quintil.

¶ Offendere ad s [...]ipitem, Columel. Puppis offendit in s [...]opulis, Ovid. Erigere scalas ad moenia, & ad murum, Liv. Pontus in scopulos undas erigit, Lucan. Dixit Virg. Aequora illisa sco­pulis.

CAAP. LXIII. Of the Particle Which.

1. WHich) spoken interrogatively is made by quis: as, I.

Lord, which is he that be­trayeth thee? John 21. 20.Domine, quis est ille quite prodit?

2. (Which) spoken Relatively is made by qui, &c. as, II.

Who is tich? He which co­vets not.Quis dives? qui nil cupit.

¶ Providendum est ne quae dicantur, ab eo qui dicit dissenti­ant, Quint.

3. (Which) put for whether of the two is made by uter: very III. rarely by quis: as,

Which of them two wil love him best? Luc. 7. 42.Horum uter eum plus diliget? Bez.
Consider which [i. e. whe­ther of them] hath done the [...]ther wrong.Considera quis quem fraudâs­se dicatur, Cic. pro Rosc. Comoed.

¶ Dijudicari non poterat uter utri anteferendus virtute videretur, Cic.

4. (Which) put for what one of more than two, is made by IV. quis only: as,

Which now of these three thinkest thou was neigh­bour to him that fell a­mong thieves?Quis igitur horum trium tibi videtur proximus fuisse illi qui incidit in latrones? Luc. 10. 36.

Sed non parva est differentia inter quis & uter. Quandoqui­dem duobus existentibus, pro arbitrio licet interroges, quis, vel uter. Pluribus, quis tantum, Valer. Max. l. 9. Uter est luxurio­sior, egone, an tu? Ovid. l. 3. de Ponto. Quis non è timidis aegri contagia vitet? Quis autem de duobus dici, author est, Cicero in Actione pro Roscio Comoedo: Considera C. Piso, quis quem fraudâsse dicatur, Roscius Fannium. August. Saturn. Gram. Instit. l. 5. c. 30.

CHAP. LXIV. Of the Particle Whether.

1. answering to it self in the beginning of I. several clauses of distributive speeches is made by seu or sive: as

Whethtr you use a Physici­an, or whether you do not, you shall not recover.Sive a dhibueris Medicum, sive non adhibueris, non conva­lesces, Cic. Fam. l. 12.
Whether through anger, or whether through hatred, or whether through pride—Seuira, seu odio, seu superbia, Liv. Dec. 1. l. 1.

¶ Sed tamen, si quis est, qui illam Posthumi sive inanem spem, sive inconsultam rationem, sive, ut gravissimo verbo uter, [Page 207] temeritatem reprehendendam putat, &c. Cic. pro Rab. Post. Seu ira, seu odio, seu superbia insita ingenio, nullam eum vo­cem emisse, refert, Liv. Sive ego tacco, seu loquor, scio scire te, Plaut. Stich.

Note, Whether in the beginnings of the latter clauses is oft o­mitted, though always understood: as, whether I hold my peace, or speak, [i. e. or whether I speak] I know you know it, whether you use a Physician, or no: whether through an­ger, or hatred, or pride—

2. (Whether) in interrogative speeches is made by Ne or U­trum; II. in Dubitative by si, num, or an: as,

Whether had you rather live at Rome, or at Mytylene?Romaene, an Mitylenis malles vivere? Cic. Fam. l. 4.
What makes th'matter to you whether I eat it raw or sodden?Quid tu curas, utrum crudum, an coctum edam? Plaut. Aul.
I will see whether ht be at home—Idque adeo visam si domi est, Ter. Eun. 3, 4.
To over therefore whether you ought to make any doubt—Quare videte num dubitan­dum vobis sit, Cic. pro L. Manil.
I know not whether it were better for the people—Nescio an satius fuerit populo­ Flor. 3. 12.

Note1. Ne and Utrum are indifferently used in Dubitative and Interrogative Speeches: An (for whether) and num (unless in composition with quis, quid, &c.) are seldome u­sed in Interrogative, but mostly in Dubitative; si in Dubita­tively only.

Note2. Many times it is not unelegant to omit the Latine Particle for whether, especially if an be expressed in the latter clause:

¶ Multum interest, alienos populêre fines, an tuos uri ex­scindique videas, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 8. Dic mihi hoc, quod te rogo, Album, an atrnm vinum potes? Plaut. Menaech. Bene praeci­piunt, qui vetant quicquam agere, quod dubites aequum sit, an iniquum, Cic. l. 1. Off.

3. (Whether) being put partitively for which of the two is III. made by uter, utra, &c. as,

Take whether of them you like best.Utrum horum mavis accipe.

¶ Quamobrem uter tandem nostrûm Labiene popular is est? tune, an ego? Cic. pro Sest. Reperiam qui dicat, aut scribat u­tra valet lingua, Cic. in Orat. Duobus propositis honestis, u­trum honestius: Itemque duobus propositis utilibus, utrum u­tilius—Cic. 1. Off.

Certain particular Phrases.
Let them look whether there be any maid or woman.Investigent ecqua virgo sit, an mulier, Cic. apud. Dict. Lat. English.
He asked me whether I would have any thing into Sardinia.Rogavit, nunquid in Sardini­am vellem, Cic: ad Q. Fr.

An Appendix touching the Particle Whither.

(Whither) wheresoever standing alone it is put for to what, or to which place (whether in Interrogative or Indefinite speech­es,) is generally made by quo: as,

Whither go you?Quónam abis? Plaut. Aul.
In which Isle there is a Town of the same name whither he never came.In quâ Insulâ oppidum est e­odem nomine quò iste nun­quam accessit, Cic. Verr. 6.

¶ Quò te Maeri pedes? an, quò via ducit, in urbem? Virg. Ecl. 9.—quò fessus ab undis se recepit, Virg. Georg. 4.

—But when joyned to other Particles, no, some, &c. it is made by a liquò, nusquam, &c. as,

You were a going some whither else? No whe­ther.Tu profecturus aliò fueras?
 Nusquam, Ter. Eun. 2. 1.

CAAP. LXV. Of the Particle Within.

1. having a word of Place expressed after it, I. is made by intra: as,

He kept the foot men within the trench.Intra vallum pedites tenusit, Liv.

¶ Intra urbem, Flor. 3. 18. Nisi intra parietes meos de meâ pernicie consilia mirentur, Cic. Att. l. 3. ep. 14.

2. (Within) not having any express word of Place after it, is II. made by intus: as,

He is within together with them.Inrus est cum illis, Ter. Phor. 5. 8.

¶ Ego te intus & in cute novi, Pers. Intus nemo est, Plaut.

3. (Within) having reference to space or compass of Time, III. is made by in, intra, and cis: as,

Within a few dayes.In paucis diebus, Ter.
Cis paucos dies, Plaut. Truc. a. 2. Sc. 3. v. 27.
Within this hour it will cease.Intra horam desinet, Sen. ep. 54.

¶ Intra 16 dies coeptum peractum est, Flor. 1. 11. Fere in die­bus paucis quibus haec acta sunt, Chrysis haec vicina moritur, Ter. And. 1. 1. Cis paucas tempestates, Plaut. Mostell. a. 1. sc. 1. v. 17.

Note; in is oft omitted, yet the word of Time is put never­theless in the Ablative case; as, I hope that within a few moneths Diphilus's work will be at an end. Spero paucis mensibus opus Diphili perfectum fore, Cic.

Certain particular Phrases.
Keep within compass.Modum tene, Cic.
Within these few dayes, I will see you.Propediem te videbo, Cic.
He returned within a while after.RediitHaud multo post, Ter.
Paulo post, Cicero 1. Off.

CHAP. LXVI. Of the Particle Where.

1. WHere) signifying in what or in which place is made I. by ubi: as,

Where is my brother?Ubi est frater? Ter.
This very porch where we walk.Porticus haec ipsa, ubi inam­bulamus, Cic. l. 2. de Orat.

Note; We may (especially in more earnest expressions) for ubi use ubinam, ubinam gentium, ubi gentium, ubi loci, ubi terrarum: as, Phaedria tibi adest. A. Ubinam? Ter. Phor. O dii immortales ubinam gentium sumus! Cic. 1 Cat. Non aedepol nunc ubi terrarum sim scio si quis roget, Plaut. Am­phit. 1, sc. 1. v. 179, &c. Vide Parei Com de Partic. L. L. p. 454. Voss. Lat. Syntax. p. 78. Turs. de Partic. c. 211. reg. 12.

2. (Where) signifying by which place or way, is made by II. quà: as,

He got up into the temple I know not where through a mine.Ipse in templum nescio quà per cuniculum ascendit, Cic. 3. Phil.

¶ Iste ad omnes introitus quà adiri poterat in eum fundum ar­matos opponit, Cic. pro Cecin. Perge modò & quà te via ducit, dirige gressum, Virg. 1. Aen.—Quà equitatum ubi tempus esset emitterent, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 9.—Quà primum maris nostri limen aperitur, Flor. 3. 6.

3. (Where) in composition with any of these Particles any, no, III. some, every, is respectively to be rendred by usquam, uspiam, ali­cubi, * nusquam, ubique: as,

Neither is there any where room for either counsel, or authority.Nec est usquam consilio, aut auctoritati locus, Cic. 2. Off.
Whether that law be writ­ten any where, or no where.Sive est ulla lex scripta uspi­am, sive nusquam, Cic. 1. de Legibus.
If Pompey be safe, and have made a stay any where—Si salvus sit Pompeius, & con­stiterit a licubi—Cic. Att. l. 9.
It is every where spoken a­gainst, Act. 28. 22.Ubique ei contradicitur, Hie­ron.

¶ Inde utrum consistere uspiam velit, an mare transire nesci­tur, Cic, ad Att. l. 7. Nihil usquam spei, nihil auxilii est, Liv. [Page 212] Dec. 3. l. 9. Si scires aspidem occulte latere uspiam, Cic. 2. de Fin. Ille autem vir bonus nusquam apparet, Ter. Eun. Ego verò nusquam esse illos puto, Cic. 1. Tusc. * Ullbi & Nullibi minimè usitata sunt, Tursell. c. 131. Obs. 3.

4. (Where) in composition with any of these Particles of, to, IV. at, by, from, on, upon, with, [withall] &c. is the same in sense with what or which, &c. and made generally by that case of quis or qui which those Particles are signes of: as,

He had a knife wherewith he would have slain himself.Ferrum habuit quo se occide­ret.
There is no other name whereby we must be sa­ved, Acts 4. 12.Nec aliud nomen est in quo oporteat nos salvos fieri, Hier.
And be not drunk with wine wherein is excesse, Ephes. 5. 18.Et nolite inebriari vino, in quo est luxuria, Id.
Whereof we are all witnes­ses. Act. 2. 32.Cujus omnes nos testes sumus Id.
This is the day, whereof I have spoken, Ezech. 39. 8.Haec est dies de qua locutus sum, Id.
The place whereon thou standest is holy.Locus in quo stas sanctus est Id.
Tables whereupon they slue their sacrifices, Ezech. 40. 41.Mensae super quas immola­bant, Id.
It shall prosper in the things whereto I sent it, Esa. 55. 11.Prosperabitur in his ad quae misi illud, Id.

Note, Instead of the Relative, unde may elegantly be used for whereby, whereupon, and wherewithall: as,

Whereby shall I know this?Unde hoc sciam?
Whereupon he promised with an oath.Unde cum juramento pollici­tus est.
I have wherewithall to do these things.Est mihi unde haec fiant, Tu.

CHAP. LXVII. Of the Particle Let.

1. LEt) joyned with alone, and signifying to leave off, give I. over, or pass by; is made by mitto, or omitto: as,

Will you let me alone or no?Mittis me, an non mittis? Plaut.
I will not let you alone.Non omitto, Plaut.

¶ At jam crepabunt manu malae tibi nisi me omittis, Plaut. Mil.

2. (Let) without alone signifying to give leave to, or suffer, II. is made by permitto, and sino: as,

He let him spend as much as he would.Quantum vellet impendere permisie, Liv. Dec. 4. l. 9.
I will not let you go a­way.Abire te non sinam, Plaut. Mil.
I let him take his belly full.Sivi animum ut expleret suum, Ter. And. 1. 2.

¶ Quaeso sinite transigi, Plaut. Poen. Prol. Sinito ambulare, C. foris, si intus volent, Plaut. Captiv. 1. 2. Sine, biduum hoc prae­tereat, Ter. Eun. 2. 2. Neque enim liberum id vobis permittet Philippus, Liv.

3. (Let) having the signe os a Verb before it, without any o­ther III. Verb after it, is it self a Verb, and (as signifying to hinder) is made by impedio, or obsto: as,

What doth let [i. e. hinder] why it should not be?Quid obstat cur non? Ter. And. 1. 1.
 Quid impedit quo minus?

¶ Nec aetas impedit, quo minus agri colendi studia teneamus, Cic. Quod isti ne faciant summâ malevolentiâ & livore im­pediuntur, Brut. Ciceroni.

4. (Let) comming before another Verb without any sign of a IV. Verb before it self is generally the signe of an Imperative Mood: as,

Let them go home.Domum abeant, Plaut. Poen.
Let them have regard to piety.Pietatem colunto, Cic. 3. de Leg.

If the Verb is to be of the first Person * singular, then let is a sign of the Present tense of the Subjunctive * Mood: as,

Let me see it.Videam *.

¶ In hujusmodi structurâ est Ellipsis [...] sine ut—, vel permitte ut— Quid quod? amet, amemus, ament, amemur & amentur, Imperativi non sint, sed Subjunctivi.

5. (Let) having an Adjective next before it is a Substantive V. importing hinderance or delay, and made by mora, &c. as,

I will be no let [i. e. hinde­rance] to you.In me nihil erit morae, Ter. And. 1. 1.

6. (Let) comming together with in or into signifies to give IV. admission or entrance to, or to suffer to come in, and is made by admitto, or intromitto, &c. as,

To let one in that stands at the doors.Ante fores stantem admittere, Mart. 1. 26.
See you let no body into the house.Cave quenquam in aedes in­tromiseris, Plaut. Aulul. 1. 2.
Certain Particular Phrases.
Let the old man come.Cedò senem, Bud.
I will let you know.Tibi notumfaciamPlin.
Te certioremCic.

CHAP. LXVIII. Of the Particle Last.

1. LAst) having a Substantive of Time, viz. day, night, week, I. moneth, year, Christmass, Easter, &c. expressed together, with it is elegantly made by proximus, with a Verb of the Preterperfect tense: as,

They were Embassadours the last year.Anno proximo Legati fuerunt, Cic. pro Leg. Manil.

¶ Eoque magis quod his proximis Nonis tu non affuisti, Cic. de Am. Terrebat & proximus annus lugubris duorum consulum funeribus, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 7. Quid proximâ quid superiore nocte egeris, Cic. Cat. 1. Quem librum legimus biduo proximo supe­riore, A Gell. Quem proximis superioribus diebus acerrimè op­pugn âsse tulissem, Cic. Vide Francisci Sylvii Progymnasm. Cen­tur. 2. cap. 100.

2. (Last) having reference to the order or place of a thing is II. made by novissimus, extremus, ultimus, supremus, Summus, Proximus, Postremus.

To compare the last with the first.Conferre novissima primis, Cic.
To the last hour.Usque ad extremum spiritum, Cic.
My writings want my last cate.Deest scriptis ultima lima meis, Ovid. Trist. 1. 6.
Think every day to be thy last.Omnem crede diem tibi dilu­xisse supremum, Hor.
Neither fear nor wish for thy last day.Summum nec metuas diem, nec optes, Mart.
In the last Book we spake of Cropes.Proximo libro de Tropis di­ctum est, Quintil.

Or by some Adverb derived of some of these Adjectives, pro­ximè, novissimè, postremùm, &c. as,

He whom I named last.Is quem proximè nominavi, Cic.
Last of all.
III.
Novissimè, Flor. 1. 13.
This is the last time you are like to see me.Hodie me postremùm vides, Ter.

¶ Illius temporis mihi solet in mentem venire quo proximè unà fuimus, Cic. 7. Fam. 3. ep. Quo ego interprete novissimè ad Lepidum sum usus, Planc. Cic. Ut vestigium illud ipsum in quo ille postremùm institisset, contueremur, Cic.

3. (Last) having at before it, without any Substantive ex­pressed after it (as signifying at length) is made by some of these Particles, Jam, tandem, aliquando, demum, denique, ad ex­tremum, ad postremum, &c. as,

Now at last I under­stand.Nunc demum intelligo, Ter. Heaut.

¶ Nunc jam fum expeditus, Cass. Cic. Praelium diremit tan­dem nox interventu suo, Plaut. Amphit. Perfice ut jam tandem illi fateantur, Cic. contra Rull. Quod diu parturit animus ve­ster, aliquando pariat, Liv. Dec. 3. l. 1. Collegi me aliquando, Cic. pro Cluent. Tandem aliquando Catilinam ex urbe ejecimus, Cic. Cat. 2. Spes est hunc miserum atque infelicem aliquando tandem posse consistere, Cic. pro Qint. Nunc demum literis tuis rescribo, quas ad me misisti, Cic. ad Att. Tum denique omnes diligimus nostra bona, quum quae in potestate habuimus, ea a­misimus, Plaut. Captiv: Tantum accessit, ut nunc denique a­mare videar, antea dilexisse, Cic. Fam. l. 9. Nudus atque egens ad extremum fugit è regno, Cic. pro Rab. Posth. Tantus terror, eorum nominis erat, ut Syriae quoque ad postremum reges sti­pendium dare non abnuerent, Liv. Dec. 4. l. 6.

4. (Last) sometimes is put to signifie the duration or continuance of a thing, and then is to be made by some Verb or Phrase of like import: as,

It will last for ever.In aeternum durabit, Quint.
Certain particular Phrases.
The last save one.Proximus à postremo, Cic.
Alter ab extremo.
Novissimus citra unum.
He held out unconquered to the last.Invictus ad ultimum permansit, Liv.

Chap. 6. Rule 4. Note. When [and] comes betwixt two Verbs A­ctive there may be an elegant translation of them by putting a Participle in stead of the former Verb, and the Particle and: as,

Whom his mother conceived and bore.Quem mater conceptum genuit [for concepit, & genuit] Aen. 5.

¶ In hujusmodi verò cōstructione imitatio quae dam est Graecoiū qui vel elegantiae, vel brevitatis saltem causâ Participium usurpant pro verbo & copula [...], ut Lucian in Dialog. Cyclop. & Neptun. [...]—qui me inebriatum excaecavit. Id. lb. [...]: Ego verò com­prehensos ipsorum quosdam devoravi. Vide Vigeri Idiotism. cap. 6 S. 1 Reg. 14. Item clariss. Busbei Gr. Gram. p. 181.

Chap. 16. Rule 9. After quo minus adde or quin.

I can hardly keep my self from flying in his face.Vix me contineo, quin involem in capillum, Ter. Eun. 5. 2.

Chap. 18. Rule 5. Add to the Examples of that Rule this.

How should I come to know of it?Qua resciscerem? Ter. Adel. 4. 5.

Chap. 33. Rule 1. Add in the margin of that Rule this explicative note to come in after above, viz. as above hath relation to an higher place: but if either over or above relate to a greater number, then they are made by amplius, &c. Vide Above, c. 43 r. 1. 2.

Chap. 34. Rule 4. Accipitur quoque Qui causaliter pro Cum seu Quia vel Quod sequente conjunctivo ut, Peccavi, qui contra dicta tua venerim. Ut intelligatis vos in Jehovam-gravem culpam ad­misisse qui regem vobis poposceritis! Peccâsse mihi videor, qui à:

Chap. 44. Rule 11. (To) after expressions importing a continued act of accusing, complaining, commending, or speaking of any person or thing to, before, or in the presence of other Persons is made by apud: as

He made an Oration to the people.Verba fecit apud populum, Cic.
He complains to me by lettersQueritur apud me per literas, Cic.

¶ Quum de me apud te loquor, Cic. Orationem apud Senatum ha­buit, Cic. Diximus a pud Pontifices, Cic. Accusantur a pud Amphycti­ones, Cic. Aliquem laudare a pud a liquem, Cic. A pud quem evomat virus acerbitatis suae. Cic. in Lael. Cur ego apud te mētiar? Plaut. Poen.

Chap. 44. Rule 12. (To) is used in English for of, as to, or con­cerning, & is made by ad sometimes, (most usually by de c. 30. r. 16.) as

I shall speak to [i. e. of or con­cerning] that presently.Ad illud statim verba faciam.

¶ Ad (inquit Durr. p. 17.) valet. De. Plaut. Aulul. a. 3. sc. 5. v. 23. Nimis lepidè fecit verba ad parsimoniam, Symmach. l. 4. ep. 56. Postquam vos ad virtutem verba fecistis. Sed potest esse eadem prudentiae definitio, de quâ principio diximus, Cic. 1. Off. 55.

13. (To) before a word of time after Verbs denoting a delay or put­ting off, until that time is made by in: as,

The souldiers hope is put off to [i. e. till] another day.Spes prorogatur militi in alium diem, Plaut. Aul. a. 3. sc. 5.

In posterum diem distulit, Cic. pro Deiot.

Chap. 57. Rule 4. To the third Exomple of that Rule add this fol­lowing Note.

¶ Est tamen ubi Verbum facio ad vitandum odiosam verbi jam se­mel dicti repetitionem sic Latini usurpant, quemadmodum nos An­gli Particulas do, did, &c. Quid est suavius, quàm bene rem gerere bono publico? Sicut ego feci heri. Plaut. Capt. ac. 3. sc. 2. Si Dî im­mortales id voluere vos hanc aerumnam exequi, Decet id pati aequo animo, si id faciet is, levior labos erit, Plaut. Capt. a. 2. sc. 1. Multas à te accepi epistolas, eodem die, omnes diligenter scriptas. Ea verò, quae voluminis instar erat, saepe legenda, sicuti facio: Cic. ad Att. l. 10. ep. 4.

Chap. 15. Rule 16. (For) in distribution of things by proportion to several persons, &c. is elegantly made by in: as,

He sets down twelve acres for every man.Duodena describit in singulos ho­mines jugera, Cic. cont. Rull.

¶ Titurius quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegit, Cic. pro Font. Ut in singula conclavia tricenos lectos quaereret, Cic. Verr. 6. Ut in singulas colonias ternos cives Romanos facere posset, Cic. pro Balbo. Bina boum vobis—Dat numero capita in naves, Virg. Aen. 5.

Chap. 15. Rule 17. (For) before a casual word having an Infini­tive mood after it, is to have nothing made for it, but is comprehended under the Latine of the Accusative case of the Noun, and Infinitive Mood of the Verb: as,

Since the people of Rome re­members this, it were a most shameful thing for me not to remember him.Hoc cum Populus Rom. memine­rit, me ipsum non meminisse turpissimum est, Cic. 11. Fam. ep. 16.

Note 1. If a Noun or Verb, &c. governing a Dative case come before for, then the casual word following it, may be either the dative case as governed of the fore-going word, or the Accusative as governed of the following Infinitive mood, as will appear by the following Examples.

Turpe est eis, qui bene nati sunt, turpiter vivere, Sen. Quod ipsi suer it honestissimum discere, Cie.

Licitum est tibi ex hac juventute generum deligere, Cic. l. 4. ep. 5. Hei mihi! quod domino non licet ire tuo, Ovid. Trist. 1. 1. Non licet ho­minem esse saepe ita ut vult, si res non sinit, Ter. Heaut. a. 4. sc. 1. Neque me servitio exire lice bat, Virg. Ecl. 1. Sin mihi neque Magistratum, ne (que) Senatii auxiliari licuerit, Cic. Fam. 5. ep. 4. Sedibus in patriis det mihi posse mori, Ovid. 1 Trist. 1. Nec te hinc comitem asportare Creu­sam Fas, Virg. Aen. 2.

The reason of this indifferency as to the case, is because if the sen­tence were written at the full of it, there should be expressed both the Dative case, and the Accusative case, as it is in this of Cicero's—Hoc te expectare tibi turpe est. And this was meant surely by that Submo­nition in Lillies Grammar concerning these Examples—Nobis non li­cet esse tam disertos. Exped it bonas esse vobis, Quo mihi commisso non licet esse piam: viz. that before the Infinitive Moods herein expres­sed there are Accusative cases to be understood: as if the Sentences were written at large, Non licet nobis nos esse tam disertos, &c. And [Page 220] hence it comes to pass that Adjectives comming after Verbs of the Infinitive mood do so often differ in case from the Substantives coming before them, as in the forenamed examples—: Nobis esse disertos: Vo­bis esse bonas; Mihi esse piam: Which Adjectives agree not with that Substantive that is expressed (if differing in case from them) but with that which is omitted. Hence also it is that the Accusative case before the Infinitive Mood being omitted, the Adjective comming after it may also be the Dative case as well as the Substantive: as, Nobis non licet esse tam disertis. Natura beatis omnibus esse dedit. Lastly, hence it is that though neither Dative, nor Accusative case be expressed before the Infinitive mood, yet the Adjective may be of the Dative case, as in that of Terence, Phorm. 5. 2. Nos nostrâpte culpâ faci­mus ut malis expediat esse.

Note 2. Such Sentences where For is thus used, may be varied both in English by if or that, and in Latine by si or ut, with a Nominative Case and a Subjunctive Mood; as this English Sentence— It is a shame for them that are well bred, to live basely—may be varied thus, It is a shame if they that are well bred do live basely. Or, It is a shame that they that are well bred should live basely. And so the Latine also. Turpe est eis, qui bene nati sunt turpiter vivere, may be varied thus— Turpe est si ii, qui bene nati sunt, turpiter vivant; Turpe est ut ii qui bene nati sunt, turpiter viverent.

A PRAXIS upon the foregoing Treatise of Particles. Solus & Artifices qui facit usus erit. Ovid.

An Advertisement to the Rea­der, touching the Praxis.

MY drift hath been in these following Dia­logues, to give some taste of the usefulness of the foregoing Treatise; although being bound up to words and Phrases, I could nei­ther follow such sense nor style, as being at liberty I might have done. Be pleased only to note (for bet­ter Direction) that I. The intervening Figures in the English Dialogues direct to that Chapter and Rule, &c. according to which the preceding [Page] Particle or Phrase is to be made into Latine. II. If there be but one figure it refers to some Rule of that Chapter, where the foregoing Particle is handled. Thus in the first Interlocution of the first Dialogue, the single figure (1) after the Particle —For— refers to the first Rule of that Chapter where that Particle is handled, which you may most readily finde by procee­ding in your search for it, according to the order of the Alphabet. III. If the figures be two (as somtimes the nature of the Chapter requires it) the first refers to the Chapter, and the second to some Rule or Note of that Chapter. As in the same Interlocution the figures (34. 1.) set immediatly after the words —was looking— refer to the 34th Chapter of the Treatise, and the first Rule of that Chapter, where is a Direction for the rendring of those words. IV. If an (n) either alone or with a figure after it, be set after any Particle, that (n) refers to some Note belonging to that Chap­ter, where the foregoing Particle is handled. Thus in the last Interlocution save one of the third Dialogue, after the word —taking— (35. n. 2.) refers to the se­cond Note to that 35th Chapter. V. If a (p.) be set after any word or Phrase, it refers to the Particular Phrases set after the Rules of that Chapter, where the preceding Particle is handled, where you shall finde either the same Phrase that is used, or some other whereunto allusion is made in that place. Thus in that fame Interlocution the (p) after —but— refers to the Phrases subjoyned to the Rules for the Particle But; the first whereof is this [He came but yesterday. Heri primùm venit.] which is alluded unto in that [Page] place of the Dialogue. VI. These Letters (app.) refer to an Appendix to Chapter 23d. where are set down certain Phrases giving some light towards the right rendring of the Particle —Most. VII. If you finde any word or Phrase enclosed within two semi­quadrats or brackets, the import thereof is a variation of the foregoing word or Phrase whether English or Latine by other words. Thus in the tenth Interlocu­tion of the third English Dialogue these words, [as soon as ever he spake] are a variation of the foregoing Phrase —at his first speaking— And accordingly in the Latine Interlocution answering thereunto these words [statim tamen ut, verum ubi primum locutus est; vix autem loqui coeper at cum] are so many se­veral variations of the foregoing Phrase —ad primam tamen ejus vocem— And so throughout And now this being all that I thought needful (if yet this be needful) to trouble you with, I commend you to the blessing of God and rest

Yours to use as you shall see cause, W. W.

A Praxis upon the foregoing Treatise of Particles.
DIALOGUE 1.

Richard. George.Richardus. Georgius.
R. WEll met George, for 2 I was looking 34. 1 of 14. you 1.R. OPportunè te mihi offers Georgi, nam teipsum quaerebam
G. I am very 1 glad you are 41. 6, 7. well Richard. But 10. what would you with (p) me?G. Vehementer gaudeo, Richarde te bene valere. Sed quid me vis? [quaeris?]
R. A friend of 4 mine, that 2 is at 7 my house, doth much 3 long 3 to 3 see you.R. Amicus quidam me­us, qui domi meae est, mag­nopere te videre cupit.
G. Where lives he?G. Ʋbinam vivit?
R. He lives at 3 London, most (p) an end; but 10 is now come 57. 1. from 1 Oxford by 2 Cam­bridge.R. Londini quidem ut plurimum; [plerunque] ve­rièm nunc venit Oxonio [ab Oxonio] per Canta­brigiam.
G. How 1 long 4 is it since 4 he came thence?G. Quàm diu est, quum [quampridem] inde profe­ctus est?
R. About 3 fourteen dayes.R. Dies circiter [plus minus] quatuordecim.
G. Brings he any news?G. Ecquid novi affert?
R. Never 2 a word: and 2 besides I quite forgot to 3 ask of 14 any such 2 thing.R. Ne verbum [ne u­num verbum] quidem: nec porro ullam in rem hujus­modi inquirere mihi in mentem venerat.
G. I must 1 dispatch a certain businesse that 2 I am about 7 which, though I would never so 26. 3. fain, yet 1 I must 1 not 2 leave before 9. n. & 41. 9 it be all 1 done: Otherwise I should have willingly gone along 1 with 2 thee to 1 him now. But 10 a­bout 2 noon I shall have leasure to 5 come to 1, and 4 speak with 5 him about 4 his occasions here.G. Conficiendum est mi­hi quoddam, quod ago ne­gotiolum, à quo ego, etiam­si vel maximè velim, priùs tamen desistere non debebo, quàm totum [integrum] perfecero [effectum dede­ro]: lubenti aliàs animo jam unà tecum ad illum pergerem. Atqui circa me­ridiem erit mihi otium eum adeundi, ac de [super] gerondis suis hic negotiis colloquendi.
R. About 2 that 1 time too I shall be about 6 the market­place, about 7 a little businesse there 1, but 10 at 1 the time ap­pointed I will come home.R. Ipse quoque sub id tempus circa forum in par­vo quodam ibidem negotio occupatus sum futurus: ad praestitutum tamen ho­ram me domum conferam.
G. About 7 it then 2 instant­ly, and 4 when you have brought it about 7 and are about to 1. 5 come home, then 1 see you wan­der not 3 about 1 the streets.G. Actutum ergo ac­cingere: id vero cum effe­ceris, ac rediturus fueris, tum circa vicos cave er­res; [cave ne, vide ne er­res, errare noli.]
R. I shall remember.R. Memorem mones [meminero]
G. Farewel.G. Vale.

DIALOGUE II.

Thomas. James.Thomas. Jacobus.
T. WHere spends your 51. 2. brother John his 17. 1. dayes?T. URinam gentium vitam agit suam frater tuu [...] Io­hannes?
I. Awhile ago truly he lived at 3 Athens, but 10 now he lives at 4 Carthage.I. Nuper quidem Athe­nis, nunc autem Carthagi­ne.
T. When was he with 4 you 1 at 7 your 2 house?T. Quando apud te do­mi fuit?
I. At 1 Christmass last.I. Proximis Christi Na­talitiis.
T. Were you not 4 very 1 glad to 6 see him well?T. Nonne laetatus es admodum, cum [ubi] eum salvum conspexeras?
I. At (p) my very 2 heart truly: for 1 I had never 1 seen him before 3 since 2 he went from 1 London.I. Ex ipso certè animo: nec enim unquam antea ex quo Londino discesserat mihi in conspectum vene­rat.
T. He is a very 1 godly man 3 sure, and 4 much (p) a Scholar.T. Summè is haud du­biè pius homo est, nec vul­gariter doctus [& cum primis eruditus.]
I. Truly I am of your minde 57. 5. for 1 the next day after 3 he was come 57. 1. he was at 5 Church, at 8 a Sermon: andI. Equidem ipse tecum sentio: nam postridie ejus die quo advenerat, sacrae in temple concioni inter­fuit:
4 all 1 his 1 discourse was conti­nually of 16 religion. We could scarcely be set 57. 1. down at 6 table, but 4 he was presently pro­pounding 34. 1. to be 44. n. 1. tal­ked of 14 some question as 5 pro­fitable as 5 pleasant to be 44. n. 2. heard. And 4 as for 12 wealth, he is so 4 far from gaping 34. 8. after 4 it, that 5 he sets nothing by 14. p. it at all, 4. p.omnisque perpetuo ejus sermo de religione erat. Ad mensam vix unquam consideramus, quin [cum] quaestionem continuò ali­quam auditu perinde utilem ac jucundam discutiendam proponeret. Quod autem [quantum verò] ad divi­tias spectat [attinet] adeo iis nullus inhiat [ita iis non inhiat; tantum abest, ut iis inhiet] ut nihili omnino [prorsus] aestimet.
T. Knew you him at 9 the first sight?T. Primòne eum aspe­ctu [facie; fronte:] nor as?
I. No 1 indeed: and 3 yet 1 at 9 his 17. 1. first speaking 35. 3. [as soon as 7. p. ever he spake] I remembred him presently.I. Minimè verò: ad pri­mam tamen ejus vocem [statim tamen ut, verùm ubi primùm, locutus est; vix autem loqui coeperat cum] eum pernovi illi [...]o.
T. I am confident you could not 2 but 6 grieve extremely at 9 his departure.T. Non potuisti scio quin discessu ejus vehe­menter doleres [non vehe­menter angi.]
I. I could indeed do nothing but 5 weep, though he were a little angrie at 11 me for 2 it.I. Aliud profectò nihil quàm [nisi] stere potui, licet [quanquam, ut ut] ed mihi de causâ subirascere­tur [nonnihil propterea mihi succenseret.]
T. I confesse you are by 1 no 2 means to be 44. n. 1. blamed for 9 not 2 suppressing 34. 4. such 1 a natural affection. But 10 I must 1 away: my businesseT. Nullo, fateor, pacto in co es culpandus quòd af­fectum tam [adeo] natu­ralem minus [non] repres­seris. Caterùm abeundum
calls me hence. Hereafter 57. 2. we will talk more 2 of 16 these things, beginning 34. 10. at p. the uttermost. In the mean-time 20. p. Fare­wel.est mihi: aliò mea me negotia vocant. Plura de hisce postea, ab extremo incipientes, collo­quemur [confabulabimur.] In­terim [interea loci] Vale.

DIALOGUE III.

Nicolas. Robert.Nicolaus. Robertus.
N. WHat news from 1 Cambridge, Ro­bert.N. Ecquid Roberte novi affers è Cantabrigiâ?
R. None truly: and 3 yet 1 all's 2 new there 1.R. Nihil planè: etiamsi no­va sint illic omnia.
N. Do the young Scholars study hard?N. Num diligenter incum­bunt studiis suis Juniores A­cademici?
R. Very 1 hard: and 3 yet 1 the University (me thinks) is much 3 altered for all that 15. 11.R. Admodum diligenter [quàm diligentissimè]: nihil­ominus mirè mihi mutata ta­men videtur Academia.
N. I have heard as much 24 p. long since 34. 4. of 13 many.N. Istuc [tantundem] ego jam pridem ex multis audive­ram [acceperam].
R. I doubt not 2 but 7 it will grow both 2 more 1 full, and 12. 2. famous every day, for all 15. 11. Scholars are every where so 2 little set by 12 now adayes.R. Non dubium est mihi quin [nihil vereor ne non] & auctior indies & illustrior fu­tura sit; tametsi adeo parvi passim nunc dierum habeantur viri eruditi.
N. There 2 is very 1 small hope of 1 it, for all that 15. 11 for 1 where rewards are taken from 3 the learned, there 1 the learners are soon discouraged from 2 learning 35. n. 2.N.Perexigua tamen esus spes est: ubi enim praemia eru­dilis adimuntur, ibi erudiendi citò à discendo deterrentur.
R. Vertue and 4 know­ledge are their 17. 1. own 36. n. 2. rewards both 1 which now flourish in 5 the Univer­sity.R. Virtus & Scientia sua sunt ipsorum praemia, quae am­bo jam in Academiâ [...]fflores­cunt.
N. But for 13. 2. your 2 say­ing 35. 3. [If 4 you 1 had not 19. 4. said it] I should never 1 have believed it: not but that 13. 3. I have a good opi­nion of 16 the University; but 10 because such 4 is the cor­ruptness both 2 of 1 the times and 4 manners every where, that 5 but 8 a very 1 few re­tein so much as 24. p. the name of 1 vertue, and 4 all 2 for the most part 23. app. are ignorant of 5 the thing it self 1.N. Absque tuo sermone es­set [ni tu dixisses] [haud unquam] id. ego credidissem: non quin honorificè de Acade­mia sentiam [Non quod p i­mus honestam ad Academiae opinionem conceperim] sed quod ea sit cùm temporum, tum morum ubique pravitas, ut vir­tutis vel nomen tantùm non ni­si paucissimi retineant, rei au­tem ipfius plerique omnes ignari sint [ipsa verò quid sit pleri­que omnes ignorent: à pleris­que omnibus ignoretur.]
R. But that 13. 1. I love thee, verily I could be half angy with 3 thee, for 9 say­ing 34. 4. that 1 that 2 none but 9 some Timō ever thought. Thou meetest me at 1 no 2 time, but 4 thou art present­ly complaining 34. 1. thus. IR. Ni [nisii] te amarem profecto subirasci tibi possem, qui [quod] illuddicas, quod praeter [extra] Timonem ali­quem nemo unquam homo sen­serit. Nullo [vix ullo] tu mi­hi tempore occurris, quin [quo non] isto statim pacto
think thou 41. 7. canst do nought but 5 brawle.conqueraris. Credo ego te nihil posse nisi [quam] rixari.
N. I cannot chuse but 6 fret to 6 see the baseness of 1 the world up and down 6 p.N. Non possum, quin com­movear [non animo discruci­ari] cùm [ubi] hominum pas­sim turpitudinem contemplor.
R. The most 23. app. I grant are bad, yet 1 not 2 all 2; some few are good, In­deed the world is made up of 13 both 1. 'Twas alwayes thus; and 2 better is not 2 to be 44. n. 1. looked for 15: and 4 'tis great folly for 10 a man 4 to 1 grieve for 2 what he cannot mend. But 10 I came home but (p) yester­day, and 4 am yet 3 weary with 1 taking 35. n. 2. a long 4 journey; and therefore 6. 3. I would not 2 have you 1 keep me any longer with 1 talk.R. Plerique (non infici­or) mali sunt, nec [haud] tamen omnes; rari quippe bo­ni: ex utrisque revera consta [...] hominum genus. Sic se semper habuit res: nec melior a speran­da sunt: stultitia verò est ex­trema quenquam ob id dolere [si; cum quis ob id se angat] quod nequit corrigere. Caete­rum heri primùm domum redii, & longum conficiendo iter [longo ex itinere] etiamnum fessus sum; nolim proinde ut ampliùs me sermone tuo deti­neas.
N. I am glad Robert that 6 you are well: I pray that 3 you may be.N. Salvus quod sis, Ro­berte, laetor; ut sis precor.
Fare you well.Vale.

DIALOGUE IV.

Peter. Geoffrey.Petrus. Galfridus.
P. WHat think'st thou will become of 9. p. me Geoffry.P. Quid me Galfride fu­turum censes?
G. Truly Peter, I neither know that 1: nor indeed know what to 6 think of 16 it. However modesty doth become 3 a young man. Car­ry but 8 your self 36. n. 1. then 2 as 2 it becommeth 1 you 2 before 1 your 2 fa­ther, and 2 fear not 2 but 7 all 2 will be well. Time that 2 subdueth all 2 things will bring it about 7 at last 8. p. that 3 he shall become 2 a little more 1 milde, although for the present 15. p. he be never so 26. 3. fierce.G. Illud bercle, mi Petre, neque scio, nec planè de illo quid suspicer invenio. De­cet utcunque adolescentem mo­destia. [Eum itaque te prae­stes modo] in patris conspe­ctu decet, nec metuas ne non rectè fiant omnia. Efficiet tan­dem tempus (quod cuncta sub­igit) ut mansuetior paulo eva­dat, etiamsi in praesen [...]iâ fero­cissimus fuerit.
P. He never 1 used me thus before 3.P. Isto me pacto nunquam tractavit antè.
G. The more 4 kind then 2 that 8 he hath been towards you 1 heretofore, the more 4 submissively do you behave your self 36. n. 1. towards him now. By 4 suffering 35. n. 2. you shall overcome.G. Quanto igitur antehac benigmor in te fucrit, tanto te nunc submissiùs erga illum ge­ras. Ferendo vinces.
P. Being that 11. 3. he is my fa [...]her, I confess he is the more 3 to be born 44. n. 1. withal.P. Quandoquidem pat [...]r est, eo, fateor, magis est feren­dus.
G. Your 2 father being 3 a wise man 3 cannot but 6 love you 1 being 2 his 17. 1. childe, though for a while 15. 7. perhaps he may hide his 17. 1. love from 16. p. you 51. 1.G. Non potest pater tuus, cùm vir sapiens sit, [quippe qui vir sapiens sit: ut est vir sapiens] quin summè te filium suum amet, licet amorem fort as­se suum, ad tempus te celet.
P. For all that 15. 11. his 17. 1. being 5 so 2 harsh to 10 me of late 30. p. [this late so 4 great harshness of 4 his 17. 1 to 10 me] is some trouble to 1 me.P. Veruntamen quòd ita a­cerbus nuper erga me extiterit [nihilominus haec ejus nupera in me acerbitas] haud parum me commovet [nonnihil mihi molesta est.]
G. Old men I know being 1 never so little 26. 3. displea­sed, are froward enough: yet 1 such 4 a one is your father that 5 if 1 you will but 8 hu­mour him a while, I doubt not 2 but 7 he will soon be friends with p you: and if 6. p. ever my being 4 with 4. you, may stand you in any stead 20. p. with the help of God 47. p. I will not 2 fail you.G. Satis, scio, morosi vel minimùm laesi senes esse solent: is tamen pater tuus est ut si mo­dò velis huic parumper [pau­lisper] obscqui, non dubium est mihi, quin sit brevi [...]e in graliam recepturus: quòd si mea unquam apud vos praesentia, in rem tuam [è re tuâ] sit futura, tibi juvante Deo, decsse nol [...].
P. I intreat thee by 8 that 1 love, that 2 hath ever been betwixt us, that 3 thou woul­dest be by p. at 8 our first meeting 35. 3. for 1 I perceive by 7 his 17. 1. letters, by 1.P. Per eam te obtestor ami­citiam, quae mihi tecum semper intercessit, ut congressui primo nostro velis intercsse: nam in­telligo ex literi [...] ejus, quibus me ad colloquium evocat, quod
which he summons me to 2 a Park, that 6 according to 4 the old wont I am to be without 3 some body stand 44. n. 1. soundly schooled, by 3 us, to 6 take my part, and 4 speak for 14 me.ingenti, de more, jurgio nisi quis propter nos assistat, qui a me sit, ac pro me [secundum causam meam] dicat, excipi­endus sum.
G. To 6 be [that 4 I may be] short, (for 1 I am to 7 make haste) Parents though they be a little fro­ward, yet 1 are to be 44. n. 1. respected with 1 all 2 both 2 duty, and 12. 2. affection by 5 theit 17 children. And 3 therefore it will be much 5 better for 10 you to be 44. n. 2. a little chidden by 5 your fa­ther in word only 20. p. then 3 to 3 be wholly cast off 14 by 5 him. And the one is as 5 easie to be 44. n. 2 done, as the other is hard to be 44. n. 2 un­dergone.G. Ʋt te absolvam paucis (nam festinandum est:) Paren­tes tametsi morosiores paulò fuerint, à liberis certè suis om­ni quà officio, quà affectu co­lendi sunt. Multo proinde me­lius erit à patre te tuo graviùs verbo tenus corripi, quàm ab eo penitus obdicari [quam ut te pro suo non ampliùs habeat]. At hoc aequè est factu facile, ac illud ferri difficile.
P. I thank you 1 heartily for giving 34. 4. me such 1 faithful counsel, and so 2 friendly an advertisement: God willing 34. 10. I will henceforth in 5 this matter, both 2 follow your 2 coun­sels, and observe your admo­nitions. Farewel.P. Maximas ago tibi ex a­nimo gratias, [quod] fidele adeo consilium mihi dederis, tamque amicè me officii [com­monueris] tuis hâc in re, fa­vente Deo, & sum consilis de­inceps usurus, & monitis pari­turus. Vale.

DIALOGUE V.

Arthur. Edward.Arthurus. Edvardus.
A. HOW 3 now Edward? What's the matter I pray, that 6 I see your eyes so 2 swell'd with crying 35. n. 2?A. Quid nunc Edvarde? Quidnam, quaeso, est quod sic video tumi­dos tibi lachrymando oculos?
E. After 2 I had once heard that 41. 7. we should play after 1 dinner, I could neither look after 4 any les­son nor look on 4 book after 3.E. Postquam [ubi cum] id semel audiveram nos à prandio [post prandium] lusuros, nec potui exinde [postea] animum ulli lectioni intendere, nec li­brum inspicere.
A. No wonder 27. p. then 2. that 6 [if 1] you were beat­en for 2 your 2 negligence. But 10 if 4 you were not 2 unwise 2. 1. I suppose you would study the harder, and 1 not 2 on the contrary 31. p. loiter the more 2 when you are to 7 play afterwards; But 10 who I pray thee was so 2 kinde to 10 us, as p to 3 & 6 [that 5 he would] get us leave to 7 play?A. Minimè ergo mirum eum, quod supplicium ob [propter] negligentiam tuam [si negli­gentiae tuae poenas] dederis. Quod si [sin] tu parum pru­dens non esses, cò te, opinor, im­pensiùs literarum studiis addi­ceres, (non autem è contrario tanto magis cessares) cum tibi postmodo ludendum fuerit. Sed quisnam quaeso est, qui tam in nos humanus extitit, ut ludendi veniam impetraret?
E. A Gentleman of 1 good worth 3, that 2 came to 1 school, to 3 see our Master.E. Generosus quidam mag­nae vir autoritatis, qui praece­ptorem nostrum salutaturus [salutatum, salutare, ut salu­taret, ad salutandum, salutan­di gratiâ] ad scholam venerat.
A. Obtain'd he his 1 re­quest easily?A. An facile est factus voti sui compos?
E. Nay marry: that 1 was a matter of 1 very 1 much 1 difficulty: but 10 yet 1 he would take no 2 deniall. Nay, he was so far 38. p. from yielding 34. 8. to 1 our Ma­ster, that 5 he would not 2 give over 4. begging 34. 3. of 14. him, before 41. 9. he had overcome him with begging 35. n. 2.E. Minime verò: permulti erat illa res laboris: verùm tamen nullam hic pati repulsam voluit. Quid? quod tantum aberat Praeceptori nostro ut cederet, ut eum non ante usque orare desierit, quam orando su­perâsset.
A. Brought he no 2 body along 1 with 2 him?A. Neminemne unà secum attulit?
E. Himself 1 all alone 4. p. set upon 4 our Master, as 1 he was walking 34. 1. in 5 [alōg 2] the School as 2 his 1 man­ner is: and 4 though he shew­ed himself 2 at 1 this time too such 2 as 4 he had often show'n himself 2 before, 3, yet 1 he overcame him.E. Praceptorem pro more suo in scholâ ambulātem [dum, ut solet, per scolom ambula­ret] unus ipse solus est adortus [persolus ipse aggressus est]: eumque licet talem hoc etiam se tempore praebebat, qualem se ante saepiùs exhibuerat, exora­vit tamen.
A. I make no p. question but 7 you 1 gave him as 3 great thanks as 3 could be.A. Nihil dubito quin ei gra­tias quant as potuistis maximas egerilis [habitae sint ei à vobis gratiae quantae poterant ma­ximae.]
E. Yes indeed.E. Ita sanè.
A. But 10 if 1 you 1 had any wit, you would be as 5 glad of 14 instruction, as 5 of 14 recreation: for 1 as 6 you sowe now, so 1 you shall reap hereafter 52. 2. as it is commonly said 7. p.A. Verùm si quid in te inge­nii esset, non minus eruditione, quàm lusu gauderes [perinde te studio, ac ludo oblectares]: ut enim nun [...] sementem feceris, vulgò quod dici solet, ità post­hàc metes.
E. As if 7. p we could become 2 men 1 ere we be past boyes: and 2 should not be partakers of 1 youthful things; as it is in 20 Te­rence.E. Quasi verò [perinde quasi] priùs in viros evadere oporteret, quàm ex ephebis ex­cesserimus, neque illarum affi­nes esse rerum, quas fert adoles­centia: ut est apud Terentium.
A. Be rul'd by me, 14. p though: mind your study, and do not 2 give your self 36. n. 2 any longer to 2 childish plea­sure, whereof 51. 2 you will both 2 be much 3 ashamed, and greatly repent too, when you are grown a man, (1 & p).A. Me tamen audi [auscul­ta mihi modò]: studiis in­cumbe tuis diligenter; nec am­pliùs puerili te voluptati ded as [totum tradas], cujus te, togam ubi virilem sumpseris [in viros transcriptus fueris;—firmata virum te fecerit aetas] & pu­debit multùm, & vehementer poenitebit.
E. Truly Arthur you speak right: hereafter, I hope, I shall be wiser. Fare you well.E. Profectò Arthure id quod res est dicis: in poste­rum sapiam spero rectiùs. Va­le.

DIALOGUE VI.

Charles. Gilbert.Carolus. Gilbertus.
C. HOw much 24. 2 boughtest thou that 1 book for 5 Gilbert [...]?C. Qvanti Gilberte istum es mercatus librum?
G. Truly the Stationer held it at 2 a shilling 35. 2; but 10 I bought it for 4 ten pence.G. Duodecim certè indica­vit eum Bibliopola denariis; emi verò decem.
C. Now 3 say you? so 2 dear? But if 13. 10. I had bought it for 15. 3. & 6. you 1 I should have bought it for 5 somewhat less, I trow. I would not 2 have given him over 2 five pence, or 3 six pence for 6 it, at the most (23. app.) In troth 20. p I cannot 28. 2 hold from laughing 16. 2 to 6 think how 1 finely the fellow hath gone beyond thee.C. Quid dicis? tam magno [caro]? Sin autem ego prote emissem, paulo credo minoris mer catus essem. Non ultra quin­que séxve, ad summum, dena­rios pro eo numerâssem. Nequeo mihi herclè temperare, quin [quo minus] rideam, cum in animo mecum repu [...]o quàm vafre te homo circumvenerit.
G. Now 5 could I help it? I asked him with 1 what con­science he could ask so 4 great a price for 6 so 4 small a book [rate so 4 small a book at 2 so 4 much 2; set so 4 little a book at 2 so 2 high a rate,] and 4 that 1 more then once or twice 23. p? But 10G. Qui potui ego id praeca­vere? Quaesivi ab eo, nec id semel [idque iterum ac sae­pius] quânam posset animi conscientiâ tantum [ita mag­num] pro tantillo libro pretium postulare [tanti tantillù librum aestimare; tantulumtam magno pretio librum indicare] Cae­terum
he had like to have rated me for 2 it. Moreover 33. P he told me flatly how 4. & 41. 7 it was a folly for 10 to 1 look for 15 any abatement of 1. & 13. that 1 price. And p if 4 you 1 will not 2 believe me, ask him your self 36. n. 1 if 2 it be not 2 so 1.perparum [non multùm; non longè] abfuit quin mihi propterea convitium fecisset [propè erat; factum est, ut eâ me de causâ convitiis incesse­ret]; Quinetiam disertis mi­hi dixit verbis quod amentia foret [amentiam fore] ullam istius pretii diminutionem ex­pectare [si ullam de isto pretio diminutionem sperarem; ut a­liquid istâ de summâ demi[di­minui; decessurum; iri detra­ctum] cuperem. Quod si [sin] tu mihi minùs credas [fidem habeas] ipsum tute, annon sic se res habeat, roges.
C. It is likely it lay not 2 him in 4 above four pence.C. Credibile est ei non am­plius quatuor denariis stetisse.
G. What is that 1 to p me? A thing is worth 1 as much as 24. 2 it may be sold for 5.G. Quid id meâ refert? Tanti res quaeque valet, quanti vendi potest.
C. Right. But 10 that 1 is sold for 4 too much p that 2 may be bought for 5 less. If 3 you can by 1 any means put it off 14 again to 1 some body, though for 4 a less price then 3 it cost you: for 1 if 4 I mistake not, 19. 4 I remem­ber I have seen the very same 45. 2 Book Printed at 3 Ox­ford in 2 English.C. Recte quidem. Atqui id nimio venditur, quod minoris ematur. Alicui eum, si quo po­tes pacto, licet minore quam e­meras pretio, vende denuò: nam, ni fallor, eundem ipsum librum Oxonii Anglicè excusum me vidisse memini.
G, In troth 20. p I got it more 3 for 8 the purity ofG. Eum hercle mihi magis ob styli puritatem quam dignitatem argumenti comparavi: proinde
1 the style then 3 for 8 the worth 3 of 1 the matter: aud 3 therefore I shall like it ne­ver the better 26. p for 9 its being 5 turned into 6 Eng­lish: though others may do what they please for 13 me.nihilo ego plus eo delectabor, quòd in Anglicum vertatur: quanquam, per me, aliis quod libet, licet.
C. But 10 our Master will say by and by p that 7 we do nought but 5 trifle all the day long 21. 1 and 4 spend out most precious time in 3 talk­ing 35. n. 2.C. Atqui exclamabit illico Praeceptor toto nos die nihil quàm nugari, pretiosissiumque tempus nostrum garriendo con­sumere.
G. As if 7. p it were not 2 long of [...]1. 2 you, that 6 we fell into 6 this talk. I pray thee then 2 leave that 1 bab­ling 35. 3. of 4 thine, that 4 we may minde our studies a little: for 1 ere long p we must 1 go say.G. Quasi verò tu non in causâ esses [per te non esset fa­ctum] quod in hunc sermonem delapsi simus. Missamigitur fa­cias quaeso tuam istam garruli­tatem, quò studiis paulisper in­cumbamus: nam brevi nobis repetendum [recitandum] erit.

DIALOGUE VII.

Henry. Gervase.Henricus. Gervasius.
H. GErvase; have you heard any thing yet 2 of 16 Anthony?H. GErvasi; ecquid adhuc audisti de Antonio?
G. Not 2 any thing: and 3 yet 1 I cannot but 6 look for 15 something yet 3.G. Nihil planè: nec tamen queo quin aliquid usque [etiam nunc] expectem.
H. I would very 1 fain know what course of 1 life he takes, [what kind of 15 life he leads; how 5 he leads his life].H. Perlubens scirem [nimis ve­lim scire] quemnam vitae cur­sum teneat [qualem vivendi vi­am ingressus sit; vitam ut suam instituer it].
G. That 1 (I grant) is a matter of 1 great concernment to 1 know.G. I stud, fatcor, nôsse magni res est momenti.
H. He went away full of 8 wrath, because he was taxed of 9 some negligence in 3 do­ing 35. n. 2 & 4 his duty: but 10 it repents him, I fear, by this time 14. p of 10 his 17 1 going 35. 3 away from 1 us.H. Plenus irarum abiit, quod nonnullius in obeundo mu­nere suo intertiae argueretur: verùm poenitere jam eum sui à nobis discessûs nimis male me­tuo.
G. Truly though he beha­ved himself 17. 2 not 1 as 28. 1 'twas fit, yet 1 there 2 is none of 6 us but 4 thought him moreG. Profectò ut se aliter a [...] [secus quàm] par erat, gesserit, nostrûm tamen nemo est quin [qui non] miseratione eum
worthy of 7 pitty then 3 of 7 punishment: especially since 1 he was come of 1 so 2 good and honest parentage.quàm supplicio digniorem cen­suerit: praecipuè [presertim] cum parentibus adeo bonis & honestis prognatus sit.
H. No 2 man 4 sure, that 2 is not utterly 2 bereft of 12 all 2 wit, will ever think much 4 to be 44. 3 & n. 2 told of 9 a fault, and 4 of 11 a friend, and friendly too.H. Nemo certè homo qui non omni prorsus ingenio privatus sit indignabitur unquam se er­rati idque ab amico, & amicè quoque admoneri.
G. I shall know within a while of 13 my fathers 30. 17 man 5 what manner of 15 life he lives: and 4 then 1 I will certifie you 1 by 8 a letter how 5 he doth. In the mean time 20. p my boy of 3 wax, fare­wel.G. Qualem vivat v itam è patris mei famulo [homine; servo] brevi [in paucis diebus] resciscam: tum autem quemad­modum sese habeat certiorem ip­se te per liler as faciam. Interea verò loci [temporis] mi ceree puer, valebis.

DIALOGUE VIII.

Philip. Bernard.Philippus. Bernardus.
P. HOw 2 many Scho­lers have you 1 at 5 your 2 school Bern­ard?P. Quot Bernarde habetis in Scholâ vestrâ dis­cipulos?
B. About fourscore.B. Octoginta plus minus [ad octoginta].
P. How 2 many of 6 them are under 1 the Usher?P. Quot ex illis sunt sub Hypodidascale?
B. Not 2 under 2 fourty.B. Non minus [haud pauci­ores quam] quadraginta.
P. 'Tis a hard task without [...] doubt that 2 he hath under­taken.P. Dura illa sine dubio est quam suscepit provinciam.
B. Yet 1 he undergoes it very 1 cheerfully.B. At eam animo tamen perquam alacri sustinet.
P. Are not 4 the upper Scho­lars unruly oftentimes when the Master is gone out?P. Nonne tumultuantur sae­pe primarum pueri classium, Magistro egresso?
B. Very 1 seldom; without 3 the Masters be both 1 out to­gether at 1 the same time.B. Quàm rarissimè; nisi u­trique Praeceptores eodem tem­pore abfuerint.
P. What keeps them in n. 1 aw?P. Quid est, quod cos in or­dinem cogit?
B. Besides the Vshers 30. 17 authority over p them, the Master himself 17. 2 is ever and anon standing 34. 1 with­outB. Praeter Hypodidascali quoque in eos imperium, adstat subinde for is Magister ipse clàm auscultans, quò eos, siquid tur­barum
1 privily listening 34. 10 to 3 take them tardy if 5 they keep any coil, and punish them offending 34. 10.excitent imparatos [nec opinantes] opprimat, ac de­linquentes puniat.
P. 'Tis a very 1 good way you speak of 15: But 10 with 4 us the use is for p. & 52. 5 Masters to 1 & 6 set cer­tain Monitors over 4 their Schools to 3 & 6 give them no­tice what one doth amiss in p their absence.P. Rationem tu cum primis mihi probandam narras. Atqui Praeceptoribus apud nos mos est, ut Monitores quosdam scholis praeponant suis, qui eis si quid malè per eorum absentiam ge­stum sit notum faciant.
B. I like not 2 that 1 way so 2 well. for 1 there 2 is no­thing almost more 1 ordinary then 3 for 10 & p those Mo­nitors of Schools whom you speak of 15 & 52. 4, if 1 they do but 8 bear any ill will to 10. & p any one of 6 their fellow-scholars, to 6 accuse him falsly to n their Master, and make him be whipt oft­times without 2 desert.B. Haud perinde istud ego consilium laudo. Nam nihil ferè est, quod frequentius usu veniat, quàm ut isti, quos me­moras scholarum Monitores, si modò iniquiore sint in unum ali­quem è condiscipulis suis ani­mo, eum apud Praeceptorem su­um falsò criminentur, atque in causâ sint ut virgis saepe imme­rito caedatur.
P. Some such 2 like things do I believe fall out some­times: nevertheless 26. p, in 5 those great Schools espe­cially, it cannot be otherwise: for 1 but for this 13. 2, there 2 were no living 35. n. 3 for 3 any Master in 5 a great school.P. Accidunt, credo, non­nunquam bujusmodi quaedam [...] tamen secus se res habere, in scholis praesertim illis frequen­tioribus, non potest: nam absque eo esset, haud ulli unquam Ma­gistro in majore aliquâ scholâ vivendum foret.
B. Therefore do I prescribe nothing to 1 any man 4 but 10 freely leave every man 4 to 3 & 6 follow his own 17. 1 way so far as 38. 4 he pleaseth, for 13 mo.B. Nihil itaque praecipio ego ulli: sed unicuique permitto li­berè, ut per me, suo, quantum videbitur, instituto utatur.

DIALOGUE IX.

Ralph. Herbert.Rodulphus. Herbertus.
R. DOth Francis bring, any news over 3 the sea with 2 him?R. NƲm quidnam [nunquid] adfert [apportat] novi secûm trans mare, Fran­ciscus?
H. Yes truly: He tells very 1 many strange, & some monstrous stories of 16 the countries that 2 he travell'd over 3.H. Immò certè: Mira permultae ac quaedam etiam monstri similiae narrat deregionibus illis, per quas iter fecit.
R. Such 3 commonly is the nature of 1 travellours. But 10 how 2 long 4 (I pray you) hath he been out?R. Sic sunt, ut plurimum, pere­grinatores. At, amabo te, quàm diu peregrè fuit?
H. 'Tis eleven years over or under (33p) since 2 he went a­way hence from 4 us.H. Ʋndecim plus minus anni sunt, cum binc à nobis abiit.
R. I du [...]st have sworn he 41. 7 had not 2 been away over 1 se­ven years as the most 23. p. But 10 can you tell whether he did e­ver see Mahomets 30. 17 Tombe or 1 no 1?R. Ausim vel deserâsse eum no [...] supra [amplius] septem ad sum­mum annos abfuisse. Scin' verò u­trum Mahumetis unquam specta­rit sepulchrum, necne [an non]?
H. He saith he 41. 7 saw a goodly Monumēt of 1 some brave person, whose name truly I can­not 2 now think of 30. 14, but 10 shall (I hope) remember by and by p.H. Augustum praenobilis cujus­dam viri Monumentum se vidisse memorat, cujus quidem nomen mi­hi nunc non occurrit, sed jam [sta­tim] (spero) in memoriam redibit:
R. Is it true that 2 I hear that (6&7) he came home on 4 the very 2 self 2 same day of 1 the year that 2 he went out on 52. 4?R. Verumne est id quod audio rediisse eum eodem ipso anni die, quo discesserat?
H. Yes truly.H. Ita certè res est.
R. I marvel what the matter was that 6 he came back.R. Miror quid esset, quod redi­ret.
H. By 7 the beginnings 35. 1 of 1 discords which he saw grow­ing 34. 10 in 5 those pa [...]ts, he thought there 2 would some mis­chief hang over (1 & 4) his 17. 2 head, should he stay any longer there 1.H. Ex principiis dissidiorum, quae in illis nascentia partibus ad­vertebat, judicabat, fore ut sibi [ei], si diutius ibi consisteret [com­moraretur] aliquid mali supra ca­put impenderet.
R. I am to 7 go a hunting 34. 2 to (day 44. p) with 2 two or [...] three friends of mine 30. 4: or else 32. p I would speak with 47. 5 him face to face 29. 1, and bid him welcome home.R. Lundum est mihi hodie ve­natum unà cum duobus tribusve a­micis meis: alioquin ipse eum co­ram alloquerer [convenirem], ei­que de incolumi suo reditu [do­mum reditione] gratularer [illi­que advenienti salutem darem].
H. There 2 is no question but (27. p) he will be as glad as 5 can be to 6 see you.H. Non dubium est quin perin­de futurus sit laetus, ac qui laetissi­mus, ubi [cum] te videbit.
R. I am fully of your minde 52. 5 Herbert. Fare you well.R. Prorsus juxtà tecum Heber­te sentio. Foeliciter vale.

DIALOGUE X.

Martin. Roger.Martinus. Rogerus.
M. COme Roger, since 1 we have nought to 6 do, let us lie on 1 the grass here a little while, and 4 talk toge­ther.M. AGe mi Rogere, cùm quod agamus nihil sit, aliquantisper hic in gra­mine requiescamus, ac confabule­mur.
R. I was thinking 34. 1 how 1 little worth 1 all even the greatest worldly honour was, which me thought was like that 1 Summer 40. 1 apple, that 2 but iust now (13. 8. & p.) was hanging 34. 1 on 1 the trees 30. 17 top, but 10 now is fall'n 52. 1 upon 2 the ground.R. Meditabar quàm parvi pretii esset omnis vel maximus mundanus honor, qui mihi quidem similis [non dissimilis] visus est aestivo [praecoci] isti malo, quod modò in arboris cacumine pende­bat, verùm nunc in terram deci­dit.
M. Verily it is worth the while 49. 2 somtimes to 1 think of 16 such 2 things, since 1 the cōdi­tion of worldly things is such 3 & 4 that 5 many times he that 2 thinks he stands the surest falls the soonest of 6 all 2. The more 4 that 8 a mans 4 worth 3 is, the greater 23. 4 envie shall he be li­able to (1 & 52. 4) most an end (23. app.).M. Profecto operae pretium est nonnunquam de rebusejusmodi co­gitare, cùm ea sit humanarum con­ditio rerum, [sic, ita res humanae sint] ut saepenumero qui sibi pul­cherrimè stare videtur, citissime o­mnium dilabatur. Quanto major est ullius dignitas, tanto graviori invidiae plerunque obnoxius erit.
R. And 4 when once a man 4 is fall'n 52. 1 into 6 any disgrace, then 1 he shall be sure to be 52. 5 [i. e. it is most certain that he shal be] persecuted 52. 3 by 5 such 4 as 7. p he was followed 52 3 by 5 before 3.R. Quod si [sin verò] quis un­quam in aliquod dedecus incurre­rit, tum est certissimum [certo cer­tius] fore ut ii, qui cum ante sunt secuti persequantur.
M. Such 1 truth is there 2 in 5 that 1 old saying 35. 3—Whatsoever 38. 3 is put into 6 a riven dish [i. e. is done for 3 an unthankful person] is lost.M. Tantum est in veteri illo A­dagio veri—Pertusum quicquid in dolium insundi [...] [i. e. quicquid ingrato seceris] perit.
The end of the Dialogues. The glory be to God.Finis Dialogorum. Dco gloria.

Faults to be thus corrected.

Pag. 3. l. 12. the Example Aemilium circa, &c. belongs to the next Rule, l. 26. for other Phrases, r. certain particular Phrases, & so in some following Chapters, p. 9. l. 12. Consul videt, hic l. 16. animum l. 17. put out quoque, l. 27. r. procul, 11, 12. qualem, 14. 3. put out or Dative 22. ult. ni essem, 23. 3. put esset after juramento 25. 14. put out this one I. 17 ausculta l. 20. fida 33. 28. concupiscimus 34. 23. put out nemini &c. to videte, l. 26. paucas 35. 12. multo 39. 6. Ter. 40. ult. me 41. 31. ge­mitus 43. 31. hath 44. 20. persuasuros l. 32. principum 45. 26. eo 47. 6. quod, 50. 24. dejiciemus 51. 2. habebunt 54. 29. pius, 56. 12. condem­naretur 57. 25. infantis 59. 20. funus 63. 1. but after more 64. 11. sudo­res l. 29. aestimas? 69. ult. [...] 72. 14. negative speeches 73. 15. meritorum memoriam 74. 18. blot out si tu, &c. to Aliter 76. 26. r. chap. 24. 77. 11. put the Example. By little, &c. among the part. Phra­ses 82. 10. tabe tuâ natarum, 84. 28. is saying, 85. 18. iidem 94. 10. ve­xabar 96. 25. [...] 100. 18. [...] 105. 3. absumpsit 109. 21. since I must 110. 13. repulsam l. 15. dies est. 110. 28. colerem, 111. 19. put out jam 113. 22. fient 114. 21. so greatly l. 32, abest ut 115. 25. vobis 119. 8. Flor l. 23. patet 121. 24. accidit l. 28. properaret 122. 18. possitis l. 32. Faren­tanae and Farentane 124. 31, cuperet. 125. 28. censeo 128. 12. recepis­sem, 129. 16. me 134. 14. mediocria 135. 5. facit 137. 22. against 141. 23. to swim 144. 30. referendum 147. 4. ultro 150. 17. testudine l. 23. were 152. 29. hic for sui 155. 27. without jesting 158. 3. denos 163. 14. postridie quàm 170. 8. I see 172. 16. loquax 175. 5. or supra l. ult. of for or 183. 22. Plaut. Maen. 184. 19. dum for diem 185. 20 &c. for and 186. 21. Parmeno 190. 9. of which peace 191. 5. hint 192. 3. dedit l. 25. rendring 194. 6. nisu 198. 14 come, 201. 10. hither 204. 4. a thing 207. 3. emifisse 211. 25. illa. Some few literal faults in the Supernumerary examples are omitted, as being easily discernable to any ordinary Reader.

In the Praxis.

Pag. 1. l. 6. put the figure (1) in place of (2) pag. 3. l. penult. diei. Some Copies need these corrections following: Pag. 6. l. 10. after dixisses, put nunquam, l. 13. minùs honestam de Academiâ, l. 24. [nisi] 8. 9. blot out these marks [ ] and put quem after modò. 10. 2. parley. l. 4. read that line after the fifth. l. 14. abdicari. l. 21. after offi­cii put commonefeceris. l. 23. consiliis. 11. 11. ad ullam lectionem. l. 13. est for eum. 16. 7. pretiosissimumque.

Idiomatologiae Anglo …

Idiomatologiae Anglo-latinae Specimen.

OR, A Taste of an English-Latine Phraseologie.

Rendring many of our most ordinary and most difficult English Phrases into Latine, ac­cording to the Propriety of Speech observable in both the Languages.

A Work New and Ʋseful both for our own and other Countreymen.

By the Author of the Treatise of English Particles.

LONDON, Printed for T. Garthwait at the Little North-door of Saint Pauls Church, 1655.

A Preface to the Reader.

Courteous Reader,

BEsides the varietie of Elegancies in the Particles of our Language, there are almost infinite other Elegancies in it, arising from the various acceptions and uses of other Parts of it. From whence it comes to pass both that other Countrey-men find our Lan­guage so hard to be learned, and our own Countreymen find it so difficult to render our Language in proper Phrase in­to Latine. Having long observed this, I began out of the Authors that I read (as well Modern as Ancient, Dome­stick as Forreign) af [...]er this Form, that is here presented to thee, to compose a Phrase-book, wherein there should be ranked one against the other Proper Latine Phrases an­swering to so many Proper English Idiotismes as the Ca­pital word under which they were placed did ordinarily bear. Having communicated this my Designe (wherein I walk an untrodden path) to some prudent Persons, I have been drawn by pressing reason to give thee this Taste of it: which accordingly as I shall find thou doest like or disrelish, I shall be willing either to augment, or to retract. Yet I be­lieve, when thou hast well considered of it, thou wilt finde [Page] not only an Ʋsefulness in such a work when done, but even a Necessity, or something like it, of some such works being done if not by my self, yet by some other more able Person. A fair interpretation of my zeal to thy service [...] a candid acceptation of my endeavours for thy good; and a charita­ble censure to my faults in all, if, as I beg, so I may obtein of thee, I shall the more comfortably sit down and study how I may in the most Ʋseful way express my self, what I unfeignedly am

Thine to serve thee W. Walker.
Louth School June 30th, 1655.

Abide.

I Am not able to abide in the house.DUrare nequeo in aedi­bus, Plaut.
He could not abide that.Pati non potuit, ut-T.
No man were able to a­bide him.Nemo posset hunc perpeti, T.
He could not abide such cruell sooners.Tam saeva miracula non tulit, Mart.
I shall not abide to be by.Non possum adesse, T.
I cannot abide to do it.Aegrè est mihi facere, Plaut.
If you abide but the first charge.Primamsi coitionem sustinu­eris, T.
I will not abide it.Non patiar, non feram, non sinam, Cic.
He cannot abide a wife.Abhorret à re uxoriâ, T.
The father cannot abide the son.Odio parenti filius est, Cic.
I perceive they can abide none of us.Invisos omnes nos esse illis senti [...], T. Hec.
It will abide.Firmum & stabile illud per­mansurum est, Cic.

Able.

I am able to allow it.Est mihi unde haec siant, T.
I bore them as well as I was able.Ut potui, tuli, Cic.
They are not able to help themselves.Nihil opis est in ipsis, Cic.
He was so able a man.Ita bonis viribus fuit, Cic.
He is not able to pay.Non est solvendo, Cic.
He gives more then he is well able.Benignior est quàm res pa­titur, Cic.
-So as that we may be a­ble to be liberal to our own.-Ut facultas sit quâ in nostros simus liberales, Cic.
He is not able to bear so great an envy.Tam magnae non est par in­vidiae, Mart.
If you be able to abide the first brunt.Primam si coitionem susti­nueris, Ter.
I am not able to abide in the house.Durare nequeo in aedibus, Plaut. Amphit.
One of this age is able to be of the Emperours Guard.Praestare Neronem securum valet haec aetas, Juv. 8. Sat.
- [...]hat is able to bear any griefs.-Qui ferre queat quoscunque dolores, Juv. 10. Sat.

Break.

I will break your pa [...]e.Diminuam tibi cerebrum, Ter.
At break of day.Cum lucesceret, Cic.
Prima luce, Ter.
Ortu Luciferi, Juv.
Cum primo Stellas
Oriente fugârat
Clara dies, Virg.
He hath somewhat to break his sleep forHabet propter quod rumpere somnum debeat, Juv. noctes pervigilet, Plaut. vigilias agat, Cic.
To break promise.Fidem datam solvere T. -Fallere, Cic.
I will break this custome of yours.Adimam hanc tibi consuetu­dinem, T. Ph. 1. 3.
He breaks the league of hospitality.Tesseram hospitii confringit, Godw.
He breaks his brains with studying.Ingenii vires studendo com­minuit, Ov. Vide Phras. Winton.
To break ajest.R [...]sum joco movere, Cic.
They break their fast be­times in the morning.Multo mane jentant, Cic.
To break a league.Foedus violare, rumpere, frangere; Sanctiones re­scindere, Cic.
To break up a letter.Epistolam resignare; linum incidere, Cic.

Brought.

The matter is now brought to that pass, that-Adeo res rediit; in eam jam res rediit locum, ut, T.
By their tricks it was brought to pass that-Eorum artificiis effectum est, ut-Cic.
He cannot be brought off from it.Ab eo deduci non potest, Cic.
I cannot yet be brought to do it.Nondum adducor ut faciam, Cic.
She is brought to bed of a Girle, o [...] two Boyes.Puellam Peperit, T. Gemi­nos enixa est.
Sée what I am brought to.Hem quo redactus sum, T.
He hath brought mischief upon himself.In se iram derivavit, T.
I heard by the Sea-man that brought them.Audivi ex nautâ, qui illas vexerat, T.
He hath brought me into a great deal of trouble.Magnâ me curâ & sollicitu­dine affecit, T.
They carry out with them all they brought.Efferunt, quae secum huc at­tulerunt, T.
We were brought up to­gether of little ones.Una è pueris parvuli educati sumus, T.
He hath brought me into disgrace.Conflavit mihi invidiam, Cic.

Case.

As the case stands.In hoc rerum statu; è re na­tâ, T.
You sée how the case stands.Videtis quo in loco res haec sit, T.
So stands the case.Sic res est; T. Sic se habet, Cic.
To argue the case Pro & Con.Manum conserere, Godw. Ant.
Put the case my son was worthily punish'd.Tulerit sanè filius nost [...]r merito poenas, Quint.
Put the case he be cast.Pone eum victum esse, T. Ph. 4. 3.
Put the case it be not so.Ne sit sanè, Cic.
I thought it a very hard case.Durum admodum mihi vi­debatur, Cic.
You are every whit in as bad a case.In eadem es navi, Cic. F. l. 1. Ep. 5.
In very good case.Perbono loco res est, Cic.
As if it were their own case.Quasi sua res agatur, Cic.
The case is not the same.Dissimilis ratio est, Cic.
Oftentimes cases happen, when-Incidunt saepe tempora cum—Cic.

Charge.

He gave it me in charge.Hoc mihi in mandatis dedit, Plaut.
They were provided at a small charge.Parvo curata sunt, Cic.
He could never be able to undergo the charges of her.Sufferre nunquam ejus sum­ptus queat, T.
They were routed at the first charge.Primo impetu pulsi sunt, Liv.
You have undertaken a great charge.Duram cepisti provinciam, T.
The whole charge resteth on you.Ad te summa rerum redit, T.
The first charge is the hot­test.Prima coitio acerrima est, T.
He went to his charge.Ad delegatum sibi officium ibat, Plin.
They charge their Mas­kets with Guapovide [...].Sclopeta nitrato [tormenta­rio] pulvere onerant, Com.
I will not charg [...] with any greater [...].Nolo in illum gravius dice­re, Ter. Ad. 1. 2. v. 60.
He layes felony to his charge.Eum furti alligat, infimulat, Plaut.
He charged the enemy in front.In ho [...]tium faciem irruit; im­petum fecit, C. Hostes à fronte adortus est, Com.
He is perfumed at my charge.Olet unguentum de meo, T.
He lives at huge charges.P [...]ofusis sumptibus vivit, Cic. pro Quint.
Frée from taxes and pub­lick charges. [...] & oneribus publicis immunes, Com.
My comming was not a peny's charge to him.Adventus noster ne nummo quidem sumptui fuit, Cic. ad Att l 5.
Case me of this charge then-Leva me igitur hoc onere, Cic F. 3.
I charg'd him to watch a time-Praecepi ei, ut tempus obser­varet, Cic.

Come.

If it should ever come to that-Si usus veniat,—T. Hec. 3. 2.
All comes out.Erumpunt omnia, Cic.
If you can come to speak with him.Si ipse coràm congredi po­tueris, Cic.
It will come to some mis­chief, or other.Evadet in aliquod malum, T.
It is come to the last push.Ad triarios ventum est, Godw.
I will not come behind.Posteriores partes non fe­ram, Ter,
Old age comes créeping on.Sensim sine sensu aetas senes­cit, Cic.
I had ill luck to come hi­ther.Haud auspicato huc me ap­puli, T.
Rather than you should come to any trouble, dan­ger-Potius quàm venias in peri­culum? Ter.
It will come to nothing.In nihilum recidet, Cic.
He doth what comes next to hand.Facit quod in proclivi est, T.
Come a little this way from the door there—Concede huc paululum à foribus sodes, T.
I shall be shut out from comming at—Extrudar hinc ne acc [...]dam ad—1. T.
What comes on't at last?Quid fit denique? T.
He will come presently.Jam hic aderit, T.
I feared what would come of it.Metui quid futurum doni­que esset; quo evaderet; quorsum iret, T.
It is come to his ears.Aures ejus res contigit, Ju­venal. Rem omnem re­scivit, T.
Marry I come fairly off—Imò verò pulchrè discedo & probè, T.
Is it come to this, that—?Adeóne res rediit, ut? T.
Come of a good house, kin­dred, family—Bono genere; genere sum­mo; summo loco; loco nobili; nobili familiâ na­tus, T. & C.
Let me come to my self a little.Sine paululum ad me ut re­deam, T.

Deal.

There is a great deal of difference.Permultum interest, Cic.
There is a great deal of swéetness in—Plurimum est suavitatis in—Cic.
What a deal of wine hath he spent me with sip­ping only?Pitissando modò mihi quid vini absumpsit? Ter.
Shuffle the Cards and deal them again.Misce folia & rursum imper­tire, distribue, Lud. Viv.
I have got a great deal of acquaintance with him.In consuetudinem ejus me penitus immersi, Cic.
Do you deal so with me?Itáne agitis mecum? T.
A great deal more, less better—Impendio magis, minus, C. & Plaut.
Nimio plus, minus, satius, Plaut. Liv.
I never had to deal with her.Nunquam cum eâ mihi com­mercium fuit, Plaut.

Do.

'Twould not do.Non successit; parum pro­cessit, T.
What had we best do now?Nunc quid facto est opus, vide, T.
How do you?Quid agitur; ut vales? T.
It makes me I know not what to do.Me consilii incertum facit, T. Ph. 4. 1.
Eo me redigit, ut, quid a­gam, nesciam, T.
'Tis but as I use to do.Solens meo more fecero, Plaut.
I will do the part; duty of—Fungar vice; partibus; offici­cio; munere, Plin.
I can find my self to do.Quid ego agam habeo, T.
You'l do no good.NihilpromoverisT.
possis auxiliari
Ile do you as good a turn—Vicem rèddam; reddetur o­pera, Plaut.
I'le do it for you.Ego tibi hoc effectum red­dam, T.
What have you to dohere?Quid tibihîc negotiiest?
with me?rei mecumT.
I had to do with no body else then.Quocum tum uno rem habe­bam, T.
What to do is there?Quid istuc turbae est? T.
I had much to do to get them to come.Plurimum negotii habui, ut cogerem, Cic.
I have much to do to for­bear.Non possum patiquin—T.
Vix me contineo
What shall I do first?Nunc quid primum exequar? T.
You'l have enough to do, ifSudabis satis, si—T.
You may do something with him—Valebis apud hominem, C.
I'le do my endeavour.Dabo operam; dabitur à me opera, C.
Had I wherewithall to do.Si esset unde id fieret, T.
These things do a little trouble me.Nonnihil molesta sunt haec mihi.
What have you to do with't?Quid tua id refert; ad te atti­net? T.
I'le have nought to do with you.Res tuas tibi habeto; agito, Godwyn. Antiq.

End.

They end their sentences with numbers.Claudunt numeris sententi­as, Cic.
That the spéech may end the better.Quo meliùs cadat oratio, Cic.
They end ill.Malè concludunt, Cic.
In the end of the stréet.In ultimâ plateâ. T. Phorm.
There had béen an end of- but that-Actum erat de-nisi. Flor. 4. 1.
They do it to the end, for this end that-Id agunt, ut-; ob eam causam ut-Cic.
I will not leave till I have made an end of it.Haud desinam donec perfece­ro, T. Ph.
I am tearful what will be the end of it.Timeo quorsum evadat, acci­dat, eventurum sit, T.
I am afraid it should come to some ill end.Vereor ne in nervum erum­pat, T. Ph. 2. 2. v. 11.
I would not have had it to have ended thus.Sanè nollem hunc exitum, T. Ad. 5. 1.
It is in the latter end of that book.Est in extremo illo libro, Cic.
The war is almost at an end.Bellum penè confectum est, Cic.
I will make an end of speaking, asking-Finem faciam dicendi, T. Rogandi, Cic.
It is to no end in the world.Frustra operam sumis, conteris; actum agis; laterem lavas; operam perdis, T.
He cares not which end goes forward.Susque deque fert, habet, Plaut. Amph. 3. 2. Vide A. Gell. 16. 9.
He is there most an end.Ibi plurimum [plerumque] est, T.
Get you an end.Move ociùs te, T. Propera: quid stas?
Come an end.Grandiorem fac ad me gra­dum, Plaut.
Night ended the battel.Nox praelium diremit, Plaut.
He will end the stir.-Seditionem in tranquillum conferet, Plaut.

Fit.

I think it not fit.Non par arbitror, Plaut.
As it is fit you should.Ut te decet, T. Ch. [...], Lucian. Pro eo ac debes, Cic.
Is this think you fit to be spoken of?An hoc proferendum tibi vi­detur? Ter.
What is fit shall be done.Fient quae fieri aequum est omnia, T.
A man fit for any thing.Omnium scenarum homo, G. Antiq.
Ad omnia habilis, Comen.
He is not fit to be sent.Non est idoneus qui mitta­tur, Cic.
A man fit for that employ­ment.Dignus eo munere, Cic.
His shoes fit his féet.Apti sunt ad pedem calcei, C.
He is fitto goAd iter instructus est, T. Chr.
for going.
If you think fit.Si tibi videtur, Cic.
For a fit.Ad tempus, Cic.
It is fit for us.Convenit nobis, Juv. 10.
He carries more than is fit.Plus justo vehit, Plaut.
He can fit his spéech there­to.Ad id poterit accommodare orationem, Cic.
It comes, takes him by fits.Habet certa per intervalla pa­roxysmos, Comen.

Give.

He is given to the World.Ad rem attentus; avidior est, T.
He gives his minde to wri­ting—Animum ad scribendum ap­pellit, T.
I give God thanks for it.Diis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago, quando- T. Ph. 5. 7.
I did not give credit to the man.Non credidi homini, Cic. 5. 6. Ep.
They are forced to give way to necessity.Necessitati parere coguntur C.
I'le give you a dash o'th téeth.Pugnum in os impingam ti­bi, T. Ch.
I'le give your hide a warn­ing.Ego te faciam ferventem fla­gris, Plaut.
Give eare.Animum advertite, T.
If you give another word.Si verbum addideris, T.
They give themselves wholly to pleasure.Se totos tradiderunt volupta­ti, Cic.
He shall give you as much more if you take not héed.Geminabit, nisi caves, T.
What answer do you give me?Quid mihi respondes, T.
Come give over your fret­ing.Jam verò omitte tuam istam iracundiam, T.
To give in charge.In mandatis dare, Plaut.
He gives him a challenge.Digito provocat, Godw. R. Antiq.
He hath a legacie given him.Haeres est in imâ cerâ, Ib.
To give over a suit; enter­prise, &c.Lite; conatu, incepto desiste­re, Virg.

Go.

Will you have any thing with me are I go?Nunquid vis quin abeam? T.
They go from the matter.A re discedunt, Cic.
I let him go.Eum missum feci, Cic. dimisi, Cic.
Go to, tell me this.Agedum, hoc mihi expedi, Ter.
Let us go a little neerer.Propiùs accedamus, T.
Things go not well with them.Res sunt illis minus secundae, T.
What doth he go about.Quid hic coeptat? T. machi­natur; conatur; molitur.
Which way should I go seek him?Qua quaerere insistam viâ? T
Since things go so.Isthaec cum ita sint, T.
He goes about to scare me with words.Maledictis deterrere parat, T.
However things go with me.Ut ut meae res sese habent, T.
I marvelled it should go thus.Mirabar, hoc si sic abiret, T.
Go over to my wife.Transito ad uxorem meam, T.
I can neither let her go nor keep her.Neque amittendi mihi nec retinendi copia est, T.
Whether are you going?Quo tibi est iter? T. Chr. in­tendis? T.
We go straight thither.Eò rectâ contendimus [profi­ciscimur] viâ, T. Chr.
How wil't go now?Quid nunc fiet? T.
I am hardly able to go on my iegs.Pedibus insistere vix queo, T, Chr.
I will go think on them by my self.Ea nunc meditabor mecum, Plaut.
He goes lazily about it.Somniculosè persequitur, Plaut.
Go on as you began.Perge quo coepisti, Cic. Uti occoepisti, Plaut.
They shall not go away with't so.Inultum id nunquam aufe­rent, T. Chr.

Hand.

He doth what comes next to hand.Facit quod in proclivi est, T.
Come hither on my right hand.Concede ad dextram, T.
Binde him hand and foot.Quadrupedem constringe, T.
You have had a good hand of it to day.Processisti hodie pulchre, T.
It is only moved to what is at hand.Movetur ad id solùm quod a­dest, Cic.
It is hard at hand.Propè instat; T. Praestò est, Com.
He knew his own hand and seal.Cognovit manum & signum suum, Godw. R. Antiq.
He is burnt in the hand.Nebulo stigmaticus ib.
To fight hand to hand.Manum conserere, ib.
 Cominus pugnare, Flor.
He was in hand with the old man.Egit cum sene, T. He. 4. 4.
There is somewhat else in hand.Aliud agitur, Sen. Ep. 75.
I gave money in hand.Pecuniam in manum dedi, T. Ph. 4. 3.
We got the upper hand.Nostri superiores fuerunt, Caes.
They fell into my hand.In potestatem meam vene­runt Cic.
Let me first tell up what I was in hand with all.Hoc quod coepi, primam e­narrem. T. He. 2. 3.
I put all into your hands.Et me, & amorem meum, & famam permitto tibi, T. He. 2. 3.
He writes a good hand.Concinnè scribit; probè pin­git, L. Viv.
Hand over head.Tumultuario; fortuito, Com.
You are neerer hand.Propiùs abes, Cic. Att. 1. 1.

Head.

I will break your head.Diminuam ego caput tuum, T.
How came that into your head?Qui istuc tibi in mentem ve­nit? Plaut.
They lay their heads toge­ther.Consilia sua conferunt, T.
Over head and ears in love.In amore totus est, T.
In the head of the Army.Primam ante aciem, Flor.
They'l run of their own heads.Sponte suâ properant, Ovid.
To give one his head.Laxas dare habenas, Virg.
You have hit the nail on the head.Rem acu tetigisti, Adag.
He came of his own head to her.Ultro ad mulierem venit, Cic.

Hear.

I am glad to hear it.Voluptatem magnam nunti­as, T.
My father will hear of it.Resciscet rem pater, Plaut.
 Permanabit hoc aliqua ad patrem, Ter.
Hear Ye—Attende sis, Plaut. Animum advorte, T.
Will you hear a fools coun­sel?Vin' tu homini stulto mihi auscultare? T.
He was not heard speak for himself.Indictâ causâ damnatus est, God. Antiq. Rom.
We heard it for a certain.Nos quidem pro certo habe­bamus, Cic.
He said he heard it of—Se accepisse dicebat ex—Cic.
I cannot stay to hear you nowNon est mihi otium nunc auscultandi, T.
I heard the news of—Renunciatum est mihi de- Cic.
If we will hear the truth—Si verum admittimus, Juv.
—Lest they come to hear of their own faults.—Malefacta ne noscant sua, T.

Just.

It is just so with me.Eadem mihi usu veniunt, C.
It is just as you say.Ita res est, habet, ut dicis, C. & T.
He light on me but just now.Modò me prehendit, T.
Just as I was going a­way.In ipso discessu nostro, Cic.
You ought to shew your self just to me.Te mihi aequum, justum prae­bere debebis, Cic.
Just when we thought you were coming.Cum jam te adventare arbi­traremur, Cic. Att. 1. 3.
Just so aswhen—Haud aliter quam, cum—Ovid.
ifHaud secus ac si—Per. 1. Sat.
Just then, when.Jam tum, cum—T. Eun. 3. 3.

Keep.

He keeps himself within the Town.Intra urbem se praecludit, Flor.
I doubt I keep you too long.Detineo te fortasse, T. Eun. 2. 2.
You cannot keep it from your wife.Neque jam id celare potes uxorem tuam, T.
He hath nothing but the tiles to keep him from rain.Quem tegula sola tuetur à pluvia, Juv. 3. Sat.
He keeps in the Countrey most anend.Ruri ferè se continet, T. Ph. 2. 3.
I had a care to keep my credit.Curavi ut mî esset fides, T. Ph. 5. 7.
They will not keep a rave­ning fellow.Alere nolunt hominem edia­cem, T.
I can neither keep her, nor part with her.Mihi neque ejus est amitten­di, nec retinendi copia, T.
Can you keep it close? se­cret?Potes tacere? T.
Restore what was given you to keep.Redde depositum, Cic.
It is a very hard thing to keep a holy society.Difficillimum est sanctam servare societatem, Cic. 1 Off. 10.
She gave me it to keep whilest she went to wash.Ea lavatum dum it, servan dum mihi dedit, T. He. 4. 1—
It is ill done of you, not to keep off your hand.Facis indigne, qui non ab­stineas manum, T. He. 3. 3.
Keep all to your self.Integrum tibi reserves, Cic. 8 F. Ep 9.
To keep open house.Aperto vivere ostio, Sen. Ep. 43.
He kéeps the enemy from plundring.Hostem rapinis prohibet, Cas.
Grief keeps him from coming.Dolor tenet quo minùs ve­niat, Cic.
What a rule keep you there?Quid istic turbae agitur? T.
He shall not keep me from—Neque me impedit quo mi­nus—Cic.
keep you there.Hem istuc serva, T. Ph. 1. 4.
Keep your self in.Reprime te, T.
Keep in your breath.Animam comprime, T. Ph.
To keep promise; touch; his word.Fidem firmare; T. Conser­vare, Cic.
To keep within bounds.Intra limites coercere, Cic.
To keep the Assises.Forum agere, Godw. R. Antiq.

Leave.

Leave me as good as you found me.Restitue in quem me accepi­sti locum, T.
I leave all to his discreti­on.Ejus judicio permitto omnia, T. Ph.
Leave that to me.Me vide; ego videro, T.
If my occasions will give leave.Si per negotia liceat, H.
Leave your crying; railing.Desiste lachrymare; mitte lach ymas, T.
Contumelias cessa dicere, T. Ph. 2. 3.
Leave, 'tis past cure.Desine, jam conclamatum est, T.
I have frèe leave granted me.Libera facta est mihi potest­as, Cic.
You have my frèe leave to have and enjoy.Per me uti atque frui licet. Cato.
He leaves not manners t'th dish.Lari sacrificat, Godw. R. An­tiq
—With your good leave I desire this—Abs te hoc bonâ veniâ peto, T. Ph. 2. 3.
"So I leave you to God."Sic te superis commendo, I. C.
You leave out the best and speak the worst.Tu [...]d, quod boni est, excer­pis, dicis quod mali est, T. Ph. 4. 4.
I will leave speaking.Finem dicendi faciam, T. Ph. prol.

List.

To live as a man lists.Sic vivere ut velis; Cic. Suo modo; more; arbitrio, T.
Let him do what he lists.Faciat quod lubet; libitum est, T.
He lists himself amongst them.In his nomen profitetur su­um, T.
He enters the lists.In arenam descendit, Gedw. Rom. Antiq.
From the lists to the goal.A carceribus ad metam, God. & Com.
You were not in that list.Non eras in hoc albo, Plin.
 Nulla me incessit cupido, Liv.
I have no list to—Abhorret animus ab—T.

Matter.

What great matter were it—Quantum erat, ut-Ovid.
It is a great matter—?Magnum est-Cic.
He thought it an easie matter.Facile credid it, Cic.
What is the matter?Quid est? Cic. [...]; Soph.
Did you tell him what the matter was?Quid rei esset, dixti huic? Ter.
What makes th' matter to you?Quid tuâ id refert? T. Quid ad te—? Flor.
It comes all to a matter.Tantundem e [...] Juv.
It is no great matter.Non magni intere [...], Cic.
To get judgement twice upon one matter.De eadem causâ bis judicium adipiscier, T.

Mean, Means, Meant.

What do you mean?Quid tibi vis? T. Chr. Quid agis, C.
What doth the man meanQuam hic rem agit? T.
What should this mean?Miror quid hoc sit? T. Esse quid hoc dicam, quod—? Ovid.
By all means.Quàm maxime; quoquo pa­cto, T.
By no means.Nullo modo, Cic. Minime gentium, T.
By thy means I am un­done.Operâ tuâ ad restim mihi res rediit, T.
By any means.Ulla, quacunque ratione, Cic.
By that means.Eâ viâ, T.
My father will hear of't by some means.Permanabit hoc aliqua ad patrem.
I understand not what he means.Quid sibi velit [quorsum eat] non, [haud satis] intelligo, C. Eras.
He means to go by break of day.Primâ luce parat ire, Ving.
Men of small means.Tenuis census homines, I. C.
A man of a mean conditi­on.Imi subsellii vir. Plaut. Stich. 3. 2.
Since man could mean.Post hominum memoriam, C.
We are to consider what he meant not what he said.Quid senserit, non quid di­xerit, cogitandum, Cic.
If ever he meant to sée him alive.Si viventem illum aspicere vellet unquam [...]. Soph,
In the mean time, while—Interea loci; T.
Inter haec, Liv.Interim; interea, T.
But what e're you mean.Verum ut ut es facturus, Plaut.
No mean Orator.Non mediocris Orator, Cic.
In apparel the mean is best.In vestitu mediocritas opti­ma est, Cic.
To kéep a mean.Medium tenere, Plin.
I do not mean.Non lubet, I. C.

Mind.

I was always of that mind.Ego semper eo fui animo, T. Chr.
How came that into your mind?Qui istuc tibi in mentem ve­nit; in mente est? Plaut.
He gave his mind to wri­ting.Animum ad scribendum ad­jecit; appulit, T.
You know his mind con­cerning that.Ejus sententiam de eâ re in­telligis, T.
In my mind he is much mistaken.Erat longe meâ sententiâ; meo judicio, T. & C.
I know his mind very well.Ego illius sensum pulchrè calleo, T.
I am troubled in mind.Discrucior animi, T.
I am of the same mind.Haud alitersentio, T.
Juxta tecum
Mind what you are about.Hoc agite amabo, T.
It will not out of my mind.Insidet in memoriâ, Cic.
What was in your mind?Quid cogitabas? C.
He had a great mind to—Incessit eum cupido—Liv.
It runs in my mind.Mihi ante oculos observatur, C.
If they have a mind to—Si eis videtur, lubet, libitum fuerit, T.
They mind how every one carries himself.Observant quemadmodum se unusqu Isque gerat.
They very place putteth me in mind of—Me locus ipse admonet; mihi suggerit, C.
To conceive in mind.Intellectu consequi, Quint.
You have a wife to your mind.Habes ita ut voluisti uxorem, T.
Is every thing to your mind.Satin' omnia ex sententiâ, T.
Call to mind.Redige in; ad memoriam, T.
I have told you my mind.Dixi, T. Phor. 2. 3.
Let me know your mind.Me certiorem face; facias, T.
Whilest he is in the same mind.Dum lubido eadem haec ma­net, T.
This is all he minds; bends his mind to; he minds nothing but this.Ad id unum cogitationes omnes intendit, Q. Huic uni studet, C. Va­cat, Plin. Indulget, Flor. Operam dat, impēdit; a­nimo incūb it, animū ad­vertit, adjungit, intendit. Hoc unumstudet, T. Chr. Totus in eoest, Strada.
Matter is minded not words.Res spectatur non verba, Cic.
He is otherwise minded.Aliter est animatus, Plaut.
Aliter at (que) ego sentit, T.Aliter animus, sententia ejus est.
As a mind is minded, so—Ut homo est, ita—Ter.
He minds his own busi­ness.Suum curat negotium, Cic.
He came of his own mind.Ultro advenit, T.

Need.

It must needs be that—Abesse non potest quin—C.
He said he would not do it but upon great need.Nisi necessariò facturum ne­gat, Cic.
There is no need.Nec verò necesse est C. Nihil opus est, [...], Soph.
So that we need not look for any more.Ut nihil sit praeterea nobis requirendum, Cic.
The same need drives us.Eadem nos necessitas; egestas impellit, Plaut.
what need so many words?Quorsum haec tam multa de—? Cic.
There is nothing yet that you need be afraid of.Nihil adhuc est quod verea­re, T.
He hath no need of them.Ille his non eget, Cic.
As every one standeth most in need of help.Ut quisque maximè opis in­digeat, Cic.
If you will needs do it, why do it then.Si certum est facere, facias, Ter. Eun. 2. 3.

One.

The last but one.Proximus à postremo, Cic.
How should one deal with such folks?Quid cum illis agas, qui? T.
—One after another——Alii ex aliis—Flor. 3. 5.
The one of them is alive, the other is dead.Eorum alter vivit, alter est emortuus, Plaut.
Give to every one accord­ing to their desert.Cuique pro dignitate tribua­tur, Cic. Off. 16.
I sent one to pay for the carriage.Misi qui pro vecturâ solve­ret, Cic.
If he be such a one as you write.Si talis est qualem scribis, Cic.
When the Nearer is such a one as—Cùm is est auditor, qui—Cic.
Had I not thought him to be such an one.Ni ita eum existimâssem, T.
—But that one thing is wanting——Ni unum desit, T.
It is all one to me.Meâ nil refert, T.
They like one another well.Uterque utrique est cordi, T.
They help one another.Tradunt operas mutuas, T.
The profit of all, and of e­very one be it all one.Eadem sit utilitas uniuscujus­que & universorum, Cic.
It is all one.Tantundem est.
He salutes the Captains one by one.Centuriones sigillatim appel­lat, Caes.
They think he will send one of his sons to you.Putant alterutrum de filiis ad te missurum, Cic.
He is one of that gang.De illo grege est, T. Ad. 33. 38.

Part.

Night parted the fray; fight.Praelium diremit nox inter­ventu suo, Plaut.
By my good will I would never have parted from him.Quoad possem & liceret, ab ejus latere nunquam dis­cederem, Cic.
I will part with my life first.Animam relinquam potius, T.
Thou hast plaid thy part finely.Lautè munus administrâsti tuum; partes egisti tuas, T.
To take in the worst part.Rapere in pejorem partem, T.
This isa fatherly partHoc patrium est, T.
the part of a Wise­man.Sapientis est, Mart.
To part with something of his right.De jure suo concedere paulu­lum, Ter.
He is there for the most part.Ibi plurimùm est, T.
For the most part it comes to pass that-Plerunque fit ut—Cic.
It parts Helvetia from Ger­many.Agrum Helvetium à Germa­nis dividit, Caes.
If it be that thou and I part.Si erit, abs te ut distrahar; a­vellar—Ter.
Part its amongst you.Vos inter vos partite, Plaut.
I take it in good part.Boni consulo, Plaut. Aequi bonique facio, Cic.
He can play any part.Omnium scenarum homo, Godw.
You would hardly take his part else—Ni haec ita essent cum illo haud stares, T. Ph. 2. 1.
For my part.Quod ad me attinet, Cic.
It is your part to-Tuum est officium, ut—T.

Pass, Past, &c.

I pass you my word.Tibi meam astringo fidem, T.
The matter is brought to that pass.Adeò res rediit; in eum res rediit locum, ut—T.
They bring me to that pass, thatEò me redigunt; in id reda­ctus sum loci, ut—T.
Letting these things pass—Ut ista mittam, omittam, prae­termittam, T.
He said it would come to pass—Affirmabat fore, ut—Suet.
Whereupon it comes to pass—Ex quo id essicitur, sit, effe­ctum est, Cic.
I shall the easilier bring my purpose to pass.Consiciam facilius ego quod volo, T.
I pass not for his help.Ejus operam nihil moror, Plaut.
To pass over without mention.Silentio praeterire, transire, Cic.
He passeth not for himself.De se nihil laborat, Cic.
She is so old she is past child-bearing.Parere jam diu haec per an­nos non potest, T.
You are past marrying.Praeterit tua ad ducendum ae­tas, T.
He is past a childe.Excessit ex ephebis, T.
All is past and done.Facta & transacta omnia, T.
It is past help, cure, reme­die, recovery.Actum, conclamatum est; I­licet, peristi, T.
She might have passed for-Falleret & credi posset Lato­nia-Ovid.
There was such valour in this Common-wealth in times past.Fuit îsta quondam in hâc re­pub. virtus, Cic.
Many words passing on both sides.Multis verbis ultro citroque habitis, Cic.
No day passeth him but-Nunquam unum intermittit diem, quin-T.
It came to pass as I wish­ed it.Evénit ex sententiâ, Ter.
To pass sentence, judg­ment-Sententiam ferre, dicere, Quint. Judicium pronun­tiare, Cic.
He hath passed his time in pleasure.Ille suam vitam semper egit in otio—T.
He hath passed it away by bargain.Pactione transmisit, Com.
They passed away the night in talk.Noctem sermone trahebant, Virg.
He hath passed his account.Rationem retulit, reddidit, 12.

Purpose.

It were then indéed to some purpose.Si quidem-tum istuc prodes­set, T. Eun. 3. 1.
His purpose was.Id voluit: hoc ejus consilium fuit, T.
They purposed to bring it up-Decreverunt tollere-T. And. 1. 3.
It will be to as much pur­pose-Tantun dem egero, T.
To the same purpose.In eandem sententiam.
To no purpose.Nequicquam, Juv. Frustrà, T. Incassum, V.
As it was purposed.Ut erat propositum, Cic.
It was done of purpose.Composito est factum, T. De industriâ consultò & cogitatò; Meditata & praeparata inferuntur, Cic.
To What purpose?Quam ad rem? Cic.
For these very purposes.Haec ipsa ad munera.

Quartir.

They had their quarters a­bout Aquile ia.Circa Aquileiam hyema-bant, Caes.
He draws them out of their Winter quarters.Ex hibernis educit, Caes.
The enemy broke out from all quarters.Ex omnibus partibus, omni tractu hostis erupit, Flor. 3. 2.
She came into these quar­ters about thrée years a­go.Abhinc triennium commi­gravit huc viciniae, T. And. 1. 1.
They have quarter given them.In fidem [deditionem] ac­cipiuntur, Com.
There was no quarter gi­ven.Ad inter necionem coesi sunt, Liv.
A quarter [i. e.] fourth part of-Quadrans-Col. Gell.
What a quarter they kéep-Quid turbae est apud forum, T. And. 4. 4.

Reason.

I wonder what should be reason thatMiror quid causae fuerit, quod, Cic.
There is reason why you should yeild me this.Aequrum est me à te impetra­re ut-Cic.
There is no reason for-Non est quod-Sen.
There is some reason for it.Non est temere-T.
It were more reason that it should be done wil­lingly.Aequius erat id voluntate si­eri, C.
Do I not ask reason?Num iniquum postulo? T.
As reason was-Ita uti par fuit, T.
The reason is this.In causâ haec sunt, T.
She could not by reason of her age.Neque per aetatem etiam po­terat, Ter.

Set.

He set upon him cowardly [at unawares, or un­provided].Imparatum adortus est; ag­gressus est, T.
Set your heart at rest.Animo otioso esse impero, T.
Supper is set on the table.Coena apponitur, T. Ph. 2. 2.
If you be set on it-Si certum est facere-T.
The Sun is set.Sol occidit, Com.
I set all other things aside.Omnes posthabui mihi res, T. Ph. 2. 2.
We have set down those things wherein-Eas res constituimus quibus-justitia continetur, Cic. 1. Off.
On a certain set Day.Stato quodam dic, Flor. 1. 13.
It is most stncerely set down.Sanctissimè perscriptum est, Cic.
Your self have set a time when these things shall cease.Tute his rebus finem prae­scripsisti, Ter. And 1. 1.
Men do not set a net for an Hawk.Non rete Accipitri tenditur, T.
These were not set Forth, [out] by him.Non haec sunt edira ab illo, Ovid.
Do you set so little by me?Itáne abs te contemnor? T.
I set the more by him-Pluris cum feci, quod-Cic.
I set mach by it.In magno pretio habeo, Sen.
They set nothing by it.Pro nihilo dueunt; Cic. Ni­hili, parvi, aestimant, faci­unt, habent, pendunt.
He sets himself to please the most.Se quamplurimis placere stu­det, T.
Many of those trées were set with mine own hands.Multae istarum arborum meâ manu sunt satae, Cic.
He hath set his heart, mind on-Animum adjecit, appulit ad T.
They set us together by the ears.Committunt nosmet inter nos, Suet.
He hath set up trads.Quaestum occepit, Ter. And. 1. 1.

Take.

Let him take this for an answer.Is sibi responsum hoc habeat, T.
I must take a journey to-Est mihi iter in-T.
What way shall I take?Quam insistam viam? T.
They take on because they want what they love.Illis, quia defit quod amant aegrè est, T.
He takes me behind by the cloak.Pone apprehendit pallio, T.
I will take him aside; a­lone.Prendam hominem solum, T. Ph. 4. 3.
I will take witnesses-Mihi testes adhibebo, T.
He takes these things mighty impatiently.Haec tolerat violenter, T. Ph. 5. 1. Animo hoc op­pidò iniquo fert, ibid. Duriùs accipit, Cit. Att. 1. 1.
Was not that enough to take wrong at him? but-Nonne id satis erat accipere ab illo injuriam? Etiam-T. Ph. 5. 2.
He takes her about the middle.Mediam mulierem comple­ctitur, T.
Let him take his swing.Animum expleat suum; T.
He endeavours to take me off from-Operam dat, ut me abstrahat àT.
A should be loth to take your oath-Jurato metuam tibi credere; Juv.
I shall take you tardy.Imparatum te offendam, C.
Oscitātem te oppriman, T.
He takes the Senates part.A Senatu stat. C.
Taking them for enemies—Hostem rati—Flor. 1. 18.
They take it in the worse part.Rapiunt in pejorem partem, T.
Let us take our héels.In pedes nos conjiciamus, T. Nos fugae mande­mus, Caes.
He takes the upper hand.Dextrum claudit latus, Juv.
He will take my word be­fore your oath.Injurato plus credit mihi, quam jurato tibi, Plaut.
His word may be taken.In verbis inest fides, Ter.
Take my word for this.Crede hoc meae fidei, T. Eun. 5. 2.
I am mightily taken with them.Quibus ego incredibiliter delector, Cic.
These things take with the people.Laudantur, probantur in vul­gus, Cic.
We take wrong courses.Praeposteris utimur consiliis, C.
Take héed what you do.Vide quàm rem agas, T.
He hath taken the fault upon himself.Crimen suscepit; peccatum in se transtulit, T.
To take example by o­thers.Ex aliis sumere exemplum sibi, T.
He is taken in adultery.In adulteriodeprehenditur, C.
She might have bin taken for—Credi posset Latonia-Ovid.
He takes bad courses.Ingurgitat se in flagitia, Cic.
It takes déep root.Altas radices agit, Cic.
He takes his pleasure.Animo suo morē gerit, Plaut.
I take it to heart.Hoc mihi cordi est, Ter.
They never take thought.Nihil morantur, T. Chr.
To take Sanctuary.Ad aram, asylum cōfugere, C.
Take it in a word thus.Brevi sic habeto, C.
No body takes pity of me—Mei miseret nemo, Plaut.
He takes to him again.In gratiam cum eo redit, Cic.
Take you no care for that.Mihi curae est, T.
He takes a solemn oath.Conceptis jurat verbis, Plaut.

Tell.

I'le tell him of all.Nihil reticebo, T.
What tell you me of your son?Filium narras mihi? T.
I tell you truly.Quod res est dico, T. Chr.
I have now no time to tell.Non est nunc narrandi lo­cus, T.
He had one at home to tell him.Domi habuit unde disceret, T.
He cannot tell which is whichUter sit, non quit decernere, Plaut. Act. 2.
She tels her father of the adultery.Adulterium parenti indicat, Ovid.
Tell it, if thou canst, in a word.Id, si potes, verbo expedi, T.
Tell it me then.Cedo dum, T.
She hath got somewhat to tell him of.Habet quod ei obganniat, Ter.
I am come to tell you, that—Ad vos venio nuntiatum—T.
Tell me where you dwell.Ede ubi consistas, i. e. dic ubi habites, Juv. 3.

Time.

I have spent my time in that study.In eo studio aetatem con­sumpsi, Cic.
I had thought to have writ something to you at this time.Statuissem aliquid hoc tem­pore ad te scribere, Cic.
So as that we had not time to think.Ut ne esset spatium cogitan­di, T.
I have not time to tell thée now.Nunc non est narrandi locus, T.
In former times.Olim, T. Ph. 5. 1.
At this time.In praesentia, T.
In the mean time the old man told me.Interea mihi senex narrabat, T.
At one and the same time.Uno eodemque momento, Flor. 3. 3.
I shall finde a time to be reveng'd on you.Est ubi vos ulciscar, T.
Without it be told you an hundred times over.Nisi idem dictum est cen­ties, T.
If at any time you be cited to be a witness.Si quando vocabere testis, Juv.

Ʋse.

You muse as you use.Animum alterius ex tuo spe­ctas, T.
My heart is so light, over what it useth to be.Ita animus praeter solitum gestit, T. Chr.
It was never his use.Mos illi nunquam fuit, Plaut.
We have not béen used to these waters.Non aquis assuevimus istis, Ovid.
To use force.Vim adhibere, Cic.
Somewhat differing from what uses—Aliquanto secus atque solet, Cic.
If you use her otherwise than is fit—Si tu illam attigeris secus quàm dignum est, T.
He used her but unkindly.Non humanitus tractavit, T.
Had it bin a thing known and used—Si nota atque usurpata res esset—Cic.
Riches are desired for ne­cessary uses.Expetuntur divitiae ad usus vitae necessarios, Cic.
He is wise that useth you so—Ille sapit, qui te sic utitur, Juv. 5. Sat.
It is a great matter to be used to a thing in ones youth.In teneris consuescere mul­tum est, Virg. A te id, quod consuesti, peto, Cic.
He puts out money to use.Argentum foenori dat, locat, Plaut.
He borrows money upon use.Argentum foeneri sumit, Plaut.
I wil pay the use money to him.Ei usuram pendam, Cic. Att. l. 13.
It is but as I use to do.Solens meo more facio, Plaut.
He brings up a fashion grown out of use.Rem desuetam usurpat, Liv.
Not used to the fashions of the Romans.Insuetus moribus Romanis, Liv.
He used great severity to­wards them.Graviter in eos animadver­tit, Com.

Way.

Which way will you do it?Quâ viâ istuc facies? T. Phor.
Quâ re-? T.
I will tell you by the way.Dicam in itinere? T. Phor.
I am going another way.Aliò mihi iter est, Hor.
You lighted him the way to-Cui facem praetulisti ad- Cic.
I am a great way of.Longè absum, Cic.
I am no way fitted for­Minime sum accommodatus ad- Cic.
I know which way it useth to be [...]e.Quo pacto id fieri soleat calleo, Ter.
I go straight way thither.Eo rectà viâ quidem illuc, T. Phor. 2. 1.
Two manner of wayes.Dupliciter; duobus modis, C.
We sèe a great way off­Longo interjecto intervallo videmus, Cic.
D [...]te way if he be an e­nemy, another way if a competitor-Aliter si est inimicus, aliter si competitor- Cic.
He courteously sheweth the way to one that is out of his way.Homini erranti comiter commonstrat viam, Cic.
A new way of conquering.Nova vincendi ratio, Cic.
I went my own way.Meo instituto usus sum, Cic.
I know not which way to avoid them.Quae neque uti devitem scio, neque- Ter.
Let her go her way hence­Haec hinc facessat, T.
Lest she should some way come to the knowledge of it.Ne id aliquà uxor mea re­scisceret, T.
Go thy way and tell-Tu abi, praenuncia- T.
He is going on his way.Cursum instituit, T. Ph. 5. 6.
By the way- he will read or write.Obiter-leget, aut scribet, Iuv. 3. Sat.
If there be no way but you will nèeds do it.Si certnm est facere- T. Sun. 2. 3.
This is the only way to prevent it.Id ut ne fiat, hae res sola est remedio, T. Eun. 3. 1.

World.

He is known all the world over.Toto notus in orbe, Mar­tial.
There is nothing in the world that I would ra­ther hare-Mihi nunc nihil rerum o­mnium est quod malim, quàm- T.
As the world rules.Hoc tempore; ut sunt mo­res, T.
There is nothing in the world more unreasona­ble, than-Homine imperito nunquam quicquam injustius, T.
By no means in the world.Minime gentium, T.
I know not what in the world to do.Nec quid agam certum est, T.
I know not whereabouts in the world I am.Non ubi terrarum simscio, Plaut.
He will be well spoken of to the worlds end.Memoriam illius viri excipi­ent omnes anni conse­quentes, Cic.
What sayes the world of me?De me quis populi sermo est Pers.
We are too much given to the world.Ad rem avidiores sumus, T.
This is the fashion of the world.More hominum faeit, Plaut.
A world of little small stars.Infinitae minutissimae stellae, Com.
It is one of the strangest things in the world.Nihil mirabilius, Com.

An Index of the Heads in this Specimen.

  • Abide 1
  • Able 2
  • Break 3
  • Brought 4
  • Case 5
  • Charge 6
  • Come 7
  • Deal 9
  • Do ibid.
  • End 11
  • Fit 13
  • Give 14
  • Go 15
  • Hand 16
  • Head 18
  • Hear ibid.
  • Just 19
  • Keep 20
  • Leave 22
  • List 23
  • Matter ibid.
  • Mean, Means, Meant 24
  • Mind 26
  • Need 28
  • One 29
  • Part 30
  • Pass, Past, &c. 31
  • Purpose 33
  • Quarter 34
  • Reason ibid.
  • Set ibid
  • Take 3 [...]
  • Tell 39
  • Time, 40
  • Use 42
  • Way
  • World 43
The End.

An Index of the Treatise of PARTICLES. The first number of each quotation directs to the Page, and, if it be alone, to the Chapter beginning there; the second to the Rule or Note, and p. to the particular Phrases of that Page; the short stroak (thus-) distinguisheth the quotations.

  • A, an 189. 6. A or The before Poly­lables in-ing 102. 2. I go a hun­ting, 95. 2
  • Above 175-93. 1. More than, 176. 2, 3-60. 2
  • About, 1
  • Accord, 193
  • According to 140. 4-164. 5
  • Adjectives compounded with dis, in or un, 4
  • Adverbs compounded with dis, in or un, 4
  • After 4 after he had [or having] done it, 99. 9-126. 9-15. 10
  • Afterwards, then, next, secondly. thirdly, &c. 131. 1
  • Against, 202
  • since, 111. 4 6
  • [...] lone 7. p. let me alone, 213. 1
  • Along, 8
  • Also, 173. 3
  • Although though, 36. 11-159. 1-115 p-72. 1
  • Alwayes, 197. 3
  • I Am to [or, must] do it, 143. 7
  • vid. Must, 68
  • And 8. both-and, 21. 2
  • Any, ever a, any thing, ought, 52. 5-197. 1-68. 2-195. 3
  • As, 10. as to, as for, concerning 12 p-37. 12-218. 12
  • At, 13 at last, 216. 3-16. p.
  • He is Away, got away, &c. 125. 8 200. 3. Shall not go away with it so, 154. p.
  • To Be 144 paper not good to be written on, 98. 7. vide Passive Englishes, 188. 1, 3
  • Because, being, since that 20. 3-109. 1-123. 6. I thank you be­cause you did [or, for doing] it 96. 4
  • Becometh, 16
  • Before, 17. before that, 126. 9-18 2-198. 5-18. 3, &c.
  • Being, 19
  • Below, under, 150. 1
  • Besides, more, else, moreover 196. 3, 4-63. p.
  • Beyond, over, 93. 2. above, more than, 176. [...]
  • Both, 21
  • But, 22
  • By, 26. he gets glory by giving 28. 4. 104. 2. by how much-by so much Vide much, 66. 5 & The 61. 4-125. 8. by or of after Passives, 85. 11-28. 5
  • [Page]To Come to be or become, 16. 2
  • Concerning, about, 2. 4-87. 16. as for, 37. 12-12. p-218. 12
  • Cross, overthwart, over, 93. 3. con­trary to, against, 203. 4
  • Dis-] Adjectives and Adverbs compounded therewith, 4
  • Each one, 6. 2-119. 1
  • Either, 91. 1.
  • Else, 195
  • To the End that 97. 5-121. 4-138. 3 &c.
  • Even such, even then when, 131. 1. 114. p. even as if 7. p-52. p. even the self-same, 107. 2. I'le be even with you, 154. p.
  • Ever, 197. Ever since 198. 6-110. 3 ever a, any, 197. 1
  • Except, saving that, but 25. 9-1563
  • How Fain would I, 46. 1
  • Far, much, 65. 3. as far as I am able 10. 2-13. p-119. 1. as for as, for ought that, 69. 3. thus far, as yet hitherto 160. 2. So far from­that 20. 5-167. 5-98. 8-114. p-42 p.
  • For, 31. for ought, as far as, 69. 3 for writing, 96. 4. &c. -35. 9 born, profitable, for, to &c. 138. 2, 3, &c. I dare not, for an­gring him, 97. 6
  • Forasmuch, sinee that, 109. 1-20 3-12. p.
  • From, 40. from, of, out of, by 29. 7 from above, 178. 5. from on high, 41. 4. discouraged from learn­ing, 40. 2-104. 2. So far from­that, Vide Far.
  • Great, much, 64. 1. greatly, much, 65. 3. greater, more, 60. 2
  • Hard by, 30. P-27. 3. -14. 6. hardly, 127. 10
  • Having [when, after he had] done it, 99. 9. -126. 9. -15. 10. I would have you study how &c. 47. 5
  • Her, of hers, her sels, &c. 42-108. 1
  • Hereto, 188. 2
  • His, of his, himself &c. 42. 108. 1. Virgil his [or Virgil's] works, 87. 17
  • Hitherto, as yet, 160. 2
  • How, 46-187. 7
  • However, yet, 159. 1
  • Howsoever, 113. 3-198. 4
  • If, 49
  • In, 52. into 53. 6. in comparison of 144. 9-55. P. negligent in writing 104. 2-53. 3. Adjectives and Ad­verbs compounded with dis, in or un, 4
  • Indeed, 43. 2-108. 2-159. 1
  • Infinitive Mood how to be varied, 138, 3, &c.
  • -ing] of the English of the English of the Participle of the Present tense, 95. Of Poly­syllables in-ing, 102. See also the Particles by, for, from, in, of with, &c. when they come before words in-ing.
  • It, us, it self, &c.
  • [Page]Kind, sort, manner of, such 116. 2-86. 15-181. 6. A kind of cove­tous fellow, 147. p.
  • Last, 215
  • Lesse then, short of, under, 150. 2
  • Lest that 127. 10-97. 6
  • Let, 213
  • Like, 178
  • Long, 55. longer then, above P. 176. 2. how long, 48. 57. not my own man, 109. P.
  • As great as might be, 10. 3
  • Me vid. you, 170. my self, Vide self.
  • More, 60. more then, above 60. 2. 176. 2, 3. any thing more, else, 195. 3
  • Most, 63
  • Much, 64
  • Must, or ought 68-143. 7. like to be, must be, 181. 5
  • Neer, hard by 27. 3-14. 6-30. p. neer, like to be, 180. 3. neer being killed 167. 5
  • Neither, nor, 9. 2-37. 13
  • Next, then, secondly, thirdly, &c. 131. 1. Next after, 4. 1-5. p-6. p.
  • Never, 70
  • Nevertheless 71. p-36. 11. yet 159. 1
  • No, 72. no, not a, never a, 71. 2
  • Nor, neither, 9. 2-37. 13
  • Not, 74. not a, never a, 71. 2
  • Notwithstanding, 71. p-36. 11- yet 159. 1
  • Nouns repeated with a Preposition betwixt them, 77
  • Now at last, 216. 3
  • Of 78. of living or to live, 78. 2. 103. 1-105. 4. out of, by, from, 29 7. concerning, about 2. 4-87, 16. 218. 12, as for 37. 12. become of 17. p.
  • Often, 105. 4
  • On or upon, 88
  • All at once, 7. p.
  • One may [a man may] ask, &c. 58 4. at one a clock, 13. 1. all one, 7 p. what a one, 185. 2
  • Onely, but, 25. 8
  • Or, 91
  • Other, 121. 4-195. 1-37. 12-44. 2
  • Otherwise, else. 74. 1-195. 2
  • Over, 93. over and above 177. 4-94 p. over against 202, 2-94. p. over, too much, 172. 1-94. p.
  • Overthwart, cross, 93. 3
  • Ought, or must, 68-143. 7
  • Out, 200
  • Own self, 107
  • Participles of the presentense, 95
  • Partly, 186. 4
  • Passive Englishes, 188. 1, 3. Signes of a Verb Passive before the eng­lish of a Participle of the Present tense, 95. 1
  • Polysyllables in-ing, 102. See also the Particles y, for, from, in, of, with, &c. when they come be­fore words in-ing.
  • Preposition betwixt a Noun repea­ted 77
  • Quit out of mind, 126. 9-out of love with my self, 201. p
  • [Page]rather, 19. n. 1-92. 3-61. 3
  • Ready, about to 3. 5
  • By Reason of, 200. 1-32. 2-31. p. No reason why 153. 3-74. 160 Reciproques, 42
  • Relatives, how to be put in right case, gender and number, 189. 7 Sometimes used for Reciproques & contrà, 44. 1, 2, 3
  • [...]entailed to a Substantive, as Virgils works 87. 17
  • Same, self-same, 107. 2-149. 2. a­bout the same time, 2. 2
  • For his Sake, 34. 8
  • Saving, except, but, 25. 9-156. 3
  • Seeing that, 20. 3-109. 1
  • Self, 107-43. 2
  • Short 107-43. 2
  • Short of under, 150. 2
  • On our Side, for us, 38. 14. on thus side, &c. Vide on, 90. p.
  • Since, that, seeing that, ibid. & 20.
  • Sith, Vide seeing that
  • Small, 114. p-116. 1
  • So 112, so, such 116. 1-112. 2. so from-that, Vide Far.
  • Soever as in whosoever, where­soever, &c. 113. 3-198. 4
  • Some 81. 6-121. 4. Sometimes, 96. 3
  • Soon, 40. 2-104. 2. as soon as, 12. p.
  • In Stead of, for, 33. 6. It will stand you in stead, 54. 1-55. p.
  • Still, yet, 160. 3
  • Substantives becoming Adjectives, 118
  • Such, 116
  • Than, Vide Then 132. 3. more than 60. 2-176. 2, 3
  • That, 119. as such, as those that, 117. 4-130. p. how or how that 47. 4-123. 6. that which, what, 186. 3. Vide Relatives, 189. 7. to the end that, Vide end.
  • The, 189. 6. The or A before Poly­syllables in-ing, 102. 2. The more learned thou art, the more humble be thou, 61. 4-125. 8-66. 5
  • Thee or thou, Vide You.
  • Their, 42
  • Themselves, 42
  • There, 135. There is no coming for me there, 135. 2-105. 3.
  • Therefore, 9. 3
  • Therewith, 188. 2
  • This, that, they, those, for, such, 117 4
  • Though, although, 115. p-176, 2-36. 11-159. 1 [...]72, 1
  • Through, Vide By, 29. 8
  • Till, 183
  • To, 136. to be 144-98. 7. Vide Pas­sive Englishes, 188. 1, 3
  • Together, with, 152. 2. to get them together, 120. 3
  • Too, 172
  • Towards, 170. 10
  • Very, 147
  • Un or in] Adjectives and Ad­verbs compounded therewith, 4
  • Under, 150
  • Unless, except, but, 156. 3-25. 9
  • [Page]Unto, to, 136
  • Up, 136. 1. up and down, 9. p.
  • Upon or on, 88
  • As Well as, 11. 5
  • Were it not that, but that 22. 1, 2
  • What, 185
  • Whatsoever, 113. 3-198. 4
  • When, while, 10. 1-15. P- after that 5. 2-99. 9-15. 10. When as, seeing it is such, 12. p.
  • Where, 210
  • Whereas, 120. 3-12. p.
  • Whereby, 212. 4.
  • Wherefore, 188. 2
  • Wherein, 212. 4
  • Whereof, 188. 2-212. 4
  • Whereon, 212. 4
  • Wheresoever, 113. 3-198. 4
  • Whereto, 212. 4
  • Whereupon, 109. 1-212. 4
  • Wherewithal, 188. 2-147. p-212. 4
  • Whether, 206. 91. 1. whether of the two, 205. 3-208. 3. if 49. 2
  • Which, 205-120. 2-142. 6. Vide Relatives, 189. 7. Which way, how, 47. 5
  • While, 10. 1-15. 10. A while since, 26. p-111. p. A little while after 123. 6
  • Whither, 208
  • Who, which, 120. 2-205. 1, 2-142. 6. Vide Relatives, 189. 7
  • Whole, all, 6.
  • Whom, Vide who, or which.
  • Whose, 110. 2-87. 17.
  • Whosoever, 113. 3-198. 4
  • Why, wherefore, 91. 1-188. 2
  • With, [...] 2. weary with walking, 104. 2-154. p.
  • Within, 209
  • Without, 155
  • Wor [...] 157
  • Yet, 159. l yet 9. 3
  • You, 161-170. 2
  • Your, 162-171. 3

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. Searching, reading, printing, or downloading EEBO-TCP texts is reserved for the authorized users of these project partner institutions. Permission must be granted for subsequent distribution, in print or electronically, of this EEBO-TCP Phase II text, in whole or in part.